Home

Voice Sense QWERTY User Manual (Ver 6.0)_HIMS

1. 20 sequentially Also you can input 80 minutes by just typing 80 If there is no Ta Space or the input value is dealt with the minute If you type in a longer time than the total playback time the Voice Sense QWERTY will display invalid time and play from the paused location 9 3 4 5 Go To Percent While playing or in a pause status of file you can move to the location via a percent in a file 250 1 While playing or in a pause status of file press Alt to call up the menu 2 By pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key move to Position menu 3 Press Enter Or press a 4 By pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key move to Go to percent menu 5 Press Enter Or without calling up the menu press Alt p while playing or in a pause status of file 6 Then it will find the edit box asking Go to percent XX 7 Enter the percent that you want to move to Enter the number range from 0 to 99 8 Press Enter 9 It will move to the point of the percent has been entered 9 3 4 6 Set start point A B repeat mode allows you to play a specific part of an audio file as many times as you wish This can be useful when learning a new language and you need to hear the same information in a file over and over again A B repeat mode requires setting start and end point To execute A B repeat mode follow these
2. Extension and Date and Time You can move between these items by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key If you press Enter after selecting the sorting criterion files and folders will be displayed in the specified order If you select Name or Extension the list will be sorted in ascending order and if you select Size or Date and Time the list will be sorted in descending order By default files and folders in the file list will be sorted by Name Once you have chosen how you want your file and folder lists sorted the option will be kept even after the File manager is closed so that files and folders can be sorted in the same order when the File manager is opened again later 4 2 16 Set File Info This item is used to set what kind of information will be displayed in the file list Press Alt Then press Down arrow key repeatedly until you reach Set File Info and then press Enter You can also access this feature by pressing Ctrl i in the file list or press I when you are in the menu Then you can select the information to be displayed in a list containing Name Name Size and Name Size Date and Time 85 You can move between these items by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key If you press Enter after selecting the information to be displayed the file list will be updated and show al
3. 20 13 minutes 30 minutes and 1 hour To set previous time index follow these steps 1 Press Ctrl Alt Up arrow key Every time you press Ctrl Alt Up arrow key Voice Sense QWERTY toggles between 30 10 or 5 seconds 1 hour and 30 minutes 2 Choose the setting value you want To set next time index follow these steps 1 Press Ctrl Alt Down arrow key Every time you press Ctrl Alt Down arrow key Voice Sense QWERTY toggles between 5 10 or 30 seconds 1 minute 3 minutes and 5 minutes 2 Choose the setting value you want The moving mode to move by a specified amount of time is as follows 1 Move to previous time Press Ctrl Alt Left arrow key If you set 5 minutes it will move to previous position by 5 minutes 2 Move to next time Press Ctrl Alt Right arrow key If you set 5 minutes it will move to next position by 5 minutes 12 3 6 Move by Text Index You can use this function as follows 306 1 While playing text DAISY file or in pause status 2 While playing with text in audio text DAISY or in pause status 13 3 13 The setting values are Phonetic Character Word and Sentence To set previous text index follow these steps 1 Press Ctrl Alt Up arrow key Every time you press Ctrl Alt Up arrow key Voice Sense QWERTY toggles between Sentence Word Character or P
4. CC or BCC Then File will be displayed 2 Press Enter on the File menu 3 Press Down arrow key to move to Lookup Address 4 Press Enter on Lookup Address Then Search for address will be displayed Pressing Ctrl l will take you to this step directly 198 5 Type in the last name of the desired recipient at Search for address and then press enter Or press tab to move to Confirm and then press enter 6 Then xx addresses are found will be displayed and the first item of the found addresses is also displayed Here xx is the number of the found addresses that have the same name in the address list Ex HIMS hims hims inc com 1 xx 7 Press Up arrow key or Down arrow key to move to the desired address and press Enter when the desired address is displayed You can select more than one address by pressing Space When you have chosen the addresses you want press Enter 8 Then the selected addresses are inserted in to CC or BCC If you press Enter without typing in the desired name all of the addresses in your address list will be displayed If there is no matching address that you want to find then No match will be announced and Search for address will be displayed again 8 2 3 4 Saving E Mail to the Outbox There are two kinds of e mail messag
5. Remaining time total pages Current page and Remaining pages In the other state box you will find the total marks and Mark page You can move between the items with Up arrow key or Down arrow key If you want to close the dialog box press Enter on Close which will return you to the current file 6 33 ec 33 ht 12 2 4 Exit When you want to quit the Daisy player press Alt and press Enter on File And press Down arrow key repeatedly to move to Exit and press Enter on Exit Or you can press Alt F4 without using the Exit menu While exiting you will hear the message Exit DAISY player Are you sure Then press Enter on Yes which is the default or if you do not want to exit you can select No by pressing Space and then press Enter 12 3 Document When in the Document menu you can move by phrase or level while playing If you want to activate the Document menu press Alt and then press d In this menu you will find items such as Play Pause Previous Phrase Next Phrase Previous Page Next Page Go to Page Move down Move up Set to prior level and Set to next level You can move between these items with Up arrow key or Down arrow key To activate a menu item select the menu item and the
6. tab is pressed 4 Set Braille format In this option you can set whether or not the Braille document layout settings specified in Voice Sense QWERTY will be used when embossing If you set this to Yes the document will be embossed using the Braille document layout setting in Voice Sense 100 QWERTY If you set it to No the document will be embossed in the format specified in the original document 5 Confirm Cancel In order to emboss as designated above move to Confirm by pressing tab and then press Enter Or if you are canceling embossing move to Cancel by pressing tab and then press Enter If Enter is pressed on Confirm Print Yes is displayed on LCD and it is also spoken If Enter is pressed on Yes embossing will start If you do not want to emboss press Space to select No and then press Enter If Save as file is selected by pressing Space then the current document is saved as a brl file If there are any problems with the Braille printer the Voice Sense QWERTY shows an error message and returns to the open document 2 Print Text This option is used when you want to print a document on an ink printer To do so open the document to be printed and press Alt and then press Enter on the File menu Move to Printer by pressing Down arrow key repeatedly Then press Ent
7. Next Page or Go to Page and press Enter You can move to the next or previous page without calling up the menu by pressing Page down or Page up during play or pause You can jump to whatever page you want to go to by pressing Ctrl g If you activate Go to Page you will find an edit box asking Move to page number Here you can type in the page number that you want to move to Press Enter and the Voice Sense QWERTY will move you to that page 12 3 4 Move by Level You can access this function in the menu by pressing Alt and then press Enter on Document Then use Down arrow key to move to Move up or Move down and press Enter or you can move up and down without calling up the menu by pressing Alt Left arrow key or Alt 305 Right arrow key You can set the level by pressing Alt Down arrow key or Alt Up arrow key Namely if the level is set to 3 you can move through the level 1 2 and 3 and if the level is set to 1 you can move through the level 1 only 12 3 5 Move by Time Index You can use this function as follows 1 While playing audio DAISY file or in pause status 2 While playing with audio in audio text DAISY or in pause status 13 13 The setting values are 5 seconds 10 seconds 30 seconds 1minute 3 minutes 5 minutes 10 minutes 15 minutes
8. S Noe N N N N You can check all registered information of e mail service The move keys are listed below to move among the items in the dialog box 1 Move to the previous item Up arrow key 2 Move to the next item Down arrow key 186 3 4 5 6 Move to the first item Fn Left arrow key Move to the last item Fn Right arrow key Move to the previous control Shift Tab Move to the next control Tab x Noe i N Note If the information displayed exceeds 32 Braille cells the remaining parts can be checked by pressing the down scroll button when Voice Sense QWERTY connected to SyncBraille 8 1 2 3 Modifying registered service list The following is the method to modify the registered service information 1 2 3 4 Press Alt to call up the menu Press Down arrow key move to tools Press Enter on the tools or press T It will show Accounts manager Press Enter on the Accounts manager Press Down arrow key or Up arrow key to move to the desired service in the service list 7 When the desired service is displayed press Tab to move to the Modify and then press Enter Or just press m 8 It will show Account name In this case it is a modification so the Voice Sense QWERTY will show you the current information For example Account name Voice Sense QWERTY 9 The Modify dialog box will
9. 16 2 8 Use Search function Twitter program allows you to search registered users and words contained in tweets with Search function Also it provides Save Search function in order to save words used frequently 366 16 2 8 1 Global Search Global Search launches search for entered word among all Twitter Timelines and shows the result Also you can follow user with Global Search function In order to call up the Global Search dialog box you have to press Ctrl f or launch Global Search menu in sub menu of Search after calling up the menu You can move to the next control pressing Tab or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab 1 Search word This is edit box and you can enter word which you want to search 2 Next list Whenever you launch this function it can load lists by 20 results You can launch Next list by pressing Ctrl n or Enter key on the button 3 Search result In the list search results appear such as User Id Self introduction Search result button represents only when there are search results 4 Follow User As a button you can follow the focused user with this button Follow User button represents only when there are search results 5 Confirm As a button you can execute search 6 Cancel As a button you can close Global Search dialog box and return the status right before calling up the Menu Or you can cancel by pressing E
10. If you want to cancel deleting contact change to No by pressing Space key or press Esc key After canceling deletion it is located on the contact list 16 3 2 3 Block Contact Block Contact is a function to block contact registered in the Contact list in order not to send a message to you and see your access status It is different from Delete that after blocking contact contact ID remains 376 in the Block list But if you delete contact the contact ID will disappear permanently in the contact list The way to block contact is as follows 1 Move to the contact which you want to block in the contact list 2 Press Alt b or press Enter on the Block Contact after entering sub menu of Contact by calling up the menu 3 Block XXX Yes message appears XXX is user ID to block If you press Enter the contact will be blocked If you want to cancel blocking contact change Yes button to No button pressing Space key or Esc key After canceling the delete it is located in the contact list 16 3 2 4 Manage Block List Block list displays the contact list you have blocked In this list you are able to unblock contact that you have blocked In order to call up the Manage Block list dialog box press Alt m or press Enter on the Manage Block list menu after entering sub menu of Contact by calling up the menu Manage Block list dialog box consists of 3 controls 1 E m
11. button on the front panel If mute mode is activated FM radio sound will not be heard but TTS text to speech sound will be heard 269 10 6 Hot Keys in the Radio 1 Call up the sets dialog box Ctrl e 2 Call up the menu Alt 3 Internal speakers on off X or Fn x 4 Move to next frequency Left arrow key 5 Move to previous frequency Right arrow key 6 Auto previous frequency Ctrl Left arrow key or short press previous button 7 Auto next frequency Ctrl Right arrow key or short press next button 8 Go to frequency Ctrl f 9 Move to previous preset Alt Left arrow key or long press previous button Move to next preset Alt Right arrow key or long press next button Registry preset Ctrl s or long press record button Delete the preset Del or long press stop button Call up the record dialog box Ctrl r Record start pause short press record button Record stop short press stop button Mute on short press stop button or Space Mute off short press play button or Space Volume up Shift Up arrow key Volume down Shift Down arrow key E a eC N CONDOR WN CO ee Oe ee ee N 19 270 11 Web Browser You can use the Web browser on the Voice Sense QWERTY to read pages on the Internet as well as reading html books that you have saved to disk In addition you can download and read books from places such as Web Braille and BookShare Note that you will need to have setup an account in order to access many of the books on the
12. menu 486 Display Network Status Ctrl shift n in the Voice Sense QWERTY program menu Voice volume up F6 Voice volume down Shift F6 Voice rate up F8 Voice rate down Shift F8 Voice pitch up F7 Voice pitch down Shift F7 Voice on off F5 Set sleep timer Fn j Check gyrocompass Fn Space 21 2 File Manager 21 2 1 Navigation keys on the file list and menu list Move to previous item Up arrow key Move to next item Down arrow key Move to the beginning of the list Ctrl home Move to the end of the list Ctrl end 21 2 2 Navigation Keys in the File List Fast move to folder list or move to file list Ctrl Down arrow key Move between file list and address window Tab shift tab Enter into selected folder or open the selected file Enter Move to the upper level folder Backspace Fast move to the top level disk Shift Backspace 21 2 3 Item Folder or File Selection Keys Select item by item Space Continuous selection Ctrl b Select all Ctrl a 487 21 2 4 Hot Keys for the Commands Open Ctrl o Open with Ctrl h Zip Ctrl z Unzip Ctrl u Send Ctrl s Copy Ctrl c Cut Ctrl x Paste Ctrl v Delete DEL Rename F2 New document Ctrl n New folder Alt f File conversion Ctrl t Select all Ctrl a Sort files by Ctrl g Set file info Ctrl i Display only files of type Ctrl w Search file Ctrl f Information Alt Enter 21 3 Word Processor 21 3 1 Hot keys for the command New documen
13. 1 Add Schedule Move between fields Move to the next field Tab Move to the previous field Shift tab 2 Hot keys for the Commands Search schedule Ctrl s Alarm option Ctrl o Backup schedule Ctrl u Restore schedule Ctrl r Setting backup option Ctrl e 177 Exit Alt F4 Search schedule Hot keys for the commands Add schedule Ctrl n Alarm option Ctrl o Backup schedule Ctrl u Restore schedule Ctrl r Set backup option Ctrl e Toggle search mode Ctrl F2 Exit Alt F4 Move keys in the search result list 4 1 Move from a appointment to another in the schedule list Move to the previous a in the same day Up arrow key Move to the next appointment in the same day Down arrow key Move to the first appointment in the same day Fn Left arrow key Move to the last appointment in the same day Fn Right arrow key 4 2 Move from one appointment to another in all the appointments Registered Move to the previous schedule Ctrl Left arrow key Move to the next schedule Ctrl Right arrow key Move to the first schedule Ctrl Fn Left arrow key Move to the last schedule Ctrl Fn Right arrow key 4 3 Hot keys for the commands Add schedule Ctrl n Modify schedule Ctrl m Delete schedule Del Alarm option Ctrl o Backup schedule Ctrl u Restore schedule Ctrl r Set backup option Ctrl e Save schedule as file Alt s Print schedule Ctrl p 178 5 Cancel Exit 5 1 Cancel ESC It cancels the current job or setting like the
14. Ctrl o which is the hot key in the Set Address Search Fields dialog box If you want to search only the name mobile phone number and company telephone number fields move to those fields that you do not want to search by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key and then press Space to change the value of that field to unused By pressing Space you can toggle the value of a field between used and unused 6 4 3 Using Add Address In Search Address You can use the Add Address command in the Search Address dialog box To do this press Alt to bring up the menu and then select Add Address Then press Enter You can also press Ctrl n which is the hot key for this option 6 5 Backing up and restoring the address list 143 6 5 1 Backup Address List If a cold reset occurs or if your battery goes dead all of the data in the address manager will be lost So it is very important that you make a backup file every time you make a change to the address list To go to Backup Address List open the menu by pressing Alt Then use the up and down arrows and find Backup Address List Then press Enter You can also press u while you are in the menu to get to Backup Address List Or you can press Ctrl u to activate this function without calling up the menu If you already have a backup file you will
15. Date From controls you will automatically hear the whole message body if you want to stop this reading at this time just press Ctrl If you want to move the Subject while reading the message press ESC When you read the message all of the control keys are the same as in the word processor 193 8 2 2 6 Attachment Control You can find and download the attached file at Attach it will show only for the e mail that has an attached file Attach is displayed in the form of Attach attached file name xx yy The yy is the total number of the attached files to the e mail and xx is the xxth attached file The following is the procedure to download attachments 1 Move to the desired fie name in Attach by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key 2 Press Space on the file name that you want to download 3 Press enter to download that file Then Attachments will be saved to flashdisk download Do you want to change this location No will be displayed Press enter i here 4 By doing so the selected file will be saved in the download folder in flashdisk If you have more than one attachment that you want to download you can press Ctrl a if you want to download only the attached file that is displayed on the LCD just press enter without pressing Space If you want to change the download pat
16. Edit It will show the Select All Press Down arrow key or Up arrow key move to Find Press Enter on the Find Or press f It will show the Find edit box where the user can type the text that they want to find 9 After typing in the text press Tab move to the Search Here you can select between All Subject Date or From All control means Subject Date and From controls together You can select an item by pressing Down arrow key or Up A OQ S No N NA N N NA 5 O 7 8 DDO NN NL m 211 arrow key By selecting a specific control you can search the control for the text that you want to find 10 Press Tab move to the Direction which has two choices Forward or Backward Pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key lets you select the searching direction as Forward or Backward 11 Press Tab move to the Confirm 12 Press Enter on the Confirm If you want to cancel press Tab on the Confirm move to the Cancel And press Enter Or you can press Alt F4 or ESC anywhere in this dialog box to cancel 8 4 2 Find Again The Find Again command finds the next text according to what you found using Find dialog box and it will go to the previous text if you set the direct
17. Enter Add is a dialog box where you can set up the environment regarding the connect group names It has connect name list a Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move between these by pressing tab or shift tab The connect name list has Connect name Connect number ID Password and Modem speed In Connect name you can type in the host name to connect with and in the Connect number you can type in the number of the host Here you can type in numbers and commas only In case of Bluetooth DUN you can make the connection to Mobile network without any password according to Mobile 439 server In the Modem speed select one from the list by pressing Backspace or Space After completing each item you can move to the next item by pressing tab Finally with Modem speed completed you can press Enter to save your registration Before saving it you can cancel your choices by moving to Cancel by pressing tab and press Enter on it Modify is used to modify the connect group You can do this by moving to what you want to select in the connect list and then press Enter You can also press tab to locate Modify Otherwise you can press Ctrl m on the Connect name in the connect list directly Modify has the same items as Add and you use t
18. Enter Or press Alt F4 6 7 1 4 Adding the CSV file in data of Address Manager Once you import the CSV file Last name unused 1 xx will be displayed Structure is like below 1 23 filed list of Search address Add address 1 unused 151 2 Field name list of CSV file 2 Allow fields in first record 3 Confirm 4 Cancel By pressing Tab or Shift Tab you can move to 23 list of Search address Add address Allow fields in first record SCHB Confirm button Cancel Button By pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key you can move to Unused and Field name list of CSV file In order to add the CSV file in data of Address Manager follow these steps 1 In list of Last name unused 1 xx press Up arrow key or Down arrow key Move to field of CSV file that you want to import in the Last name field For example there are 5 fields like Name Company name title Company address and Company zip code in CSV file It shows Last name unused 1 6 If you want to import the value of Name field in CSV file press Down arrow key and move to Name Then it shows Last name Name 2 6 on the LCD and Braille display If there is no field value from the CSV file that you need to import you just leave unused If you set unused in First name and
19. F7 to make the reading faster 2 Press Shift F7 to make the reading rate slower To make changes in pitch 1 Press F8 for a higher pitch 2 Press Shift F8 for a lower pitch When any of the above combination keys are pressed the Voice Sense QWERTY will announce the status of its volume rate or pitch The changes you made with these combination keys will remain in effect even when you turn off the machine and turn it back on again These changes can also be made in the Global options settings 2 4 Switching Audio mode The audio buttons on the front panel will work for different function according to the location of Audio mode switch If you push the audio mode switch to the left side the Voice Sense QWERTY will say radio mode and the audio buttons will work for the FM radio program If you set the audio mode switch to the center the Voice Sense QWERTY will say daisy mode and the audio buttons will work for the Daisy program If you push the audio mode switch to the 33 right side the Voice Sense QWERTY will say media mode and the audio buttons will work for the Media program So in order to use the audio buttons as you desire you have to set the audio mode switch to the proper position For example when you are using Media program and the audio mode switch is located in the left side the audio buttons on the front panel will work for FM radio program The detailed function of the
20. Go To Previous Text directly 5 Press Enter on Go To Previous Text Or you can call up the Go To Previous Text menu by pressing Ctrl F5 while a web page is being read 11 4 7 Refresh If a web page opens incorrectly due to a network problem or if you want to refresh the current page press Alt and go to the Go To menu by pressing Down arrow key Then press Enter Go to Refresh by pressing Down arrow key and press Enter or you can press Ctrl r without calling up the menu 11 4 8 History The History is the list of the web page addresses and their titles that have been visited either by clicking on a link or by typing in the address directly When History is executed the Voice Sense QWERTY will display the titles of the web pages in the history list If you have visited a web page such as www google com previously the history list on the Voice Sense QWERTY will show you the title of the page as Google 281 In order to visit the Yahoo web site by using the history list first press Alt to call up the menu and go to the Go To menu by pressing Down arrow key Then press Enter Go to History by pressing Down arrow key and press Enter You can always open the history list by pressing Ctrl h while the Web browser is running The Voice Sense QWERTY will show the history list Mo
21. Message 4 Press Enter 5 It will show Reply 6 Press Enter on the Reply 7 It will show Message body 8 You can find the original message body of the received email Original Message followed by the received email message You can get to this stage by pressing Ctrl r 9 Press Shift Tab to move to Subject BCC CC and to 10 At Subject it will show Subject Re Welcome to HIMS And at to it will show to hims hims inc com 11 Press Tab to move to Message body 12 Type in the Message body that you want to add or edit 13 Press Ctrl s to send the e mail When you reply the e mail after you press Ctrl r you can add recipient or attach file as well as write an e mail You can also save the e mail that you are writing as a reply It will be saved in the Outbox You can reply to an email by using Reply To All as well as Reply Pressing Reply will send en e mail to only the original sender Pressing Reply To All will send an email back to the original sender as well as all other recipients to the original email However Reply To All will not send an email to you even though you were a recipient of the original email To activate the Reply To All function 207 1 Press Alt to call up the menu 2 It will show
22. Set Alarm Options dialog box 7 11 5 Cancel If you press Enter on the Cancel button or press ESC or Alt F 4 the previous option settings will be restored and Set Alarm Options dialog box will be closed 7 12 Synchronizing With Microsoft Outlook In XP and earlier version the Schedule manager can be synchronized with Microsoft Outlook on your personal computer to help you keep track of your appointments You should take the following steps in order to synchronize the Voice Sense QWERTY with Microsoft Outlook 1 Download and install ActiveSync on to your personal computer 2 Connect the Voice Sense QWERTY to your personal computer using a USB cable 3 If the Partnership dialog box opens on your PC after you connect the Voice Sense QWERTY to your PC select Yes and press the Next button on your PC 4 Then you will be asked for a device name Type in Voice Sense QWERTY or whatever you would like to call the Voice Sense QWERTY 5 Press the Next button Then the program list dialog box will be displayed on your PC Click on the check box that is located next to calendar Note that the other check boxes should not be checked Press the Next button 6 Then the synchronization between Microsoft Outlook and the Voice Sense QWERTY is complete Please check the contacts in Microsoft Outlook and the Voice Sense QWERTY In Vista t
23. Shift tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting Tab or Shift Tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC 3 17 Flip LCD Display You can decide if the text on the LCD screen is shown in the right or reverse direction By default it is set to Off You can switch the value to On or Off If you set this option to Off the text on the LCD screen is shown in the right direction and if you set this option to On the text on the LCD screen is shown in the reverse direction and it means the sighted person facing you can see the text on the LCD screen in the right direction It is a good tool for teachers or Deaf blinds If you have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also Tab or Shift Tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting Tab or Shift Tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC 60 3 18 LCD Font Size You can change the font size on LCD panel The shortcut key is The default is set to 19 but you can set the font size anywhere from 12 to 20 You can increase the font by one size with the Space and you can decrease the font size with the
24. The word New represents the function The letter n is the letter that you would press while you are in the File menu in order to move directly to New Ctrl n is what you would press to access the function New from anywhere in the word processor The n is the shortcut key and Ctrl n is the hotkey It is important to note that not all shortcut keys work from anywhere in the Voice Sense QWERTY some commands will only work while you are in a specific program For example if you want to activate the new document option in the word processor You cannot press Ctrl n in the program menu to activate this option You must be in the word processor program in order for Ctrl n to activate the new document option 2 9 Control Symbols on the Voice Sense QWERTY The Voice Sense QWERTY has many control symbols Those symbols appear when you set Before and After the Control information in the Global options The default value is set to Before However if you are in the web browser the control symbols will be displayed even if you turn off the Control information option The control symbol will appear in front and back of the menu name or item name For example you might see something like MN File f pull down 37 The following table shows the names and the symbols of the control symbols that are displayed in front and back of menu
25. This menu item is used to open the Record dialog box To open the Record dialog box first press Alt to bring up the Media player menu Press Down arrow key twice to move to record r and then press Enter or you can press r Then the Voice Sense QWERTY will display the Record dialog box You can also open this dialog box by pressing Ctrl r in the Media player dialog box The Record dialog box contains an information tab and five buttons You can move between these by pressing Tab or Shift tab You can press the buttons in this dialog box by pressing Enter on the button you want to use You can also press the buttons by typing the character displayed after the button name 9 3 3 1 Record Playback Information Tab This tab is displayed only when the Voice Sense QWERTY is recording or when there is a file that has just been recorded It means that the dialog box does not show any information when the Voice Sense QWERTY is not recording or if you exit from the dialog box The information displayed in this tab includes a file name the current status and two pieces of time information The file name is the name of the file containing the sound that is currently being recorded or played The current status can be one of the following recording playing pause or 245 stop The time information that is displayed first is the elapsed time while re
26. Up arrow key repeatedly in the program menu until you arrive at the Address manager and then press Enter to open it Before going into the details of how to use the Address manager let s discuss the structure of address data The address data that is stored in Address manager consists of a set of records A record is a collection of contact information about one person or company Each record contains 23 fields These 23 fields are Last name First name Company name Title Mobile phone Home phone Home fax Company phone Company fax Home street address Home city Home state Home zip code Home country Company street address Company city Company state Company e Company zip code ny es Home page and Memo Thus one record contains all the 7 ee 33 ec 33 ht 33 ec Company country Home e mail mail information you can keep about a person or company 138 6 2 Starting the Address Manager When you press Enter on Address manager in the program menu Voice Sense QWERTY will say Search Address and display the prompt Last name In other words when you start the Address manager the Search Address dialog box will be opened In Address manager you can use the menus to conveniently browse and execute al
27. Using this program you can check if the Voice Sense QWERTY is currently connected to the Internet This program provides you with the information about the current connection type the current IP of the unit subnet mask gateway and MAC address To run this program press Enter on Display network status or press n in the Utilities menu If you start the program a list of information about the connection type and address will be displayed If you press tab the Voice Sense QWERTY will display a Renew button If you press tab again exit will be displayed If you press shift tab the Voice Sense QWERTY will move between these elements in the opposite direction The first item in the 441 information list status shows if the Voice Sense QWERTY is currently connected to the Internet online offline and what the current connection type is LAN Modem ADSL or Wireless LAN The next item is the current IP address followed by Subnet mask and then Gateway and finally MAC address You can move between these items by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key If the Voice Sense QWERTY is not currently connected to the Internet the status information shows that the Voice Sense QWERTY is offline If you press Enter on the Renew button it tries to connect to Internet using the parameters specified in Setup internet once again and displays o
28. Wake up alarm and you have not yet set the time or date in the Voice Sense QWERTY the Voice Sense QWERTY will then say Set time After you set the time the Voice Sense QWERTY will display the Wake up alarm dialog box The Voice Sense QWERTY will then say Set time The Wake up alarm dialog box contains the following Set time Bell Term Alarm duration Repeat interval Wake up call times a Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move among these by pressing tab and shift tab If you want to check the wakeup call settings open this dialog box again It will show you the current wakeup call settings When the alarm sounds the LCD on the Voice Sense QWERTY will also display the message Wake up call Press Ctrl to stop the alarm If you want to stop the alarm press Ctrl After you press Ctrl the Voice Sense QWERTY will remain on even though the power switch is turned to Off In order to turn the Voice Sense QWERTY off you must turn the power switch to On and then back to Off after you hit Ctrl Then the Voice Sense QWERTY will be turned off and the alarm will not sound again until you set it again If you do not plan on being able to turn the unit off and on you should turn on the Power saving mode in the Global options as explained in chapter 3 to avoid draining the battery 17 5 1 Set
29. control While you are typing in message body if you press Alt F4 to cancel writing an e mail the Voice Sense QWERTY will display Currently writing mail Save Yes Pressing Enter it will save the e mail And it will exit the E mail program If you change No to Yes by pressing Space and press Enter it will exit the E mail program without saving the e mail 8 2 3 6 Sending E Mail in Outbox You can send saved e mail in Outbox when you saved mail to Outbox or you didn t send mail due to a network error or another reason The following describes how to send e mail In Outbox 1 Execute E mail program 2 It will show mail list in inbox 3 Press Shift Tab move to Mailbox 4 Press Up arrow key or Down arrow key move to Outbox 5 Press Enter 6 It will show mail list in Outbox 202 7 Press Up arrow key or Down arrow key move to the mail that you want to send When you want to send all the emails in the list Press Ctrl a When you want to send an email by selection an item by item in the list Press Space When you want to send an email by selection continuously in the list Press Ctrl b It will show Start selection Move to the mail that you want to send For example when you send 5 mail in 10 mail lists press Ctrl b from the firs
30. on it to run the operator since the default is set to the Confirm button in the dialog In the dialog box you can cancel the operator selection by pressing Enter on Cancel Alt F4 or ESC You can use hot keys of the operators for convenient access The hot keys of the operators are as follows 1 2 3 4 5 Percent Minus P 6 Power S 0 Mi Divided by Multiply by 7 Square Root Ctrl q 8 Decimal point 9 Left parenthesis 10 Right parenthesis 11 Pl Ctrl p 12 Exponential Ctrl e If you want to enter in negative numbers you should type in minus and the number together in parentheses For example you should type in minus 2 in the following manner 2 For the percent operation you can get the result when you put in the numbers first and the percent sign just after typing in the numbers Immediately after you have typed in the percent sign the number that you have typed in will be converted into a percent value For example 90 20 equals 90 18 You will see the number 18 on pressing the sign since 18 is 20 of 90 So you get 108 for your answer 17 1 2 Memory Functions 415 The Variable Functions will keep your resulting answers and calculations in the memory The Variable Functions menu has four submenu items Recall Item Delete All Saved Items Save Item and Statistics Functions
31. to open the Global oh 99 options Press v once Then press space Then press enter This will turn on the voice 22 3 The Voice is Too Fast to Understand Press Shift F7 to slow down the voice rate 22 4 The Voice Pitch Is Too Low or Too High to Understand Press Shift F8 to lower the pitch or press F8 to raise the voice pitch 22 5 Lost Your Place 511 If you have lost your place in the Voice Sense QWERTY and cannot remember where you are press Win key to access the program menu Then press Alt Tab to switch between programs that are open If you are in the word processor pressing Fn s will give you your current location 22 6 No Internet Connection 1 If you are using a LAN make sure that the Ethernet cable is connected 2 Check if the Ethernet port is activated by pressing Fn F11 3 If you are using a DSL connection make sure that that the Ethernet cable is connected 22 Email If you are having trouble downloading email please contact your Internet service provider to make sure that you have the correct POP3 and SMTP settings 22 8 The Voice Sense QWERTY Does Not Respond If the Voice Sense QWERTY does not respond to keystrokes or commands it may be necessary to reset the unit To reset the Voice Sense QWERTY press the reset button 512 23 Accessories For information on available accessories for the Voice Sense Q
32. 11 6 2 Set User Agent 1 Press Enter on Web browser 2 Press Alt to call up the menu 3 Move to Options pressing Down arrow key 287 4 Press Enter Or you can press Alt o while the Web browser is executing 5 It will find User agent Windows CE on the LCD 6 Using the Space you can select one in the Windows XP Windows CE and Pocket PC 7 After you select the value that you want press Enter It will open the web page which you chosen type 11 6 3 Show visited links Show Visited link is the option displaying the link once user visited web site The default setting is On and it toggles between On and Off by pressing Space This option is set to On and Off as follows 1 Execute Web browser by pressing Enter on Web browser or simply pressing hot key b from the main menu 2 Once the Web browser executes press Alt o and then it will say option dialog box 3 Move to Show visited links by pressing Down arrow key 4 Show visited links On will be displayed If the setting is On Visited link will be displayed 11 6 4 Changing the Default Download Folder You can change default download folder in Web browser To change the default download folder follow these steps 1 Press Enter on Web browser 2 P
33. 191 messages received You can also move from one e mail message to the next e mail message when the date is displayed The Voice Sense QWERTY also indicates which e mail messages have been read and which e mail messages have been unread E mail that has not been read will be shown as Unread i front of the date For example let s suppose there is an email that has been unread It would appear as Unread Date date time xx yy 8 2 2 3 Sender Control From shows the sender information From sender s e mail address xx yy The Voice Sense QWERTY also indicates which e mail messages have been read and which e mail messages have been unread E mail that has not been read will be shown as Unread i front of the sender For example lets suppose there is an email that has been unread It would appear as Unread From sender s e mail address xx yy You can save the e mail id of the sender using the following sequence 1 Press Ctrl i when From sender s e mail address xx yy is displayed 2 Then the add address dialog box will be opened and Name sender s user name or e mail address will be displayed 3 Type in the sender s name with your keyboard or press tab to move to Confirm and press enter When you type in the name you can type it in Name edit box directly If the address that was typed in is saved and the dialog box is closed t
34. 8 It will show to You can move to this stage to this stage by pressing Ctrl f iput the e mail address of the new recipient 9 Press Tab move to CC BCC and Subject 10 At Subject it will show Subject Fw Welcome to HIMS 11 Press Tab move to Message body 12 You can find the original e mail message with the following message Forwarded Message iy 13 Type in the Message body that you want to add or edit 14 Press Ctrl s to send the e mail When you forward an e mail the method is the same as write an e mail So you can type in additional recipients and attach files to the email that you are forwarding You can also save the e mail that you are writing in the Outbox 8 3 4 Saving a Received E mail as Document You may need to save an e mail as a document when you are reading an e mail in the inbox You can do this by completing the following steps 1 Press Alt to call up the menu 2 It will show the File 3 Press Enter on the File 4 Press Down arrow key move to Save As Text 5 Press Enter on the Save As Text 6 It will open the save as dialog box 7 And it will show File name subject of e mail under reading txt Without calling up the menu you can move to this stage directly by pressing Fn s 8 Press Enter on the
35. Backspace If you have the font size set to 20 and you increase the font by one size the font will go to 12 If your font size is 12 and you decrease the font by one size the font will go to 20 If you have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also Tab or Shift Tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting Tab or Shift Tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC 3 19 Printer Port You can choose which port will be used for your printer port when sending your documents to a printer The shortcut key is p The default is set to USB If you want to use a USB port printer you keep the default setting If you want to use a parallel port printer or Bluetooth printer you can change the setting You can toggle the options by hitting the Space If you have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also Tab or shift Tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting Tab or shift tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC For your reference if you want to use parallel port printer you must connect the USB port to cable that convert USB into
36. Down arrow key 3 Indent first line This sets the indentation of the first line The first line will be indented by the value that you select and the other lines will not be indented This setting is valid for the paragraphs that follow unless the setting is changed The default value is set to 0 In order to change the setting you should type in the number of characters Press the press Down arrow key in order to move to the next setting 4 Indent all lines except the first line All the lines in the paragraph except the first line are indented if this is set This setting will be valid for the following paragraphs unless the setting is changed The default value is set to 0 In order to change the setting you should type in the number of characters 5 Alignment 132 This sets the alignment type The default type is set to Left justified The other options are Centered and Right justified Press Space in order to change the setting 6 Set style When printing a document through an ink printer the style of each paragraph can be set to a desired style Style includes font type font size and text shape for text You can select Text Title Sub title Abstract 1 and Abstract 2 by pressing Space or Backspace The default fonts for each style are listed below Text Times New Roman Font size 11 Abstract1 Times New Roman Font size 11 B
37. Enter or press tab repeatedly to move to the Confirm button and press Enter to save the schedule If you want to set recurrence schedule you should press Space and then press tab or Enter to move to the combo box where you can set the recurrence pattern In this combo box you can select one of Daily Weekly Monthly and Yearly We will discuss these options in more detail in the next section 7 4 9 1 Daily If you select Daily and press tab the focus will move to Recurring interval of day edit box Here you can enter the number of days after 164 which the appointment recurs You can type a number between 1 and 999 If you enter 1 the appointment recurs every day and if you enter 2 it recurs every other day One thing you have to be careful when you use this is that the difference between the starting and end date should be shorter than the recurring interval value For example suppose that the appointment starts at 09 00 Feb 1 2006 and ends at 12 00 Feb 2 2006 If you set the recurring interval to 1 you will get an error message The appointment duration should be shorter than the recurring interval This is because it is logically impossible that the appointment duration is 27 hours and the appointment recurs 24 hours This rule is applied in the same way when you set weekly monthly or yearly recurring appoints If you press tab af
38. Enter on it or you can press s Otherwise you can press Ctrl s while editing a document If you created a new document by activating the word processor or by pressing enter on New in the menu if you execute Save the Save as dialog box will open If you execute Save after you edit a document that was opened using the Open function the Voice Sense QWERTY will save the document with the same file name without using a dialog box After saving a document it will return to document edit status When you have several documents open you can save the current open document by pressing Ctrl F4 This will close the document save it and return to the previous document Note 97 1 pdf and Epub file cannot be saved as same file type When trying to save it it will execute Save as and needs to be saved different file type 2 When saving the rtf and doc the file formatting will be lost and saved 5 1 4 Save As The Save As option is used to save a document as a different file name on another disk or as a different file type If you want to execute this command press Alt and then press Enter when the File menu is displayed Move to Save As by pressing Down arrow key Then press Enter Another way is to press Alt s which executes the Save As command in the word processor If you execute Save As
39. Hot Keys for the Commands in the Record Dialog Box Call up the record dialog box Ctrl r Record button Record Record button Pause continue recording Space Record button Play Play button Pause continue play Space Play button Stop Backspace Stop button Hot Keys for the Commands n the Position Menu Set bookmark Ctrl m Delete bookmark Ctrl d Jump to bookmark Ctrl j Go to position Ctrl g Go to percent Alt p Set start end point p Release point ESC Hot Keys for the Commands in the Mark Set mark Alt m Move to mark Alt j Move to previous mark V Move to next mark N Delete mark Alt d Mark manager Alt k 261 6 Hot Keys for the Commands in the Setting Menu Configuration dialog box Alt c Playback setting dialog box Ctrl p Record setting dialog box Alt r Effect settings dialog box Ctrl e 7 Hot Keys for toggling options Toggle display time between elapsed time and remainingtime t Toggle rpeat between Yes and No r Togge shuffle between On and Off s 262 10 FM radio In order to use FM radio program in the Voice Sense QWERTY please connect the headphone to the headphone jack of the Voice Sense QWERTY The headphone connected to the Voice Sense QWERTY will work as a FM radio antenna In the program menu please press arrow keys to move to the FM radio and press Enter or just press r in order to execute FM radio prog
40. If you have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also tab or shift tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting Tab or shift Tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC For your reference if you want to save battery power turn this option off when you are not using the Ethernet Wire LAN 3 39 Mass storage device mode You can choose whether the Voice Sense QWERTY will be used as a mass storage device mode or not when the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to the personal computer PC via USB The shortcut key for this option is d with the default set to On The Space toggles off on If you keep default setting PC recognizes Voice Sense QWERTY as the mass storage device mode automatically when connecting the Voice Sense QWERTY to PC If you select Off PC doesn t recognizes Voice Sense QWERTY In this case if you want to connect the PC to the Voice Sense QWERTY you need to install and execute the Active Sync program in the PC You can download the Active Sync program from the Microsoft website for free If you have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also Tab or shift Tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting Tab or
41. Manage Chat consists of 5 controls 1 Chat list List control 2 Status of sending File Status control 3 Move to the chat Button Control 4 Close chat Button Control 5 Cancel Button Control The following is a detailed explanation about each control of Manage Chat dialog box You can move to the next control pressing Tab or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab 1 Chat list This is a list and arranges chat window opened currently You can select chat window using Up arrow key or Down arrow key and press Enter And then you will move to the corresponded chat window 2 Status of sending File This is a status bar status of sending receiving file This bar is valid only when you send receive file 3 Move to the Chat Using this button if you press Enter you can move to the chat window selected on the chat list right away 4 Close chat Using this button you can close selected chat window on the chat list 5 Cancel Using this button you can exit Manage Chat Window dialog box and return to the Contact list 16 3 6 3 Find Find supports a function to search for input word in History edit box of chat window It is useful in the situation that a lot of messages are exchanged In order to call up Find press Ctrl f on the chat window or press Enter on the Find after entering sub menu of Edit menu by calling up menu 387 Find consists of 4 controls 1 Text
42. Press Enter on the Advanced It will show the Use secure POP3 POP SSL Press Down arrow key move to Use as default send from account 15 By pressing Space you can change SCHB to UCHB 16 Press Tab move to Confirm and press Enter 17 It will return to the Advanced 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 18 Press Tab move to Confirm and press Enter 19 It will move to account name list With Successfully modified service message It will show default on the LCD next to the default account 8 3 Major features of E mail 8 3 1 Deleting E mail You can delete e mail You can delete an e mail message that you have selected or more than one e mail by selecting each of them individually 8 3 1 1 Deleting an e mail You can delete an e mail in the mailbox by following the steps below 1 Press Up arrow key or Down arrow key to move to the Subject of the e mail that you want to delete 2 Press Del 3 Then it will show Delete subject of the selected e mail mail Yes 4 Press Enter if you want to delete the e mail 204 If you want to cancel it press Space to change Yes to No on the Delete Subject to the selected e mail mail And Press Enter By pressing ESC or Alt F4 you can cancel deleting e mail 8 3 1 2 Deleting M
43. Restore Database Or you can press r while you are in the menu to find restore database You can also press Ctrl o to activate this function without calling up the menu If you activate the Restore Database function and you already have an database file you will hear the message Database file already exists Restore Yes If you press Enter the backup database file will be restored to the current database file If you want to cancel you press Space and press Enter 14 8 Hot Keys for Database Manager Add record Ctrl n Search records Ctrl f Table manager Ctrl t List of records found Ctrl r Setting backup option Ctrl e Backup database Ctrl u Restore database Ctrl o 1 Move by controls 343 Move to the next control Tab Move to the previous control Shift Tab 2 Move in a list box Move to the next list item Down arrow key Move to the previous list item Up arrow key 3 Select your answer in the prompt box Move to the next answer Space or Down arrow key Move to the previous answer Backspace or Up arrow key 4 Move in the list of records found Move to the next record Down arrow key Move to the previous record Up arrow key Move to the last record Ctrl Fn Right arrow key Move to the first record Ctrl Fn Left arrow key Move to the next field Ctrl Right arrow key Move to the previous field Ctrl Left arrow key Move to the last field Fn Right arrow key Move
44. You can move between these items by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key repeatedly and then press Enter on the desired feature To access these menu items press Alt to call up the menu and press Enter on Variable Functions Or you oO 99 can press v when you are in the menu 17 1 2 1 Recall Items Recall Items is a dialog box that has the following items list Delete Display detail a Confirm button and a Cancel button You can navigate through each of these items by pressing tab or shift tab You can access Recall Items by pressing r in the Variable Functions menu Otherwise you can access the dialog box by pressing Alt r in the calculation line The item list displays an item name the result value and you can move in the item name list by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key You can insert the item s result into your calculation if you press Enter on the item name You can also copy each item in the item list Press the Space to select an item in the item list Then press Ctrl Insert to copy the selected items to the clipboard The Display detail shows the item name and its result with the default set to No If you want to review the detailed information press Space to switch to Yes Then it will display item name the formula its result va
45. and press Enter or press h in the Go To menu When you are editing a document you should press F3 to activate this command When Find Again is executed Find Again will look for the text that was used in the previous Find Find again 115 will search in the same direction that was used with the last Find If you have not yet used the Find command in the current document and you execute Find Again it will not work Find again is used to find the text that you have previously found in the current document 5 3 3 Replace To execute this command press Alt and move to Go To by pressing Down arrow key Then press Enter on Go To Move to Replace by pressing Down arrow key to move to Replace r and press Enter or press r in the Go To menu which is the short cut While editing a document pressing Ctrl r will activate this function Replace also has a dialog box that consists of the following fields Text to find Replace with Search direction Match case Replace Confirm and Cancel You can move between the fields by pressing Tab or shift tab The following is a description of each function 1 Text to find You can type in the text that you want to be replaced in this field 2 Replace with You can type in new text that wi
46. enter i order to delete it 10 The Voice Sense QWERTY will delete it show Successfully deleted and return to the service list 5 6 eS Oe N N If you want to cancel the deletion press Space when Are you sure you want to delete the Registered account name account Yes is displayed in order to change Yes to No and then press enter Or just press ESC or Alt F 4 8 2 Receiving and Sending E mail 8 2 1 Receiving E mail The Voice Sense QWERTY is capable of receiving plain text email and html email messages You can receive e mail messages by doing the following 1 Press Alt to call up the menu 2 Press Down arrow key move to Message 3 Press Enter on the Message and press Enter Or press M 4 It will show Reply 5 Press Down arrow key move to Check for new mail 6 Press Enter on the Check for new mail Or press N 189 7 Then you will find Account name list You can move to this dialog box directly by pressing Alt m n This dialog box consists of service list a Confirm and a Cancel 8 When Account name registered account name x x is displayed press Up arrow key or Down arrow key to move to the desired service 9 Press enter when the desired service is displayed or press Tab to move to the Confirm a
47. next These buttons are used for playing and recording music or voice quickly and easily 33 ee If the play pause button is pressed while you are using a program other than the Media Player the Voice Sense QWERTY will play the files in the play list If there are no files in the play list the Voice Sense QWERTY says There are no items to display The other buttons previous stop and next are available after you start playing audio by pressing the play pause button Even if the Media Player starts when you press the play pause button while you are using another program the Voice Sense QWERTY will not stop the program that is currently running 231 9 1 1 Play Pause Button The play pause button has a long rectangle shape To locate the play pause button find the button that is furthest to the right on the front panel Then move one button to the left This is the play pause button With the play pause button you can easily play audio files registered in the play list If there are no files that have been registered in the play list the Voice Sense QWERTY will display the message There are no items to display You have to add a file to the play list before it can be played If there is more than one file in the play list when you press the play pause button the Voice Sense QWERTY will start playing all the files in the list one after another If yo
48. on a selected record Voice Sense QWERTY will say Canceled selection 2 Select all and delete If you want to delete all the records in Address manager press Alt to call up the menu and select Select All Then press Enter Next press Alt to call up the menu again and then select Delete Address Then press Enter Or you can press Ctrl a which is the hot key and press Del while you are using the Search Address function 6 6 5 Printing addresses This option allows you to print the selected records to a Braille printer or an ink printer First search the records to be printed with the Search Address command and then select the records that you want to print To select a record press Space on the record to be printed If you want to select all records in Address manager press Ctrl a or select Select All from the menu and press Enter After selecting the records that you want to print press Alt to bring up the menu and then select Print Address Then press Enter or press Ctrl p which is the hot key The Voice Sense QWERTY will now prompt you to select a printer The default selection is Printer If you press Space once the selection will be changed to Embosser And if you press Space again Cancel will be selected Each time when you press Space
49. option the Echo option a Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move between controls by pressing Tab or Shift Tab And you can move between options by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key The Bassboost option is used to emphasize bass sound The value can be entered from 0 to 20 that you want to enter the value in edit box The higher value you enter the stronger bass sound you will hear The Surround option is used to hear ambient sound more efficiently The value can be entered from 0 to 100 that you want to enter the value in edit box The higher value you enter the stronger surround sound you will hear The 3D Effect option is used to hear surround effect more efficiently The value can be entered from 0 to 100 that you want to enter the value in edit box The higher value you enter the stronger 3D sound you will hear The Reverb option is used to hear reverberation sound more efficiently The value can be entered from 0 to 100 that you want to enter the value in edit box The higher value you enter the stronger reverb sound you will hear 259 The Echo option is used to hear echo sound more efficiently The value can be entered from 0 to 100 that you want to enter the value in edit box The higher value you enter the stronger echo sound you will hear To save the changed settings and exit from this dialog box press Enter after you chang
50. shift tab While playing a file in the Daisy player you will find a heading which will show you a prefixed heading or affixed text if one has been prepared In information you can find the current page level phrase elapsed time and running time You can move between these items with Up arrow key or Down arrow key You can press Enter on Pause or Play 300 which will let you pause or play the audio If you are anywhere in the four control components you can play or pause by pressing Space 12 2 File When in the File menu you can open a new DAISY file check file information on the file that is currently open and set voice parameters You can open the File menu by pressing Alt and then press Enter on File Or you can press f In the File menu you will find items such as Open DAISY Voice Settings Book Info and Exit You can move between these items with Up arrow key or Down arrow key You can activate the selected item by pressing Enter 12 2 1 Open DAISY You can open another DAISY file with using Open DAISY To get to Open DAISY press Alt to call up the menu and then press Enter on Open DAISY in File menu Or you can use the hot key Ctrl o without pressing Alt When you activate Open DAISY you can see the disk list while pausing or p
51. the Save as dialog box is displayed This dialog box is almost the same as the Open dialog box It consists of file list File name Type representing the file format a Confirm button and a Cancel button If the dialog box is opened File name is displayed You can move from one tab to the other tab by pressing Tab or shift tab If you execute Save As when you are editing a document that you opened the displayed file name file format and the folder are the same as those of the file that you opened When executing Save as Pdf and Epub the formatting will not be kept and will be saved as txt format However if you created a new document by executing the word processor or by executing New and you execute Save or Save As the displayed default file name is noname brl and the file path is flashdisk My Documents If you want to edit the file name type in the new file name You cannot use the following characters in a file or folder name lt gt 98 If you want to change the file format move to Type In Type move to the file format that you want by pressing Up arrow Key or Down arrow key If you want to save a file with a file name that is in the file list move to the file list by pressing shift tab Note When saving the rtf and doc the f
52. using Space If you don t want to use the power saving mode you can set the option to Off If you set the option to Message you will hear a warning message that says power on in 10 20 or 30 minute increments depending on the setting that you will choose for power saving kick in if you have not pressed any keys on the Voice Sense QWERTY The next section explains how to change the power saving kick in to 10 20 or 30 minutes If you have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also Tab or shift tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do 65 not want to save the setting Tab or shift Tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC For your reference this option is available only when the AC adaptor is connected to the unit In other word although you set the option to On if AC adaptor is connected to the unit the unit will not go to the sleep mode automatically when you meet the Power saving kick in time 3 29 Power Saving Kick In When you want to use the power saving mode you can set the time when the power saving mode will begin The shortcut key is k with the default set at After 10 minutes If you set this option to the default the Voice Sense QWERTY will enter into power saving mode when you have not used the Voice Sense QW
53. 16 3 5 Send Rec ive t ms a e cee a aaa ra 382 16 3 6 Other functions seseoeeoeneneeeneennrenenrerenrsrerrrrerrrrerrrnn 384 162327 SOUP ODUONS rere e E a Eer 390 16 4 MSN MESSENGER etal iicewcanechsssaevaciadssevicursceliaaceaisbeniewaaastebuaddes 396 16 4 1 Getting Started with MSN Messenger 00eeeeee 396 16 4 2 Using a Contact List cc cccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 398 16 4 3 Instant Message Dialog BOX cccccseeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeeees 404 16 5 Hot Keys in Social Networking ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeneeees 407 16 5 WILT en ae E E a aE E 407 16 5 Googl talker r aea E A A eaaa TK 409 16 5 3 MSN MeSSENGET cceeceececeeeeeseeeeeeeeesseeeeeeesaeaeeeeeeees 410 Defoe OMES osainen a a 412 1 1 SC AICUIGION cecer anes Mheacteas vinatacdhodtaseatsustanaurs 413 17 1 1 General Functions a assebesatees asuenstitieenck cect anassdegseibbebeerneens 413 17 1 2 Memory Functions vcnrinnresnacnuenecdanii tara uauyecaed 415 TT Ag SING FUNCION Seen a a 417 17 1 4 Cosine Functions 2c svir acres naandiniiasaeaveencrennntduvananterendece 418 17 1 5 Tangent PUNCUONS cdseceed Sitvsrveoncttoucinidnaasiadbsteteseinkeens 418 17 1 6 Logarithm Functions sisscssscdescdeusnctiiasesseactannsdetcngebbaabereasss 418 111 7 CODY tO Clipboard a e a a 419 111 8 Option Settings ecc eE at 419 TATO EX estate e o ica EE E TEET 420 17 1 10 Sample Math Calculations 0 ccccceeeeeeee
54. Add dialog box press Tab to move to the Cancel button and press Enter Or just press ESC or Alt F4 8 5 3 2 Modifying Spam Registration In order to modify a Subject that has been registered do the following 1 Press Alt to call up the menu while you are in the inbox 2 Press Down arrow key move to the tools 3 Press Enter 4 It will show Accounts manager 5 Press Down arrow key move to Spam Settings 6 Press Enter 7 It will show Type Subject 1 3 Without calling the menu you can also execute to this stage directly by pressing Ctrl e 8 Move to list by pressing tab Then Subject Registered word 1 xx will be displayed 9 Press Down arrow key or Up arrow key to move to the word to be modified 10 Press m on the word to be modified Or press tab to move to the Modify button and press enter 11 Then the modify dialog box will be opened and Subject modify selected word will be displayed 12 If you type in a new word directly the displayed word will be erased and the new word will be displayed 13 Press enter after you type in the new word Or press tab to move to the Confirm button and then press enter 227 14 Then Successfully modified spam data will be announced and you will be returned
55. After you finish entering the text press tab in order to move to the next item 6 List box combo box In order to change a selection in the combo box press Alt Down arrow key or Alt Up arrow key You can move to the next item by pressing Down arrow key Also it will 291 renew a page automatically when you change combo box in combo box 7 Radio button check box In order to select or cancel the selection press Enter 8 Button If you press Enter on a button you will move to the referenced page 11 7 2 Moving to a Form A form is a page that has all of the controls except the link control The edit windows buttons and combo boxes are included in a form When you navigate some web pages if there are many links it would be very cumbersome to navigate to a form because you would have to push too many tab or shift tab keys to get to a form In this case you can use the moving to the form function 1 Move to the previous form Ctrl F 1 You can move to the previous form by pressing this key If there are no previous forms the Voice Sense QWERTY will play the warning sound 2 Move to the next form Ctrl F2 You can move to the next form by pressing this key If there are no more forms The Voice Sense QWERTY will play the warning sound If there are no forms on a web page Voice Sense QWERTY will say No control 11 7 3 Table At the beginning pos
56. Alt Shift Left arrow key Move to end of the message Alt Shift Right arrow key Move to previous line Alt Shift Up arrow key 4 Move to next line Alt Shift Down arrow key 5 Move to previous word Alt Shift q 6 Move to next word Alt Shift e 7 Move to previous character Alt Shift x 8 Move to next character Alt Shift v 9 Read current word Alt Shift w 10 Read current character Alt Shift c If you press Alt Shift c the Voice Sense will read current character And if you press this key again it will read phonetic sign of the character For example if you press Alt Shift c on the alphabet A Voice Sense will read ei and if you press again it read alpha 2 13 Using the Function key Function key is on the left side bottom of the keyboard Function key called as Fn When do hotkey combination or list transfer is used For example if combined Fn and Up arrow key do Page up and combined Fn and Down arrow key do Page down and combined Fn and Right arrow key do End and combined Fn and Left arrow key do Home And press Fn and insert Num lock on off function is executed This function is executed M 0 J 1 K 2 L 3 U 4 5 O 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 O 3 N are inputted being changed by key in parenthesis 2 14 Multi Tasking The Voice Sense QWERTY can do more than one task at
57. Company name you will hear Must select one or more of first name and company name You will select value from the CSV file of First name or Company name 2 Follow steps the above by pressing Tab to move to different field such as Group Company and Title etc 3 Press Tab move to Allow fields in first record You can change setting by pressing Space When you import the fields of first record in CSV file you select it When you select in Allow fields in first record If there is field value of the first record in CSV file select it 152 When you unselect in Allow fields in first record If the field value of the first record is unnecessary such as field name unselect it 4 Press Tab move to Confirm 5 Press Enter on the Confirm 6 It shows Address file already exists Which do you prefer The default value is Overwrite The setting values are Overwrite and Add To change the setting value press Space Overwrite If you want to overwrite when exist record has same data select it Add If you want to add the data select it 7 It will return Search Address 8 Press Enter It shows data imported of CSV file with existing data of Address manager If you want to cancel this function press Tab on Confirm Move to Confirm and press Enter Or press
58. Ctrl with t and then t This is displayed as tan For Arc tangent press Ctrl with t then a This is displayed as atan 423 For Hyperbolic tangent press Ctrl with t then h This is displayed as tanh For example to calculate the tangent of the 30 degree angles you press Ctrl with t T 30 and then That is tan 30 which gives you the result of 0 57735027 Logarithm Functions Common logarithm For Common logarithm press Ctrl with l and then n This is displayed as log For example to calculate the common logarithm of the 100 you press Ctrl with N 100 and then That is log 100 which gives the result 2 Natural Logarithm For Natural logarithm press Ctrl with l and then e This is displayed as In For example to calculate the natural logarithm of the 100 you press Ctrl with I E 100 and then That is In 100 which gives the result 4 60517019 17 2 Display Compass Heading You can display compass in Voice Sense QWERTY You can execute this function regardless of location In order to display compass follow these steps 1 Press Fn Space regardless of location 2 It will show current status of compass Also you can execute this function in the Utilities program 1 Press Enter on the Utilities program or simply press b from the main menu 2 Move to
59. Ctrl end key Move to backward by time index and play Ctrl Right arrow key Move to forward by time index and play Ctrl Left arrow key Change time index Ctrl Up arrow key or Ctrl Down arrow key Volume up Shift Up arrow key Volume down Shift Down arrow key 494 Speed up Shift Right arrow key Slow down Shift Left arrow key Pause Continue Space Stop Backspace Delete play list during stop DEL Record Ctrl r Play Enter Stop Backspace Pause Continue recording Space Configuration dialog box Alt c Set bookmark Alt m Delete bookmark Alt d Jump to bookmark Alt j Go to position Ctrl g Playback setting dialog box Ctrl p Record setting dialog box Alt r 21 7 2 Hot Keys in the Play Information Tab Move to the next information Down arrow key Move to the previous information Up arrow key Pause Play when it is pause state Space Start playing Enter Stop playing Backspace Play the next file Alt Right arrow key Play the previous file Alt Left arrow key Play the last file Ctrl end key Play the first file Ctrl home key Play the fifth file after the current file Alt Down arrow key Play the fifth file before the current file Alt Up arrow key Move to backward by time index and play Ctrl Left arrow key Move to forward by time index and play Ctrl Right arrow key Change time index Ctrl Up arrow key or Ctrl Down arrow key 495 Volume up Shift Up arrow key Volume down Shift Down arrow key Speed up Sh
60. Ctrl f Move to Specific Heading Ctrl h Find again F3 Scan heading Ctrl n Read heading Ctrl w Set mark at current position Ctrl m Move to the next mark N 475 Move to the previous mark V Delete mark Del 20 11 Bluetooth Manager Scanning Bluetooth device Ctrl r Connecting device Enter on the device name Connecting service Enter on the service name Disconnect service in Bluetooth service list Ctrl d Move to Bluetooth device list in service list Backspace Remove device setting in Bluetooth device list Del 1 FTP service Open local folder move remote folder Ctrl o Copy Ctrl c Paste Ctrl v Send to Ctrl s Retrieve file Ctrl r New folder Ctrl f in Remote folder Alt f in Local folder Delete file folder Del Information Ctrl i 20 12 Database Manager Add record Ctrl n Search records Ctrl f Table manager Ctrl t List of records found Ctrl r Setting backup option Ctrl e Backup database Ctrl u Restore database Ctrl o 1 Move by controls Move to the next control Tab Move to the previous control Shift Tab 2 Move in a list box 476 Move to the next list item Down arrow key Move to the previous list item Up arrow key 3 Select your answer in the prompt box Move to the next answer Space or Down arrow key Move to the previous answer Backspace or Up arrow key 4 Move in the list of records found Move to the next record Down arrow key Move to the previous
61. Ctrl v Send instant message Ctrl s Last message Alt r Play keyboard sound Ctrl k Message sound notification while in current window Fn s Message sound notification while messenger is in the background Alt m Nickname Ctrl p Save account Ctrl o Confirm the received message Ctrl l 3 Instant message dialog box Move to the next control Tab Move to the previous control Shift Tab Move between the instant message dialog box and the contact list box Page up or Page down Save as Alt s Print Ctrl p Close ESC Cut Ctrl x Copy Ctrl c Delete Ctrl d Paste Ctrl v Select all Ctrl a Start selection Ctrl b Find Ctrl f Find again F3 Invitation Ctrl i 412 17 Utilities The Utilities menu provides several special functions for use with the Voice Sense QWERTY The Utilities menu has the following items 1 Calculator where you can do simple math equations as well as scientific calculations 2 Display compass heading where you can check current status of compass 3 Set time and date where you can set the Voice Sense QWERTY internal clock 4 Display time and date where you can check the date and time 5 Wake up call where you can set the alarm 6 Calendar where you can check the calendar 7 Pronunciation Dictionary where you can set the pronunciation that you want to hear 8 Stopwatch where you can set stopwatch 9 Setup internet where you can adjust your internet sett
62. DEL It is valid only at the Subject and date item Save the received e mail as text file Alt s Print the received e mail Alt p Move to unread message Ctrl u It is valid only at the Subject and date item Cancel ESC Cancel and exit from e mail program Alt f4 21 6 2 Hot Keys for Sending E mail Including Reply Forward and Save in the Pail Outbox Search address list Ctrl l Attach file Ctrl f Send e mail Ctrl s Save in mail Outbox Fn s Cancel ESC Cancel and exit from e mail program Alt f4 21 6 3 Hot Keys for Reading E mail messages or Writing an E mail Message 493 Start selection Ctrl b Select all Ctrl a Copy to the clipboard Ctrl c Cut to the clipboard Ctrl x It is not valid when you are reading e mail Paste from the clipboard Ctrl v It is not valid when you are reading e mail Delete selection and delete a letter DEL It is not valid when you are reading e mail Cancel block ESC 21 7 Media Player 21 7 1 Hot keys for commands Open file Ctrl o Open folder Ctrl f Add file Alt o Add folder Alt f Save play list Ctrl s Save as play list Alt s Delete time DEL Play Enter Previous track Alt Left arrow key Next track Alt Right arrow key Previous section while playing Audible Ctrl Page up Next section while Playing Audible Ctrl Page down 5th previous track Alt Up arrow key Sth next track Alt Down arrow key First track Ctrl home key Last track
63. Down arrow key Then press Enter Move to Read Status by pressing Down arrow key and then press Enter or you can press s in the read menu which is the short cut While editing a document you can press Fn to activate this function In order to return to the document that you are editing press any key 5 5 Layout The Layout command sets the layout for printing on an ink printer or embossing on a Braille printer The Layout menu has the following submenus Braille Document Layout Print Document Layout Braille Paragraph Layout and Print Paragraph Layout In order to check the layout call up the menu by pressing Alt and check the layout values one by one The changed values will be displayed within the menu 33 ee 5 5 1 Braille Document Layout While you are editing a document press Alt to call up the menu and select Layout or press l which is the short cut and then select Braille Document Layout Or you can press Alt F5 Braille Document Layout is used to set the width and height of the paper for embossing as well as the following options Whenever you change a layout setting while you are editing a document the setting will be valid on the rest of the document 126 You can navigate the menu items with Up arrow Key or Down arrow key and you can move to Confirm or Cancel by press
64. Move to the first field Fn Left arrow key Move to the last field Fn Right arrow key Move to the previous record Up arrow key Move to the next record Down arrow key Move to the first record Ctrl Fn Left arrow key Move to the last record Ctrl Fn Right arrow key Move to previous same field different record Left arrow key Move to next same field different record Right arrow key 465 20 4 3 Hot keys for the Commands Add address Ctrl n Modify address Ctrl m Delete address Del Select all Ctrl a Save as a file Alt s Print address Ctrl p Backup address list Ctrl u Restore address list Ctrl r Setting backup option Ctrl e Setting add searching address fields Ctrl o Import from CSV Alt i Export to CSV Alt x 20 4 4 Miscellaneous Hot Keys Cancel ESC Exit Alt F4 20 5 Schedule Manager 20 5 1 Hot keys for the commands Move to the next field Tab Move to the previous field Shift tab Add schedule Ctrl nn Modify schedule Ctrl m Delete schedule Del Alarm option Ctrl o Backup schedule Ctrl u Restore schedule Ctrl r Set backup option Ctrl e Save schedule as file Alt s Print schedule Ctrl p 466 20 5 2 Move Keys in the Search Result List Move from an appointment to another in the schedule list Move to the previous a in the same day Up arrow key Move to the next appointment in the same day Down arrow key Move to the first appointment in the same day Fn Left arrow key Move to the last appoin
65. Read menu by pressing Down arrow key Then press Enter You can move to Read from Cursor to End by pressing Down arrow key and press Enter or you can press g on the Read menu which is the short cut While editing a document you can press Fn Enter to activate this function If you stop this command before the end of a document you can press Ctrl which will move the cursor to where you stopped the command 5 4 5 Auto Scroll Note This function will appear when the Voice Sense is connected to SyncBraille The Auto Scroll command scrolls automatically The speed of the Auto Scroll is set in the Settings menu which is located in the File menu The auto scroll mode does not read the document using the voice It is only displayed on the Braille display It reads the document line by line automatically To execute this command press Alt and move to the Read menu by pressing Down arrow key Then press Enter Move to Auto Scroll by pressing Down arrow key and then press Enter or you can press a on the read menu which is the short cut You can turn the auto scroll feature on and off by pressing the up and down scroll buttons simultaneously For faster scrolling press the Right arrow key For slower scrolling press Left arrow key If you want to read a line again that you have already scrolled past
66. Tab key move to Add to Favorite button and press Enter Or you can launch Add to Favorite menu located on the sub menu of Tweets after calling up the menu 3 If addition is successful Completed message will be displayed and then Voice Sense QWERTY will return to Timeline 16 2 5 8 Favorite List You can check your favorites calling up the Favorite list dialog box In order to call up Favorite List dialog box press Ctrl I or launch Favorite List located on the sub menu of Tweets after calling up menu Favorite List dialog box contains 4 controls You can move to the next control pressing Tab or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab 1 Favorite list This is a list to appear your favorite It is arranged in the newest registration order 2 Next list Whenever you launch this function it can load lists by 32 favorites Press Ctrl n or Enter key on this button 361 3 Remove As a button you can delete focused favorite If you press Delete or move to the button and press Enter the favorite will be deleted 4 Close This will close Favorite List dialog box and go to the previous status Or you can use Esc 16 2 6 Manage Follow 16 2 6 1 Follow User This is a function to follow user In order to call up Follower User dialog box you need to press Alt a Or after calling up the menu you can launch Follow User on the sub menu of F
67. Using the Up arrow key or Down arrow key the movement among the list is possible Display the contact list You can choose whether contact list displays all contacts or only contact connected For example you have to choose between All and Display only connect contact If you choose All contact list will display both on line contact and off line contact If you choose Display only connected contact contact list will display all contact except for off line contact You are able to change the setting by using Space or Backspace When request add contact You can setup how to act when you are requested to add contact You can choose one of the 3 items such as notification accept and reject If you choose notification you will be notified of adding contact and question to choose accept or reject will appear If you choose accept the contact who requested you to add contact will be accepted automatically If you choose reject the contact will be rejected automatically You are able to change the setting by using Space or Backspace When request chat You can setup you move to chat window immediately or to be still at contact list when someone wants to talk with you You can choose one between Move to the chat and Don t move If you select Move to the chat chat window will be focused on immediately when you are requested chat If you select Don t move your current focus will be kept althou
68. You can also tab or shift tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting Tab or shift Tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC 3 2 Announce shortcut keys The Announce shortcut keys option allows you to decide if the Voice Sense QWERTY will say the shortcut key for a function The shortcut key is s and the default is set to On For example if you hear File f pull down the shortcut key is the letter f If you prefer the Voice Sense QWERTY only says File pull down you will want to turn the Announce shortcut keys setting off To toggle Announce shortcut keys between on and off press Space If you have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also Tab or shift Tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting Tab or shift Tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC 3 28 Power Saving Mode You can choose to have the Voice Sense QWERTY use the power saving mode The shortcut key is p The default setting is set to On which will use the power saving mode The setting valuesswitch between On Off and Message
69. and press Enter Press Down arrow key to move to Last Message and press Enter Or you press Alt r without call up menu When executing Last Message you can see the list of messages In this list you can move through the messages by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key repeatedly If you press Enter on a message then the focus will move to the corresponding instant message dialog box 4 Play keyboard sound You can select whether your message input is converted into the sound or not to use Play Keyboard Sound when you are writing your message to a person in the instant message dialog box In other words you can choose whether you will hear a person s message input while inputting your message or your message input continuously when a person send you a message You need to take the following steps for this function 1 Press Alt to call up the menu 2 Press Down arrow key to move to the tools and press Enter 3 Press Down arrow key to move to the Play Keyboard Sound and press Enter Or you can press Ctrl k to move to the Play Keyboard Sound directly Then you can see Play keyboard sound Yes message 4 If you press Enter you can hear your input message even if a person sends you a message If you press Down arrow key first and then press Enter you can hear a person s input message ev
70. by 400 pressing Down arrow key and press Enter Or instead of using the menu just press Ctrl d 3 Then the Delete Contact dialog box will be displayed showing the email address of the person to be deleted in the E mail address edit box Make sure that the address is correct and if not make a change to it 4 Press tab to move to the Confirm button and press Enter Then the item will be deleted and the contact list box will appear again If you want to cancel deleting press tab once more at the Confirm button to move to the Cancel button Then press Enter You can delete a contact regardless of whether he she is online or offline You can view information of a contact by doing the following 1 Move to the item whose information you want to know by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key 2 Press Alt to open the menu Press Down arrow key to move to Contacts and press Enter Move to Contact Information by pressing Down arrow key and press Enter Or instead of using the menu just press Ctrl v 3 Then you will be placed the Contact Information dialog box First Nickname is focused Press tab to move to the email address of the contact Press tab again to move to his her status 4 After you have read all the information about the contact press tab to m
71. erasing the old text by switching to Overwrite mode You can switch to the Overwrite mode by pressing insert In the Overwrite mode you can change the old text into new text at the cursor location If you want to go back to insert mode you should press insert again You can also access this function via the menu Press Alt and go to Edit using the up and down arrows Next press Enter on Edit to enter in to the Edit menu Then use the arrow keys to move toggle Insert Overwrite Mode or you can just press m while you are in the Edit menu 109 5 2 14 Check Spelling This option is used to check spelling while you are editing a document In order to bring up check spelling option do the following 1 Call up the menu by pressing Alt 2 Move to the Edit menu by pressing Down arrow key 3 Press Enter on the Edit menu 4 Press Down arrow key until Check Spelling is displayed Or press k in order to move to Check Spelling directly 5 Press Enter on the Check Spelling Or you can call up the Check Spelling menu by pressing Ctrl k while you are editing a document 3 4 x Noe NS N If Check Spelling is executed a dialog box with the following items will be displayed 1 Range combo box 2 Custom dictionary dialog c 3 Options dialog
72. if you want to move to any cell within the lower level table press Down arrow key to move to the starting line of the lower level table Moving by cell is only valid in the table If this command is executed outside of the table a warning sound will be played 1 Move to the previous table Ctrl F7 It moves to the starting position of the previous table If there are no previous tables the warning sound will be played Move to the next table Ctrl F8 It moves to the starting position of the next table If there are no more tables the warning sound will be played 3 Move to the previous cell Ctrl Shift Left arrow key It moves to the previous cell If the current cell is the first cell it will move to the starting line of the table If this command is pressed on the starting line of the table the warning sound will be played 293 N 4 Move to next cell Ctrl Shift Right arrow key It moves to the next cell If the current cell is the last cell it moves to the end line of the table If it is pressed on the end line of the table the warning sound will be played Move to upper cell Ctrl Shift Up arrow key It moves to the cell in the previous row within the same column If the current cell is on the first row the warning sound will be played Move to lower cell Ctrl Shift Down arrow key It moves to the cell in the next line within the same column If the current cell is on the last row the warning sound w
73. locate the file you want to delete in the play list tab by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key repeatedly Then bring up the Media player menu by pressing Alt and press Enter on File Now move to Delete Item by pressing Down arrow key repeatedly and then press Enter Or you can press Del on the file to be deleted in the play list tab You can select more than one file in the play list tab by pressing Space on each file to be deleted Selected will be displayed before each selected item If you press Space on a selected item the selection will be canceled and the selected will disappear Now let s explain how to delete multiple files in a block from the play list Press Ctrl b on the first file to be deleted Ctrl b is the start of the block Next if you press Down arrow key or Up arrow key the displayed files will be selected After selecting the files you want to delete press Del in order to delete them 9 3 1 8 Open URL The Open URL menu item is used to play the audio stream in web page If you press Enter on Open URL in the File menu or press Ctrl u in the Media player dialog box The dialog box will be displayed In this dialog box type the web address of audio stream and press Enter the audio stream will be automatically played 241 9 3 1 9 Exit Yo
74. menu You can initialize your calculation line by pressing Alt c If you insert numbers or a function into a result the result will disappear and if you put in operators you can get to the next step In addition you can keep your result in the calculator s memory and you can recall it when you need the result You can use the function and operators via the calculator menu or you can use the hot keys depending on which method works best for you All of these functions are explained in greater detail below 17 1 1 General Functions General functions is a dialog box that contains the general function list a Confirm button and a Cancel button In the dialog box you can navigate through the items with tab and shift tab In the general function list you can navigate the operators using Up arrow key or Down arrow key Or in the list you can press the first letter of the operator that you want to go to In the Calculator you can open the menu by pressing Alt and press Enter on General Functions Or you can press g in the menu to access General Functions After 414 starting the calculation O will be displayed On the calculation line you can access the General Functions by pressing Ctrl g If the dialog box pops up first you will be placed on the general function list Once in the list you can select what you want and press Enter
75. option You need to call up the menu in the File manager by pressing Alt and select New Folder from the menu list by using the down arrow Press Enter on New Folder to activate this function The Voice Sense QWERTY will ask New folder name and wait for your response Enter your preferable new folder name and press Enter Finally your new folder has been created You can still use the letter P after calling up the menu to invoke the new folder option Alt f is the hotkey that you use to access this feature quickly without going through 82 the menu When creating a new folder name you cannot use the following characters lt gt 4 2 12 File Conversion The File conversion on the Voice Sense QWERTY is similar to the Save As item in the word processor This feature converts files to different file formats The Voice Sense QWERTY file conversion feature will support the following file formats Sense Word hbl Text txt and Braille brl The Voice Sense QWERTY can convert one or more files at the same time to the file format you prefer Select files using the file selection method After selecting the files you want to convert call up the menu by pressing Alt Move down to the File Conversion and press Enter The Voice Sense QWERTY will prompt you to choose the preferred file format Use the up and down arrows t
76. or Backspace When you want to exit from the Daisy player press Alt 299 F4 which will move you to the prompt box Once in the prompt box you can select Yes or No with Space or Backspace You can open the Daisy player menu by pressing Alt when you are in the Daisy player In the menu you will find File Document Mark and Heading You can move between these menu items with Up arrow key or Down arrow key and press Enter when you want to activate the selected menu item You can also play the DAISY contents using the audio buttons on the front panel In order to use the audio buttons to control the Daisy player the audio mode switch that was explained in the Section 2 5 Switching Audio mode should be set to DAISY mode that is the center of the audio mode switch Once the audio mode is set to DAISY mode you can play the DAISY contents by pressing play button on the front panel Also you can pause the Daisy player by pressing play button on the front panel when playing the DAISY contents How to use the audio buttons to control the Daisy player is explained in the following sections 12 1 Components of the DAISY Player Four controls are the components of the Daisy player so you will see these while playing it 1 Heading 2 information 3 Play 4 Pause You can move between the controls with tab or
77. or shift Tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC 3 22 Play Power On Off Sound You can choose whether you will hear a power on off sound or not when you turn on the Voice Sense QWERTY The shortcut key is s The default for this option is set to On If you keep default setting you will 62 hear a starting sound signal when you turn on or off the Voice Sense QWERTY If you don t want to hear the on off sound signal you can press the Space once to turn Off the sound signal If you have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also Tab or shift tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab or shift tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC 3 23 Skip Empty Lines You can choose to have the Voice Sense QWERTY read a blank line or to skip empty lines The shortcut key is e and the default is set to Off If you keep the default setting you will hear the words empty line if there is a blank line The Space toggles off on If you choose to turn this option on the Voice Sense QWERTY will skip all blank lines and you will not hear the words empty line when there is a blank line If you have
78. or Down arrow key Play keyboard sound You can select whether your message input is converted into the sound or not when you are writing your message to a person in chat window You can choose between Yes and No If you choose Yes what you are typing will be announced in voice If you choose No what you are typing will not be announced in voice If you set to No when you are typing message you can view received message immediately You are able to change the setting by pressing Space or Backspace Message Sound Notification While Messenger is In the Background You can setup whether notification sound like chat voice chat requests for send file and login logout is output or not while Google Talk is executed in the background You can choose between Yes or No If you select Yes although Google Talk is executed in the background notification sound will be output If 395 you select No when Google Talk is executed in the background notification sound will not be output Message sound Notification You can setup whether all notification sounds are output or not You can choose between Yes and No If you select Yes all notification sounds used in Google Talk are output If you select No all notifications are not output 2 Confirm As a button you can save setting 3 Cancel As a button if you execute cancel you will go to the Contact list the previous status right before calling up the m
79. press Enter Move to the Favorites List by pressing Down arrow key and press Enter Or you can press Ctrl l while the Web browser is running When you press these keys the Voice Sense QWERTY will display the favorites list dialog box This dialog box contains the following the favorites list an edit window for the title a type combo box a confirm button and a cancel button You can move from one item to the next by pressing the tab or shift tab When the Favorites List is open an edit window will appear first The edit window will display the message Name You can enter one of the titles that you have entered previously You can open the web page by pressing Enter after entering the title If there are no titles that match the one you entered the Voice Sense QWERTY will say invalid path and return to the edit window If there is a title in the Favorites list the Voice Sense QWERTY will connect to the web page If you do not remember the exact title you can find it from the Favorites list using the method that is outlined below When the edit window appears press shift tab in order to move to the Favorites list Then the Voice Sense QWERTY will display the file list You can move between folders and files by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key Press Enter on the title of the web site that you want to visit When y
80. program word processor file sample hbl printer copy 1 printing If you are using a Braille embosser you will see embosser instead of printer If there is not anything printing and the printer is waiting you will see ready instead of printing If you print something out in the e mail program you will see emailtemp txt instead of the file name When you are printing something from the address manager or the schedule manager you will see the message prn_ time txt 33 kt If you focus on any of the files in the info list and press Enter on Cancel after pressing tab you will cancel the printing of that file If you press tab repeatedly locate Close and press Enter on Close you will close the print spool dialog box Pressing Alt F4 will also close the print spool 2 16 One Handed Mode Voice Sense QWERTY provides a one handed mode for users restricted to the use of one hand for key input To turn on one handed mode Press Fn h Also turn off one handed mode press Fn h too When function is executed it explains about input method When contents of file copy whole 1 Press the Ctrl Then Ctrl is pressed down 2 And press a Then whole copy is executed 3 Ctrl that is pressed down is canceled Display power status 1 Press the Fn Then Fn is pressed down 2 And press b The
81. select the profile item you wish to delete and then press r or go to the Remove button by pressing tab and then press Enter on Remove button 438 5 Properties common dialog button If you want to get information about a selected profile item in the profile list press Enter on the Properties common dialog button after focusing on a profile item by using tab You can reconfirm the added information in each item You can modify an item here directly In order to exit from Advance dialog box you can press ESC or Alt F4 17 9 4 Bluetooth DUN setup If you wish to connect to Mobile network using Bluetooth DUN you can move to Setup internet in the Utilities menu and select Bluetooth DUN and enter on it The Bluetooth DUN setup contains the following connect list Default Add Modify Delete and Close You can move between these by pressing tab or shift tab Within each item you can move by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key The connect list has added connection names You can move between these by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key The Default is to set to the default connection name in the Internet setup If you want to choose a connection as the default go to the connect list and move to Default by pressing tab Then press
82. set to Off The setting options are On and Off The detail information about one handed mode refers to 2 16 One Handed Mode If you have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also Tab or shift Tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting Tab or shift Tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC For your reference this option is set to Off even if you are set to On when connected the Voice Sense QWERTY to USB keyboard And if you remove the USB keyboard this option will be returned to value that before you connected to the USB keyboard 3 32 Automatic spell check You can choose whether the Voice Sense QWERTY will check spelling or not This option is available in multi edit boxes in programs such as the schedule manager address manager e mail messages the word 6 II processor etc The short cut key for this option is c By default this setting is set to Off which will not check your spelling If you want to check spelling press Space to toggle the option to On and press Enter Or press tab to move to the Confirm button and press Enter If you set the option to On and enter a misspelled word you will hear a beep sound You will hear a beep soun
83. shift Tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC 3 40 Common Combination Keys 1 Increase the voice volume F6 71 2 3 4 5 Decrease the voice volume Shift F6 Increase the voice rate F7 Decrease the voice rate Shift F7 Increase the voice pitch F8 6 Decrease the voice pitch Shift F8 7 One handed mode on off Fn h 8 Bluetooth on off F9 9 Wireless LAN on off F11 0 Ethernet port on off Fn F11 1 Selection control information Fn F1 2 Eight dot mode on off Fn F4 This function executes when the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to SyncBraille 13 Voice on off F5 This function executes when the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to SyncBraille 14 Selecting Braille cursor Fn F3 This function executes when the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to SyncBraille 15 Scroll voice on off Fn F5 This function executes when the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to SyncBraille 16 LCD on off Fn F2 1 1 1 72 4 File Manager 4 1 Overview The functions and structures of the File manager on the Voice Sense QWERTY are very similar to the file manager on a personal computer In order to run the file manager press f or press Enter when you are on file manager in the program menu The File manager includes an address window and a file list When you open
84. starts immediately as soon as the Contact who received your request accepts it 2 You can request voice chat on the Chat window as well as on the contact list In the midst of voice chat once you press Ctrl h you can request voice chat to the contact chatting with you If you press Esc key on Cancel or Alt F4while the calling message is displayed you return to the right before executes this function And the request voice chat is canceled When you are requested to start voice chat you can accept or reject as follows 1 When you are requested to start voice chat calling from XXX Accept question button message is displayed XX means user ID requesting voice chat 2 If you press Enter you will accept voice chat But if you want to reject voice chat change the button to Reject using Space key 382 and press Enter After rejecting you will go to the Contact list In the midst of voice chat you can exchange messages on the Chat window 16 3 5 Send Receive a file Google Talk program of Voice Sense QWERTY supports a function to receive and send file With this function you can send your files to other person and save files from other person in Voice Sense QWERTY 16 3 5 1 Send file Send File is a function to send your files to other contact It allows you to send a lot of files at one time and exchange messages on the Chat dialog box in the middle of sending files The follo
85. t see any other list entering Network disk User should search computer name connected to the network and then add the shared folder list to the Network list selectively In order to search shared computer connected to the network Search the shared computer via Setup Network connection dialog box You can execute Setup Network connection dialog box pressing Alt e 89 regardless of location while the File manager is executing Or Press Alt or F2 to call up the menu and move to Network and then press Enter You can see menu items of Network Move to the Setup Network connection dialog box by pressing Down arrow key and then press Enter Setup Network connection is not network menu so it can be executed by pressing F2 The following is the Setup Network connection dialog box control 1 Remote name CEB 2 Remote folder LB 3 Add Remove BT 4 Cancel BT In order to move to Setup Network connection dialog box control do the following 1 Move to the next control Tab 2 Move to the previous control Shift Tab ON the Remote Folder list Connectable folder list is displayed The following is the functions 1 2 3 4 Move to the next list Down arrow key Move to the previous list Up arrow key Select list and Cancel Space Select all list Ctrl a x SS SN No Using Add buttons control you can add shared folder list which is selected
86. tab to move to the Confirm button and then press enter 12 Then the Voice Sense QWERTY will say Successfully added spam data and it will show Host registered host address 1 1 6 7 eS Oe N NA If you add the host address as above the e mails from the registered host will be downloaded from the e mail server but the Voice Sense QWERTY will delete them automatically So those e mails will not be found in the inbox When Host registered host address 1 1 is displayed you can add it by pressing a or pressing Tab to move to the Add button and then press Enter You can check the registered host addresses by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key When you register a subject e mail address or host as spam e mail you may make a mistake while you are typing in a subject e mail address or host In this case you need to modify the subject while typing them in Please refer to the following correction methods 226 1 In order to delete the current letter press Del 2 In order to delete the previous letter press Backspace 3 In order to delete the current line press Ctrl Backspace Then Delete line yes will be displayed Press enter to delete the line Or if you do not want to delete the line press Space to toggle Yes to No and then press enter If you want to cancel setting spam at the
87. the Voice Sense QWERTY will cycle through Printer Embosser and Cancel You can select one of them by pressing Enter when the option you want to choose is displayed 148 6 6 6 Saving Addresses to a File You can save selected records to a file Regarding how to select records you can find a detailed explanation in section 6 6 4 and 6 6 5 To save selected records in a document file format press Alt to call up the menu select Save addresses As File and then press Enter Or you can press Alt s which is the hot key after selecting the desired records If you execute the Save addresses As File command the file save dialog box will be displayed and you will be asked to enter the file name and select a file format After you type in the file name and select one of the available file formats you should press Enter on Confirm which will save the selected record s to a file This dialog box is the same as the Save As dialog box in the Word processor except that here when you are saving addresses to a file the default file name is not displayed unlike the dialog box in the Word processor You should refer to section 5 1 4 to learn about the dialog box Save As in the Word processor 6 7 Importing and Exporting CSV CSV is the acronym for Comma Separated Value The CSV file is used for the digital storage of data structured in a table of li
88. the file by pressing Enter on the file name once again If you want to search a file in another disk not in current disk you need to input file name and press tab to move to combo box to select disk Then you can press up and Down arrow keys to move to a disk If you press Enter on a disk or Search button it will start to search a file in a disk In combo box to select disk you can see the disk list which is linked with Voice Sense QWERTY now If there are many files in a disk 84 it can take some time to search a file and you can see a message of searching If you want to search in a root of a disk excluding sub folders then press tab to move to the check box to searching sub folder press Space to cancel the selection in the check box and press Enter The default set up is to include sub folders when you search in a disk 4 2 15 Sort Files By This option is used to specify the order of how files and folders will be displayed within the file list Press Alt to bring up the menu Then press Down arrow key repeatedly until you reach Sort Files By and then press Enter Also you can access this feature by pressing Ctrl g in the file list or by pressing g in the menu Then you can specify in what order the files and folders in the file list will be sorted Files and folders can be sorted according to the following Name Size
89. the volume loops back to level 1 The same is true if you are at level 1 and decrease the volume by one unit You will then be at level 21 Without opening the Global options you can increase the volume by pressing F6 or you can decrease it by pressing Shift and F6 If you have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also tab or shift tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab or shift tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC 3 13 Voice Rate You can control the rate of the Voice Sense QWERTY speech The shortcut key is r The setting options are 1 through 12 with the default set to 8 The Space increases the rate level and the Backspace decreases the rate level by one unit at a time Without opening the Global options you can increase the voice rate by pressing F7 or you can decrease it by pressing Shift and F7 If you are at level 12 and increase the rate by one unit you will go to level 1 Also if you are at level 1 and decrease the rate by one unit you will go to level 12 If you have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also tab or shift tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want
90. to move to the memo field Since this field is of multi edit box type you can type multiple lines To start a new line press Enter 6 Press tab to move to the Confirm button If you press Enter here the one record that you have just entered will be added to the table If you do not want to save the record you have just typed in press tab once more to move to the Cancel button and press Enter Or you can just press ESC If you have added a record the name field will be focused again so that you can add another record If you press shift tab at a field the focus will be moved to the previous field To go back to the Search Records dialog box press Ctrl f To open the Table Manager dialog box press Ctrl t If you open these dialog boxes while you are entering a record you will be asked if you want to save the record Select Yes or No by pressing Space or Backspace and press Enter If you select Yes the record will be saved and if you select No it will not be saved and open the specified dialog box If you select Cancel the dialog box will not be opened 14 3 Search Records After you have added your records if you want to search for information that is in your records you can use the Search Records dialog box To open the Search Records dialog box press Alt and press
91. when exiting Manual backup and Prompt backup changes when exiting 1 If you select the Always backup changes when exiting a new backup file will be automatically created if you modify the address list or add other information when you exit the address manager 2 If you select the Manual backup it will not create a new backup file even though there may be changes in the address list In this case you can only make a new backup file by using the backup address list menu 145 3 If you select the Prompt backup changes when exiting you will see the message Backup changes Yes when you exit the address manager if you have modified the address list or added other information If you press Enter on Yes it will automatically create a new backup file and exit the address manager If you press Down arrow key once and press Enter on No it will exit without making a new backup file You can change the backup mode if you press Enter after focusing on one of the three radio buttons Or you can press Enter on Confirm by moving to it by pressing tab The default backup mode is set to Prompt backup changes when exiting 6 6 Commands in the Found Records 6 6 1 Find again If you want to search for another name press tab or shift tab The prompt Last name will be displayed Now you can type in the new text that you want to look
92. 0 4 Begin button b 5 Cancel button You can move from one item to the next by pressing tab or shift tab The following is a detailed explanation for each item The Range combo box is used to designate the range that is to be spell checked 1 Whole document check throughout the entire current document 2 Chapter check the current chapter where the cursor is located 3 Paragraph check the current paragraph where the cursor is located 4 From cursor to bottom check from the cursor position to the end of the document 110 5 Current word check just the word where the cursor is located You can move from one item to the next by pressing Up arrow Key or Down arrow key When you press Enter on the Custom dictionary dialog the following items will be displayed 1 List it shows the words that are registered in the custom dictionary Example Braille 1 20 If there are no words registered no items will be displayed Add word Alt a if Enter is pressed on this button Add word will be displayed If you want to add a word press Enter after you enter the new word Then the new word is added and the Voice Sense QWERTY exits to the Add word button Modify word Alt m select the word to be modified on the list and then press Enter The Modify word message is displayed Input the correct word that will replace
93. 175 LAVO O22 lols er ee roar reecter tree E mpnnnr err t eee came a 175 7 12 Synchronizing With Microsoft Outlook cccceeeeeeeeeeeee tees 175 7 13 Hot Keys for the Schedule Manager cccccseseeeeeeeeeee ees 176 gs SPV 1 AAAA P ENEE eee EAA 179 8 1 Executing E mail and E mail service management 0 179 8 1 1 Executing e mail neers cncss veishinceuuaie ousirnaasteddendneaalie Mi Aateveseaaes 180 8 1 2 Management e mail service information 0 cccee 181 8 2 Receiving and Sending E mail ccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeees 188 8 2 1 Receiving E mail ecciveaanited cana saccadavecanneiiinvss ane veces 188 8 2 2 Reading the Received E mail Messages ccce 189 8 2 3 Writing emalle cerr E eo a ad 194 8 3 Major features Of E mail cccccececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeesaaeeeees 203 8 3 1 Deleting E mail srntsciitireiidsSencvetincorsesuisaeteCoaniainbiladmnnnent 203 8 3 2 Reply and Reply All to a Received E Mail 0080 205 8 3 3 Forwarding a Received E Mail Messag 0 e0e00 207 8 3 4 Saving a Received E mail as Document 000000 208 8 3 5 Printing E Mail Messages ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecaaeeeeeeeeees 209 8 4 Additional features of E mail cccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeees 210 SA ay Tad S Ramer Ree eerie tee Rect ace eter seer re eee 210 4 ZA ING AGAIN eat sa eich a 211 8 4 3 Move to
94. 2 Press Enter or press Tab move to Confirm and press Enter 3 It will show the create mailbox in Folder list Also the folder is in Mailbox and in e mail folder of File manager 1 1 1 1 8 4 4 2 Deleting Folder You can t delete inbox Sent Outbox But you can delete the added folders In order to delete the folder follow these steps 1 Execute E mail program 2 Press Alt to call up the menu in mail lists of inbox 3 It will show File 4 Press Down arrow key move to Edit and Press Enter Or Press e 5 It will show Select All 6 Press Up arrow key or Down arrow key move to Copy to mailbox or Move to mailbox 7 Press Enter Or press Alt c or Alt x without calling the menu 8 It will show Folder lists 9 Press Up arrow key or Down arrow key move to the folder that you want to delete 10 Press Tab move to Delete mailbox 11 Press Enter 12 It will show Delete mailbox name folder Yes 13 Press Enter 216 By pressing Del on the folder that you want to delete you can delete the folder If you want to cancel this function press Tab on the Confirm move to Cancel And press Enter If you attempt to delete the inbox Sent and storage b
95. 3 Next list Whenever you launch this function it can load lists by 32 followers This function is launched when you press Ctrl n or Enter key on this button 4 Follow User As a button you can follow focused user 5 Close As a button you can close Followers dialog box and return to previous status Also you can launch Close with Esc 16 2 7 Use Direct Message Direct Message allows you to send and receive Direct Message with just one person Only users who exchange message can see Direct Message Other users can t see their Direct Message Also you can only send a Direct Message to follower 16 2 7 1 Send Direct Message Send Direct Message is a function to send Direct Message DM to one of the followers In order to call up Send Direct Message dialog box press Ctrl s or launch Send Direct Message menu located on sub menu of Tweets after calling up the menu Send Direct Message dialog box consists of 6 controls You can move to the next control pressing Tab or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab 1 Followers Your followers appear And then select follower who you want to send Direct Message 2 Next list Whenever you launch this function it can load lists by 32 followers Press Ctrl n or Enter key on this button 364 3 Message As edit box you can type message on this box 4 Characters As a status bar it displays current ch
96. 3 Press Enter 4 It will show Accounts manager 5 Press Down arrow key move to Spam Settings 6 Press Enter 7 It will show Type Subject 1 3 Without calling the menu you can also execute to this stage directly by pressing Ctrl e 8 Press a when Type Subject 1 3 is displayed Or press Tab to move to the Add button and then press enter 9 Then the add dialog box will be opened and Subject add will be displayed 10 Type in the words and press Enter Or press Tab to move to the Confirm and then press enter after you type in the words 11 Then Successfully added spam data will be announced and you will be returned to the list Then Subject registered word 1 1 will be displayed If there is more than one registered word you can check it by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key By adding the word as explained above if there are any e mail messages that include the words you entered in the subject of the message the Voice Sense QWERTY will download those e mails from the e mail server but will delete them automatically So those e mails will not be in the inbox You can also avoid receiving e mail messages from a specific sender or host by registering it The following are the steps to register a sender s e mail address 1 Press Alt to call up the menu wh
97. 3 25 Hide passwords When you enter the password in computer edit box you can select display mode either or the letter exactly that you write on the LCD The short cut key is p and the default is set to off When you enter the password it will be shown on the LCD By pressing Space you can change set to on When you type the password it will be shown the letter exactly that you write on the LCD You have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also Tab or Shift Tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab or shift tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC 3 26 Hot Key Information As described before hot keys are keystrokes that can take you directly to an item such as a menu or a particular item in a list You can choose the speech output method of hot key The short cut key is h and the default is set to On The setting values are On and Off You can cycle through each of the options by pressing the Space For example when you select On the Open 0 Ctrl o will output with Open 0 Ctrl o And if you select Off you can t hear the hot key information 64 If you have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting
98. 336 key for the Delete field button Or you can also press tab repeatedly to move to the Delete field button and press Enter To change the order of a field which is in your table you can move to the field that you want to change This can be done when you are in the registered fields list Once you are on the field press p or n Or you press tab and enter on a Previous field button or Next field button If you need to change a name of a field that is registered move to a field name that you want to change on a registered fields list Then press m or tab and enter on a Modify field It appears as Field name selected filed name here you type the Name you want and press Enter Even though you can change a name of a field it is not possible to change the property of that field 14 1 3 Delete table This option is used when you want to delete a table To delete a table Press Alt to open the menu and press Enter on Table Manager Or you can press Ctrl t the hotkey for Table Manager When the Table Manager dialog box is opened the Table name edit box will be focused In this list box you can move to the name of the table you want to delete by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key repeatedly and press d the shortcut key for the Delete table button Or you can press
99. 4 Press Down arrow key move to the Edit 5 Press Enter on the Edit 6 It will show the Select All 7 Press Down arrow key move to the Copy to mailbox or Move to mailbox 8 Press Enter on the Copy to mailbox or Move to mailbox 9 It will show Folder list Or without calling up the menu press Alt c or Alt x 10 Press Down arrow key move to the folder that you want to copy or move 11 Press Enter 12 It will be copied or cut the e mail in the folder 13 It will return to the Mailbox before calling the menu 8 4 4 1 Adding Create mailbox You can add create mailbox in the e mail folder of the File manager In order to execute this function follow these steps 1 Execute E mail program 2 Press Alt to call up the menu in mail lists of inbox 3 It will show File 215 4 Press Down arrow key move to Edit and Press Enter Or Press e 5 It will show Select All 6 Press Up arrow key or Down arrow key move to Copy to mailbox or Move to mailbox 7 Press Enter Or press Alt c or Alt x without calling the menu 8 It will show Folder lists 9 Press Tab move to the Create mailbox 0 Press Enter on the Create mailbox 1 It will show Mailbox name Type the mailbox name
100. 5 Unzip 78 The Unzip function will allow you to unzip or decompress a zip file regardless of whether it was made in Voice Sense QWERTY or a PC To activate the Unzip function use the following steps After selecting a zip file open the menu with Alt and press Enter on Unzip Or press u in the menu You can also activate this function without opening up the menu by pressing Ctrl u after selecting a zip file Then Unzip to folder name default folder name will appear The default folder name is the compressed file name For example if you unzip a file called test zip you will see unzip to folder name test If you want to change the default folder name you can modify the default folder name by typing in a new name Then press Enter or move to Confirm by pressing tab and then press Enter on Confirm Then the Voice Sense QWERTY will unzip the files to the default folder If you want to cancel press ESC or Alt F4 You can also move to the Cancel button by pressing tab Then press Enter on Cancel 4 2 6 Send To You can use this option to copy files and folders to different disks such as a flash disk USB flash drive also known as USB stick memory or SD card 1 You can select files or folders by pressing one of the Space Ctrl a a and Ctrl b 2 After selecting files and folders
101. Alt and move to Go To by pressing Down arrow key Then press Enter on Go To Move to Go to Previous Page by pressing Down arrow key and then press Enter or press Page up while you are in the document Once you have activated the Go to Previous Page function the Voice Sense QWERTY will go directly to the previous page 5 3 8 Go to Next Page The Go To Next Page command allows you to move to the page that is located after the page you are currently on To execute this command press Alt and move to Go To by pressing Down arrow key Then press Enter on Go To Move to Go to Next Page by pressing Down arrow key and then press Enter Or you can press Page down while you are in the document Once you have activated the Go to Next Page function the Voice Sense QWERTY will go directly to the next page 5 3 9 Set Mark The Set mark command marks a position in the document that you want to use later To execute this command press Alt and move to Go To by pressing Down arrow key Then press Enter on Go To Move to Set mark by pressing Down arrow key and then press Enter or press m in the Go To menu which is the short cut While editing a document press Ctrl m to activate this command 120 Move the cursor to the location that you want to mark
102. Alt u Action Options Alt a Alert Options Alt o Path Options Alt p Chat Window Menus File Menu Commands Save Conversation Alt s Close Chat Alt F4 Edit Menu Commands Cut Ctrl x Copy Ctrl c Delete Delete Paste Ctrl v Start Selection Ctrl b Select All Ctrl a Find Ctrl f Find Again F3 Action Menu Commands Start Chat Ctrl s Start Voice Chat Ctrl h Stop Voice Chat Esc key 504 Send File Ctrl f View Contact List Ctrl t Manage Chat Ctrl m Move to Previous Chat Ctrl Shift Tab Move to Next Chat Ctrl Tab The move keys in Google Talk Move to the previous Contents Up arrow key Move to the next Contents Down arrow key Move to the previous 32 items of the Contents Fn Up arrow key button Move to the next 32 item of the Contents Fn Down arrow key button Move to the first item of the Contents Ctrl Fn Left arrow key Move to the last item of the Contents Ctrl Fn Right arrow key 21 14 3 MSN messenger 1 Log in dialog box Move to the next control Tab Move to the previous control Shift Tab Check or uncheck a check box Space 2 The contact list box Move to the previous item Up arrow key Move to the next item Down arrow key Move between online and offline groups Ctrl Down arrow key Open the menu Alt Logout Ctrl n View chat Ctrl r My status Ctrl m Exit Alt F4 Add contact Ctrl a Delete contact Ctrl d Contact information Ctrl v Send instant message Ctrl s Last mess
103. Bluetooth device but you should check your remote Bluetooth device for information on this folder The remote folder list is very similar to the File Manager With the FTP service you can perform the following functions 1 Copy 2 Paste 3 Send To 4 Retrieve File 321 5 New Folder 6 Delete File Folder 7 Open Local Folder If you press Enter on this you will be taken to the local folder list If you are in the local folder list this menu will be changed to move remote folder 8 Select All 9 Information In the next few sections we will discuss the various FTP functions Please note that while sending data to and from the remote Bluetooth device the remote Bluetooth device may still need to give access permission to the Voice Sense QWERTY Please consult the documentation for the remote Bluetooth device for details 13 2 3 1 Copy and Paste These functions will allow you to copy and paste files between the local folder and the remote folder You can use the following steps to move files from a local folder to the remote folder 1 After you connect to the FTP service you will be in the remote folder list While in the remote folder list you should press Alt to open the FTP menu Then you should press Up arrow key or Down arrow key to navigate to Open Local Folder and press Enter You can also press o while in the menu or you can press Ctrl o without having to
104. Box Control Sign In Button Control Cancel Button Control The Following is detailed explanations of Login dialog box You can move to the next controls with Tab and to the previous controls with Shift Tab 1 E mail As a computer edit box you can input your Gmail account as a user ID 2 Password As a computer edit box you can input the password of your Gmail account 3 Remember me It is a check box You can choose whether you save user ID or not The default is set to Uncheck pressing space you can change the default to Check 4 Save password It is a check box You can choose whether you save the password or not The default is set to Uncheck pressing space you can change the default to Check 5 Auto Sign In it is a check box You can choose whether you sign in automatically or not 6 If you choose Check you can sign in automatically with registered e mail account without log in dialog box when you execute Google talk program But if you want to use this function you have to choose 13 Check on Remember me Save password dialog box If you choose Uncheck Auto Sign in function is not executes 7 Sign in As a button you can log in the Google 8 Cancel As a button you can cancel login and close Google Talk How to log in Google Talk is as follows 1 If Google Talk is launched Login dialog box will appear and it is foc
105. Ctrl e If you activate this function you will see a dialog box The dialog box has three controls Backup mode radio button a Confirm button and a Cancel button You can switch between controls by pressing tab or shift tab To move between the radio buttons you can press Up arrow key Backspace Down arrow key or Space The Backup mode has three radio buttons Always backup changes when exiting Manual backup and Prompt backup changes when exiting 1 If you select the Always backup changes when exiting a new backup file will be created automatically if you have modified your schedule or added other information before exiting the schedule manager 173 2 If you select the Manual backup a new backup file will not be created even though there have been changes made to your schedule If you select this option you can only make a new backup file by using the Backup Schedule menu 3 If you select Prompt backup changes when exiting you will see the message Backup changes Yes if you have modified your schedule or added other information before exiting the schedule manager If you press Enter on Yes a new backup file will be created and you will exit the schedule manager If you press Down arrow key once and press Enter on No you will exit the schedule manager and a new backup file will not
106. Display Network StatuS ccccccceeeeceeeeseeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeees 508 21 15 8 Display power Status cccccccsssseeeeeeessseeeeessaeeeeeeeeees 508 21 15 9 Backup Restore personalized settings ccce 508 21 15 10 Upgrading Voice Sense QWERTY OS 509 22 Troubleshooting Guide ccccssseseeseseeeeeees 510 22 1 The Voice Sense QWERTY Will Not Turn On 000ee 510 22 2 The Voice Cannot Be Heard cccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeees 510 22 3 The Voice is Too Fast to Understand ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 510 22 4 The Voice Pitch Is Too Low or Too High to Understand 510 22 0 L st YOUR Placen s n a AE EA 510 22 6 No Internet Connection cccceseceeeeccceeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeaeeseeess 511 22 Emal Ree rin eae er RR ee errr cient eee eer rey er ree Cee 511 22 8 The Voice Sense QWERTY Does Not Respond 511 23 Accessories scivs sedevsdets onesie ei ace ree eas 512 24 Obtaining Support eee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 513 23 1 Introduction 1 1 What is the Voice Sense QWERTY The Voice Sense QWERTY is a note taker developed and manufactured by HIMS for people who are blind and visually impaired You can do the following with the Voice Sense QWERTY 1 Using the File Manager Program you can copy send paste document and create new document or folder 2 You can use the Word Processor and the keyboard of QWERTY type to create
107. Edit menu While editing a document pressing Ctrl c will activate this command When you copy the selected text it will be copied to the clipboard The clipboard is the virtual space that is used for storing copied data temporarily However if you decide to copy new text that you have selected the data in the clipboard that you copied before will be erased and the selected text that you have just copied will replace the previously selected text that was on the clipboard 105 5 2 3 Cut To cut a selection of text press Alt and press Enter on Edit to enter into the Edit menu Move to Cut by pressing Down arrow key repeatedly and then press Enter on Cut or press x in the Edit menu which is the short cut to cut your selected text While editing a document pressing Ctrl x will activate the Cut command The difference between Cut and Copy is that if you execute the Cut command the text that has been selected will be moved to the clipboard and the selection in the document will be cut However the Copy command will copy the selection to the clipboard and the text that has been selected will not be erased from the document 5 2 4 Paste To paste selected text to the clipboard press Alt and then press Enter on Edit to enter into the Edit menu Move to Paste by pressing Down arrow key repeated
108. Enter on Search Records Or instead of using the menu just press Ctrl f Then the Search Records dialog box will be opened and the first field of the table will be focused Here you can type the text that you want to search for If you want to search for records using content from more than one field press tab to move to another field Type the text to search for and press Enter Then the List of Records Found will be opened and the search result will be shown in the List of Records Found Being 339 able to search in more than one field can be useful if you are searching for those who have the same first and last name In the List of Records Found each record will be shown in the following form the name of the first field other information in the record xx yy yy is the total number of records found and xx is the order of the current record in the list If no record has been found you will get the message No records found and the current field will be shown again so that you can type another text to search for You can move through the List of Records Found as follows 1 Move by records Move to the next record Down arrow key Move to the previous record Up arrow key Move to the last record Ctrl Fn Right arrow key Move to previous same field different record Left arrow key Move to next same field different record Right arrow key Move to t
109. Ethernet port on off Fn F 11 LCD on off Fn F2 Selection control information Fn F 1 Open txt help Win key F1 while executing program Check gyrocompass Fn Space Voice on off F5 This function executes when the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to SyncBraille Scroll voice on off Fn F5 This function executes when the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to SyncBraille Select Braille cursor Fn F3 This function executes when the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to SyncBraille Eight dot mode on off Fn F4 This function executes when the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to SyncBraille 20 2 File Manager 20 2 1 Navigation keys on the file list and menu list 461 Move to previous item Up arrow key Move to next item Down arrow key Move to the beginning of the list Ctrl Fn Left arrow key Move to the end of the list Ctrl Fn Right arrow key 20 2 2 Navigation Keys for the File List Fast move to folder list or move to file list Ctrl Down arrow key Move between file list and address window Tab shift tab Enter into selected folder or open the selected file Enter Move to the upper level folder Backspace Fast move to the top level disk Shift Backspace 20 2 3 Item folder or File Selection Key Select item by item Space Continuous selection Ctrl b Select all Ctrl a 20 2 4 Hot Keys for the Commands Open Ctrl o Open with Ctrl h Zip Ctrl z Unzip Ctrl u Send Ctrl s Copy Ctrl c Cut Ctrl x Paste Ctrl
110. F5 296 Go to next text Ctrl F6 Refresh Ctrl r Open the history list Ctrl h Check the address of the selected title in the history list Fn i Find Ctrl f Find again F3 Links list Alt i 5 Favorites Set current as your home page Ctrl s Add to favorites Alt a Favorites list Ctrl l 6 Options setting Alt o Clear Cookies Ctrl d 7 Hot Keys When Playing Audio Files in the Web Browser Turn up the volume Shift Up arrow key Turn down the volume Shift Down arrow key Play play button of the front panel Stop stop button of the front panel 8 Reading Web Pages Move between controls Move to the previous control Shift tab Move to the next control Tab Select the next item in the combo box list box Alt Down arrow key Select the previous item in the combo box list box Alt Up arrow key Moving to the form Move to the previous form Ctrl F1 Move to the next form Ctrl F2 Table navigation hot keys Move to the previous table Ctrl F7 Move to the next table Ctrl F8 297 Move to the previous cell Ctrl Shift Left arrow key Move to the next cell Ctrl Shift Right arrow key Move to the upper cell Ctrl Shift Up arrow key Move to the lower cell Ctrl Shift Down arrow key Read current cell Ctrl Shift c Move to the previous cell of the upper level table Ctrl Left arrow key Move to the next cell of the upper level table Ctrl Right arrow key Move to the upper cell of the upper level table Ctrl Up arrow
111. If there is no hidden recipient you can skip to next step 13 Press tab to move to Subject 14 Type in the subject of the e mail message at Subject 15 When you finish typing in the subject press tab to move to Message body 16 You can write an e mail message The input method and the editing method are the same as the input and editing method used in the word processor 17 When you finish writing the e mail message press Alt to call up the E mail menu Then the File menu will be displayed again 18 Press enter 19 Press Down arrow key to move to Send 20 Press enter when Send is displayed You can send mail pressing Ctrl s without calling up the menu 21 Then Sending will be displayed and the e mail will be sent to the recipients When the Voice Sense QWERTY finishes sending e mail Successfully sent new message will be displayed If it fails to send the e mail the Voice Sense QWERTY will display Unable to sent message if this occurs the e mail will be saved in the Outbox If the Voice Sense QWERTY completed or failed to send the e mail it will return to the inbox 196 If you want to cancel while executing the above steps press ESC or Alt F4 Then it will return to the inbox 8 2 3 1 Attaching file While you are writing e mail you can attach file The followin
112. If you want to cancel to clear cookie press Enter on Cancel button Or press Alt F4 regardless of location 289 11 7 Read Page On the web page there are links controls and other various elements as well as text In order to read web pages properly the Web browser should classify each element and notify the user with its information When reading a web page by moving with Down arrow key or Up arrow key one element will be displayed on one line The links and controls will be displayed with their respective symbols for the user to distinguish each element There is a more detailed explanation of this feature within this section 11 7 1 Moving Between Controls A control is a link an edit box a radio button or a combo box These same controls are found in Windows on a personal computer Web pages also use various kinds of controls for user input Each control has different purposes Therefore the user has to know exactly what type of control is being used For example in an edit box the user enters a text string In a combo box and list box the user should select one of the items listed in the combo box or list box The Voice Sense QWERTY Web browser uses symbols to identify what type of control is being used In order to move from one control to another without reading the text in between controls the Voice Sense QWERTY provides the following move to control methods Move to the previous
113. Miscellaneous Hot Keys ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeees 489 21 4 Address Manager ccccccscccccaseseceeeeceeeeseeeeenseeesseeeeeeseaaseees 490 21 4 1 Move keys for moving from field to field in the record or in themanini eaae eE E E cadet 490 21 4 2 Move Keys for Moving from Record to Record 490 21 4 3 Hot Keys for the COMMANGG cccceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeees 490 21 4 4 Miscellaneous Hot Keys ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeees 490 21 5 Schedule Manager issiiccsidectessstcveicevviasatcucrtsoissiidatiedeesiisdeivas yes 491 21 5 1 Hot keys for the COMMANAS cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 491 21 5 2 Movement Keys for the Search Result List 491 21 OE AINA aa hase Cc can terrae oa tte indonesia Goat ea gs 491 21 6 1 Hot keys for reading MallS cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 491 21 6 2 Hot Keys for Sending E mail Including Reply Forward and Save in the Pail Outbox cccceeessececeeceeeeeeeeessseeesseeeeeeaaaaeees 492 21 6 3 Hot Keys for Reading E mail messages or Writing an E mail Messagera Teee eA nates E EE A E 492 21 1 Media Player erns ere a ee EE A REE 493 21 7 1 Hot keys for COMMAMNAS cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaaaeeeeeeeees 493 21 7 2 Hot Keys in the Play Information Tab seeeeeee 494 21 7 3 Hot Keys in the Play List Tab ccceceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 495 ZU OPI radin ienee e
114. Option Menu Commands My Status Options Alt u Action Options Alt a Alert Options Alt o Path Options Alt p Chat Window Menus File Menu Commands Save Conversation Alt s Close Chat Alt F4 Edit Menu Commands 410 Cut Ctrl x Copy Ctrl c Delete Delete Paste Ctrl v Start Selection Ctrl b Select All Ctrl a Find Ctrl f Find Again F3 Action Menu Commands Start Chat Ctrl s Start Voice Chat Ctrl h Stop Voice Chat Esc key Send File Ctrl f View Contact List Ctrl t Manage Chat Ctrl m Move to Previous Chat Ctrl Shift Tab Move to Next Chat Ctrl Tab The move keys in Google Talk Move to the previous Contents Up arrow key Move to the next Contents Down arrow key Move to the previous 32 items of the Contents Fn Up arrow key button Move to the next 32 item of the Contents Fn Down arrow key button Move to the first item of the Contents Ctrl Fn Left arrow key Move to the last item of the Contents Ctrl Fn Right arrow key 16 5 3 MSN Messenger 1 Sign in dialog box Move to the next control Tab Move to the previous control Shift tab Check or uncheck a check box Space 2 The contact list box Move to the previous item Up arrow key Move to the next item Down arrow key Move between online and offline groups Ctrl Down arrow key 411 Open the menu Alt Sign out Ctrl n View chat Ctrl r My status Ctrl m Close Alt F4 Add contact Ctrl a Delete contact Ctrl d Contact information
115. Reading E Mail Messages or Writing an E mail Message Start selection Ctrl b Select all Ctrl a Copy to the clipboard Ctrl c Cut to the clipboard Ctrl x It is not valid when you are reading e mail in the inbox Paste from the clipboard Ctrl v It is not valid when you are reading e mail in the inbox Delete Del It is not valid when you are reading e mail in the inbox Cancel block ESC Check Spelling Ctrl k It is not valid when you are reading e mail in the inbox Open mail with web browser Alt o 230 9 Media Player The Media Player on the Voice Sense QWERTY is a program which you can use to play audio files The Media Player will play the following formats ac3 asf asx m3u mp2 Mp3 mp4 mpa mpg ogg pls wav wax wma flac midi and wmv Note that you will not be able to see the video with avi and wmv files You can control the playing of audio files using either the keyboard commands or audio keys that are on the front panel of the Voice Sense QWERTY The Media Player can play back recorded voices as well as music files 9 1 Using the Audio Buttons There are a series of buttons on the front panel of the Voice Sense QWERTY These buttons can be used to control the Media Player You will find five buttons on the Voice Sense QWERTY Starting from the left and going to the right the buttons are called previous record stop play pause and
116. Reply Forward and Save in the Mail OutbOX cccceesssceeeeceeeeeeeeecsseeesseeeeesaeeeeees 467 20 6 3 Hot Keys for Reading E Mails or Writing an E Mail Message SOAS ies abet E tg Malar S ah aaa ute 467 20 7 Media Player heeii neer E E 467 20 7 1 Hot keys for commandS iizoescvcuicrelcineciaaiernapiieiececaseuceads 467 20 7 2 Hot Keys in the Play Information Tab 0scccee 469 20 7 3 Hot Keys in the Play List Tab ccccceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 470 20 8 FEM r dio tence ttre Meet ene Heer eet aa E EAE 471 20 9 Web BrOWSCl i satri aa a AEAEE 471 20 9 1 Hot keys for the COMMANG ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 471 20 9 2 Hot Keys When Playing Audio Files in web browser 472 20 9 3 Hot Keys for Reading Web Pages ccccssseeeeeeeeees 473 20 10 Daisy PIAVON sunanst ser ea e E EETA nas 473 20 11 Bluetooth Manager sissiicicedssstcvisatbeveuteieeseistiidscied Wussdeassiaae ns 475 20 12 Database Manager ccccccceeeeeeeeeeceeaeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeees 475 20 TZ Extra S siunetee tina h A tais ere Cian ie hes seeewn ceri ital 476 ZO Oe lee GANNOS e a R a EE A aai 476 20 14 Social NGIWOPKING sixereversciccssssaueecswinctivenecaveeveeseeai easaaassaiiedes 476 20 141 TWIET at 476 20 14 2 Google TANK iiicoiccscevsviassianeen go neyeailsaeeyvossnamieban acai 478 20 14 3 MSN MeSSENGET ccceccceeceeeeesseeeeeeeeeseeeeeecsaaaeeereeees 479 ZO MO MICS etienne aaa a
117. Sense QWERTY internal clock you can set it by pressing Enter on Set time and date in the Utilities menu In the Utilities menu you can locate the set time and date by pressing t or you can find it by navigating the Utilities menu with Up arrow key or Down arrow key The set time and date is a dialog box which consists of Time zone Use daylight saving Time format Time Date Synchronize with time server a Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move between each of these items by pressing tab or shift tab If you activate Set time and date for the first time you may see Time zone Pacific Time US amp Canada Tijuana GMPT 08 00 which is set as the default In Time zone you can review the time zone list by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key or by typing in the first letter of represented cities If you selected one of the time zones you can move to the next item by pressing tab or you can move to the previous item by pressing shift tab The Use daylight saving will display according to Time zone Namely if daylight saving time is used in selected time zone this item will display If not so this item is not display You can check and uncheck this item by using Space The next item is Time format where you can switch between 12 hour and
118. Set speed option allows you to set the audio playback speed The speed level ranges from 2 to 5 The default setting is the 0 If you change the value press Space or Backspace The higher the number audio playback speed is fast The Time index option allows you to set time to jump The default value is set to 1 minute The values are 5 seconds 10 seconds 30 seconds 1 minute 3 minutes 5 minutes 10 minutes 15 minutes 20 minutes 30 minutes and 1 hour You can change the value by the Space or Backspace Also you can change the value of time index by pressing Ctrl Up arrow key or Ctrl Down arrow key without calling this option And if you want to check current time index press After changing time index if you press Ctrl Left arrow key or Ctrl Right arrow key you can jump to previous or next position by time index For example time index is set to 1 minute And if you press Ctrl Left arrow key you can jump to previous position by 1 minute And if you press Ctrl Right arrow key you can jump to next position by 1 minute and then listen to audio file To save the changed settings and exit from this dialog box press Enter after you change all the options you want to change or move to the Confirm button by pressing Tab or Shift tab repeatedly and then press Enter
119. To receive e mail you have to register e mail service preferentially In order to register e mail service follow these steps 1 Press Alt to call up the menu 182 2 3 4 Move to tools pressing Down arrow key Press Enter on the tools or press T It will show Accounts manager Press Enter Then it will show Account name no items Without calling up the menu you can move to this menu by pressing Ctrl m 6 Press Tab move to Add 7 Press Enter on the Add or press A 8 Then the dialog box will be opened and Account name will be appeared Type in the Account name edit box Ex Voice Sense QWERTY 9 Press Down arrow key move to Display name Type in the Display name edit box This name will be shown as sender s name to a receiver 10 Press Down arrow key move to Logon username Type in the Logon username Ex Sense or sense hims inc com 11 Press Down arrow key move to Password Type in the password 12 Press Down arrow key move to E mail address Type in the E mail address Ex sense hims inc com 13 Press Down arrow key move to incoming POPS server Type in the incoming POP3 server Ex mail hims inc com Check with your Internet service provider or network administrator to find out what you should use
120. Turn down the volume Shift Down arrow key 21 9 3 Hot Keys for Reading Web Pages Move to the previous control Shift tab Move to the next control Tab 498 Select the next item in the combo box list box Alt Down arrow key Select the previous item in the combo box list box Alt Up arrow key Move to the previous form Ctrl F 1 Move to the next form Ctrl F2 Move to the previous table Ctrl F7 Move to the next table Ctrl F8 Move to the previous cell Ctrl shift Left arrow key Move to the next cell Ctrl shift Right arrow key Move to the upper cell Ctrl shift Up arrow key Move to the lower cell Ctrl shift Down arrow key Read current cell Ctrl shift c Move to the previous cell of the upper level table Ctrl Left arrow key Move to the next cell of the upper level table Ctrl Right arrow key Move to the upper cell of the upper level table Ctrl Up arrow key Move to the lower cell of the upper level table Ctrl Down arrow key Check the current position Ctrl shift s Move to the previous frame Ctrl F9 Move to the next frame Ctrl F10 Read the current line Ctrl shift r 21 10 Daisy Player Play Pause Space Move to the beginning of document Home or ctrl home Move to the last phrase End or ctrl end Increase the speed Shift Right arrow key Decrease the speed Shift Left arrow key Increase the volume Shift Up arrow key Decrease the volume Shift Down arrow key Move to the next phrase Right arrow key Move to the
121. You can type in the file name to be saved in this edit box 2 Confirm It is a button You can save conversation using this button 3 Cancel It is a button You will not save conversation and return to the Chat window the previous status right before calling up the menu 4 File list It is a list You can set path to save conversation The followings are move keys used in file list 1 Move to the previous list Up arrow key 2 Move to the next list Down arrow key 3 Move to the top of the list Ctrl Home key Home key 4 Move to the bottom the list Ctrl End key End key 5 Enter into selected folder or open the selected file Enter 6 Move to the upper level folder Backspace The Following is how to save conversation 1 When Chat window is activated Press Alt s Edit to type file name box will appear 2 Type the desired file name and press Enter 3 If you don t change folder conversation will be saved in the flash disk My Documents folder This folder is the default folder 16 3 6 2 Manage Chat Manage Chat supports a function to view information of chat window opened and to move directly to the selected case of opening 2 chat windows you can switch to other chat window using this function and check status sending receiving of file In order to call up Manage Chat press Ctrl m on the contact list or press Enter on the Manage Chat after entering sub menu of Action menu by calling up menu 386
122. a DSL modem To connect to the Internet via a wireless network use the Wireless LAN function If you want to activate Setup internet press Enter on Setup internet in the Utilities menu or press I in the Utilities menu You can move through the Utilities menu items with Up arrow key or Down arrow key If you want to access to Internet with the Voice Sense QWERTY you must set the Internet settings at Setup internet that is one of the submenus of Utilities menu Or if the PC in which the Active Sync program is installed is connected to Internet and the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to that PC then you can connect the Voice Sense QWERTY to Internet The functions of this menu are explained in greater detail in the following sections 17 9 2 LAN Setup If you are going to set up a LAN you should first connect a LAN cable to the Voice Sense QWERTY In this setup you can decide whether you will use the automatic or manual setup to setup your IP configuration If you want to set it up automatically press Enter on Setup IP Automatic Then it will be set up automatically For the automatic setup your host server should provide DHCP service Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol If you want to set up your IP configuration manually move to Manual by pressing Up arrow key from the setup IP Automatic and press Enter Then you will
123. aaaeaii aa 481 ZO TOs Calc lato r a E aa r an ea ah ia 481 20 15 2 Setting Date and Time cccccccceceeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 482 20 15 3 Checking Date and Time cccccceeessseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 482 ZO 194 Calendar seein a E a 482 20 15 5 Pronunciation dictionary ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeees 483 20 15 0 Stopwate h aea kraana eene A a EE aR aea Seha 483 20 15 7 Display Networg Status cccceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 483 20 15 8 Display power StatuS cccccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaaaeeeeeeeees 483 20 15 9 Backup Restore personalized settings c000 483 ZO VOe LOE OFM Saccsevin sexs saws yr gatese o aE E lata satan a TA 484 20 15 11 Upgrading the Voice Sense QWERTY OG 484 21 Command Summary for USB Keyboards 485 21 1 Common Combination KeyS ccccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeees 485 21 2 File MANAGER lancet au ast panneet reee Cear E a EREA aa E 486 21 2 1 Navigation keys on the file list and menu list 486 21 2 2 Navigation Keys in the File List cceeeeesseeeeeeeeees 486 21 2 3 Item Folder or File Selection Keys cssseeeeeeeees 486 21 21 2 4 Hot Keys for the COMMANGG cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 487 21 3 WV ONG PLOCCSSON wen dios cose dansniat sucess e a aa a a 487 21 3 1 Hot keys for the COMMANG ccccccceeeeseseeeeceaeeeeeeeeees 487 21 3 2
124. about the appointment after a specified time interval The Alarm repeat interval option allows you to change this interval You can set the value anywhere from 1 to 60 minutes and the default value is set to 5 minutes You can enter the number into the keyboard After entering the number press Enter to save the changes and exit from the dialog box Or if you press tab the Voice Sense QWERTY will move to the Repeat edit box 7 11 3 Repetition Times The alarm will make a sound as the amount of time that you changed the alarm duration and it then stops After a specified time interval you will hear again the alarm sound Repeat is a field which allows you to decide how many times the alarm will sound You can set the value from 1 time to 10 times and the default value is set to 3 times To change the value you type in a number between 1 and 10 After entering the number you press tab and press Enter on the Confirm button Or if you press Enter on the Repeat edit box the changed options will be saved and the dialog box will be closed An alarm will repeat according to the number of times that you set for this option and will then stop automatically The LCD on the Voice Sense QWERTY will also appear the date and subject for the alarm 7 11 4 Confirm 175 By pressing Enter on the Confirm button you will save the changed settings and close the
125. an email you are receiving is so large that it cannot be downloaded and stored in the flashdisk you can change to a different disk using the following method 1 Connect the external storage disc to the Voice Sense QWERTY 2 Press Alt to call up the E mail menu in the inbox 3 Press Down arrow key move to the tools 4 Press Enter 5 It will show Accounts manager 6 Press Down arrow key move to Set Path 7 Press Enter on Set Path 8 It will show Save attachments path flashdisk download 9 Press Down arrow key move to Disk to save mail in flashdisk 10 Press Enter or m on Disk to save mail in flashdisk Or press Tab move to the Modify button and press Enter 11 It will show flashdisk 12 Press Down arrow key or Up arrow key move to the disk list If you have connected a USB memory stick it will show USB stick memory 13 Press Enter on the desired disk name It will show the disk name if the disc setting is completed by pressing enter if you changed it to USB memory it will show Disk to save mail in USB if it is changed the Email folder will be created automatically in the selected disc and the e mail messages will be downloaded in this disk 8 5 2 Set Options In Set Options you can set the inbox
126. and press Del If Del is pressed the selected channel will be deleted without any warning message You can register and delete channels in the presets manager dialog box Press Alt to call menu press Enter at Presets move to the Preset Manager and press Enter Or you can press Alt without calling menu to open the preset manager dialog box Preset manager dialog box consist of added preset list Add button Delete button Modify button and Close button You can move from one control to the next control by pressing tab or shift tab When it presses this Add button of you as the Add dialog box it is explained from will be opened You can add the channels as explained above And if you want to change the label of the added channel move to the desired channel item in the added channel list by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key and press tab to move to the Modify button and press Enter Then the Modify dialog box will be opened The structure of the Modify dialog box is almost the same as that of Add dialog box The difference between these two dialog boxes is that the channel label and frequency are displayed on the Modify dialog box If you want to delete any channel from the added channels select the desired channel in the channel list and move to Delete button by pressing tab and pre
127. and press Ctrl m Then the Voice Sense QWERTY will say Mark name To name the mark use the letters a through z For example if you put down the letter a the Voice Sense QWERTY will move you to that point in the document immediately If you are in the document the Voice Sense QWERTY will not show the mark sign Note If you selected View format character in Settings you will see the bookmark sign in the document when Voice Sense QWERTY connected to SyncBraille You can go to marked text by using Left arrow key or Right arrow key and the bookmark sign will appear which is pl mark name If you move the cursor to the mark location in a document you can see dots 7 8 all through the mark sign This means that the Voice Sense QWERTY will deal with the marked text as a chunk but not with every character one by one 5 3 10 Go to Mark The Go to Mark command finds a mark that has already been marked When you want to execute this command you can press Alt and move to Go To by pressing Down arrow key Then press Enter on Go To Move to Go to Mark by pressing Down arrow key and then press Enter or press j in the Go To menu which is the short cut You can jump to anywhere in a document to marked text with by pressing Ctrl j If you press Ctrl j the Voice Sense QWERTY will say Move to mark Note If yo
128. appointment recurs By default the date set in the Start date is shown You can type a number between 1 and 31 If you press tab after setting this the focus will move to Set recurrence end date and you can set the If you have set the Recurring type to Day of the week you will be asked the 33 ec Recurring week first You can set this to First week Second week Third week Fourth week or Last week This is for setting the week of a month when the appointment recurs Here if you press tab the focus will move to a combo box where you can select the day of the week when the appointment recurs Since you can select only one of the 7 days the one shown currently is the selected day If you press tab here the focus will move to the Set recurrence end date check box and you can set it 166 7 4 9 4 Yearly If you set the Recurrence to Yearly press tab to move to the Recurring type combo box You can select either date or day of the week and you can move between them by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key If you set the Recurring type to Date you can set the month and the day of the month when the appointment recurs If you set it to Day of the week you can set the month the week and the day of the week when the appointment recurs every year If you press tab after setting Re
129. audio buttons will be explained in the FM radio Daisy and Media program sections in this user manual 2 5 Switching Key lock You can disable or enable any specified keys on the Voice Sense QWERTY by using Key Lock switch on the front panel If the key lock switch put on left Voice Sense QWERTY will say all keys locked In this case you can t use the all keys including the on off switch If the key lock switch put on center Voice Sense QWERTY will say top panel locked In this case only you can use the buttons and switches in the front panel audio mode switch audio buttons and power switch If the key lock switch put on right Voice Sense QWERTY will say unlocked In this case you can use the all keys audio buttons function keys audio mode switch and power switch But you can use the reset button regardless of location of key lock switch 2 6 Execute and Exit Program You can execute program by pressing the Enter button If you want to cancel the execution of any command and return to the previous status press Alt F4 Alt F4 indicates that the user should press the Alt and F4 simultaneously and then release them at the same time Alt F4 is a very important command to remember as it will allow you to back out of programs and menus when you may have pressed keys that you did not mean to press 34 2 7 Concept of the Menu and go to Menu The menu on the Voice Sense
130. box 9 3 2 3 Next Track This item is used to play the next file in the play list while a file is being played You can also press Alt Right arrow key in the Media player dialog box to do this 9 3 2 4 Back 5 Tracks This is used to play the fifth file before the file that is currently being played You can also press Alt Up arrow key in the Media player dialog box to do this 9 3 2 5 Forward 5 Tracks This is used to play the fifth file after the file that is currently being played You can also do this by pressing Alt Down arrow key in the Media player dialog box 9 3 2 6 First Track This is used to play the first file in the play list You can also do this by pressing Ctrl Fn Left arrow key in the Media player dialog box 9 3 2 7 Last Track This is used to play the last file in the play list You can also do this by pressing Ctrl Fn Right arrow key in the Media player dialog box 243 9 3 2 8 Volume Up and Volume Down These options are used to adjust the audio playback volume Here the volume level ranges from 0 to 10 You can also adjust the volume level by pressing Shift Up arrow key up or Shift Down arrow key down in the Media player dialog box The actual volume level depends on the value of voice volume that is set in the Global options For example if voice volume is set to 5 and the volume level in the Media player
131. building A police will say on which floor the thief hided 347 After a while the thief will run away to the up and down stairs It will say Up and down repeatedly Listen carefully and you need to find on which floor the thief finally hided When it will say Type the answer write the number of floor the thief hided and press enter If the answer is correct you can go next question If the answer is incorrect or time is over you can hear a beep sound and the game will be over Answering time is 10 seconds When the game is over it will say your score If your score is between rank 1 and 5 it will say Type your user ID to register the ranking Type your ID and press enter to record You can check your record in View ranking menu Or press ESC or Alt F 4 to skip it Finally it will ask Do you want to play again Press enter on Yes to play game again Or press enter on No to back to game menu 15 1 2 7 Multiplication table When the game is started you can hear numbers one by one Take stage 1 for instance it will say 2 1 digit numbers one by one Multiply these numbers When it says Type the answer write the multiplied number and press enter If the answer is correct you can go next question If the answer is incorrect or time is over you can hear a beep sound and the game will be over Answering time is 10 seconds When the game is over it will say your score If
132. button is same function as Enter in Open File dialog box Also stop button record button previous button and next button is same function as Backspace Space Up arrow key and Down arrow key in Open File dialog box Namely you can move to up and down by pressing previous and next button in file list And you can select and unselect by pressing record button If you press stop button you can move to upper folder And if you press play pause button you can play the selected file in file list of Open File dialog box 233 In order to use this function you must set the audio mode switch to media mode 9 2 Keyboard and Extended Keys You can use more of the features in the Media player with the keyboard than with the audio buttons You can use the keyboard commands to control the player in the Media player dialog box To open the Media player press Enter on Media player or press m in the program menu The Media player is also opened when you play audio files by pressing the play pause button on the front panel of the Voice Sense QWERTY This dialog box contains two information tabs playback information and play list Press Tab or Shift tab to move between these tabs 9 2 1 Playback Information Tab The playback information tab displays the track number
133. button or press g recording will be continued If you want to stop the recording while recording the radio press s Or press TAB and press Enter on Stop button To check time information while recording the radio press Down arrow key It will announce the current recording run time and total possible recording time Recorded files will be saved in the flashdisk media radio folder The file name will be added channel label frequency xx mp3 xx will start from 01 and increased by one when recording the FM radio sound If unregistered channel is recorded FM radio will be used as a file name instead of added channel label If you stop recording the record dialog 267 box will be exited automatically If you press Enter at Cancel button or bh II press c the recorded file will not be saved and exit the dialog box During recording you cannot change the channel and frequency During listening to the FM radio you can record without calling the record dialog box by pressing the record button on the front panel Before you use the record button out of the audio buttons on the front panel please set the audio mode switch to the FM radio mode If you press the record button the record dialog box will be opened and recording will start If you press stop button on the front panel during recording recording will stop and the reco
134. call up the menu After activating this function you will hear Open Local Folder Then you will be taken to the Disk list that appears in file manager You will be taken to flashdisk by default but if you have a SD memory card or USB memory stick inserted you can navigate to them by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key 2 Just like navigating in the File manager you can access a disk by pressing Enter on it Use the exact same navigation keys as the File manager to navigate the local folder You can refer to chapter 4 of this manual to find the various file manager commands Note 322 that you cannot select folders You can only select files If you try to select a folder the Voice Sense QWERTY will say Deactivated 3 Once you have selected files by pressing the Space you can copy them by pressing Alt and then navigate to Copy by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key and press Enter Or you can press Ctrl c to activate the function without calling up the menu 4 After you have activated the copy function you will hear Copying and then Open Remote Folder You will then be moved to the remote folder list 5 In the remote folder list you can navigate to the folder where you want to paste the file Once you are in the folder where you want to paste the file press Ctrl v Or you can press Alt and then use Up arrow ke
135. calling up the menu by pressing Del 3 If the file s or folder s is are deleted successfully you will hear Sucessfully deleted 13 2 3 6 Information This function will allow you to check information regarding files or folders that are located in the remote or local folder list You can activate this function by performing the following steps 1 After you have connected to the FTP service navigate to the local or remote folder list and select the file or folder that you want to know information about The navigation keys are exactly the same 327 as when using the file manager To reference these keys please refer to chapter 4 in this manual 2 Then press Alt to open the menu and then use Up arrow key or Down arrow key to move to information and press Enter Or you can activate this function without calling up the menu by pressing Ctrl i 3 After you have activated the function you will see the information dialog box which consists of Type Size Date Attribute except folder Close You can move between these controls by pressing tab or shift tab If you select multiple files the information function will display the number of selected files and size 13 2 4 ActiveSync Service This service works the same way as when you connect the Voice Sense QWERTY to a computer via a USB cable and use ActiveSync If the co
136. d Press the letter m until you find My computer Press Enter on My computer Then press the letter m until you hear mobile device and press Enter The mobile device is the Voice Sense QWERTY After you have opened mobile device you will get into the file list on the Voice Sense QWERTY One of the items in the list is my computer Press the letter m until you hear my computer and press Enter Then another file list will open In this list you will find the folder called flashdisk This is the same flashdisk that you hear under file manager Press f until you hear flashdisk and then press Enter You will notice that all of the folders that you find in the flashdisk under file manager are located here You can paste the file s here directly by pressing ctrl v or you can paste the file s in to one of the folders by pressing enter on one of the folders and then pressing ctrl v to paste the file s In Vista you will first need to find the file s on your PC that you want to transfer Once you have found the file s that you want to transfer make sure the files have been selected by using the space After you have selected the file s press Ctrl c on your PC to copy the file s Then go to the desktop on your computer by pressing Windows key d Press the letter m until you find Compu
137. dialog box of the word processor program Prompt button PB PB follows any question in which you have to choose Yes or No You can toggle between Yes and No by pressing the Space or the Backspace button Ex When you exit from the word processor PB Save Yes Static box ST ST is followed by the current status Ex ST noname hbl insert mode write in the word processor program Link LN It means there is a link in the web page Anchor ANC It means there is an anchor in the web page Radio button RB It represents a radio button which allows you to choose an item by pressing the up arrow key down arrow key space or Backspace Also it cycles 39 between items when pressing this key Ex RB Attribute Write in the information dialog box of the file manager Radio button SRB It means that the radio button is select selected Radio button URB It means that the radio button is unselect not selected Check box check SCHB It means that the check box is selected Check box UCHB It means that the check box is uncheck not selected Links anchors and check boxes are controls that are only used in the web browser The symbols enable you to understand what type of box or menu you are working with For example if MN MI or LI are displayed in fron
138. dialog box The dialog box has three controls Backup mode radio button a Confirm button and a Cancel button You can switch between controls by pressing tab or 341 shift tab To switch between radio buttons you can press Up arrow key Backspace Down arrow key or Space The Backup mode has three radio buttons Manual backup Always backup changes when exiting and prompt to backup changes when exiting 1 If you select the Manual backup it will not create a new backup file even though there may be changes in the database In this case you can only make a new backup file by using the Backup Database menu 2 If you select the Always backup changes when exiting a new backup file will be automatically created if you modify the database or add other information when you exit the Database manager 3 If you select the Prompt to backup changes when exiting you will see the message Backup changes Yes when you exit the database manager if you have modified the database or added other information If you press Enter on Yes it will automatically create a new backup file and exit the database manager If you press Down arrow key once and press Enter on No it will exit without making a new backup file You can change the backup mode if you press Enter after focusing on one of the three radio butto
139. eee RRR Ree RRR eee en TER ee Cent ee eee 241 9 3 3 RECOU ieia aaa bata aaea a eeni aaa aa A 244 9 3 4 Position MenU ei csict ww erdiacs Jeauntaltinanastt tt taiaahtaderttatecsccuies 247 SS Bo Ma Come ee Ne Raa Rem eR RR REO enna ea 251 9 3 0 S CUINOS za e e E EE EE E 253 9 4 Hot Keys in the Media Player cccccssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeees 259 10 FM TAGIO sisian a u 262 10 1 Listening to FM radio via internal speakers 0eeee 262 10 2 Frequency CONMU Olivesa cect ites aeuwecnstentducvacy Wddlsasawecece Aeanwiesdeawle 263 10 3 Registration of the channel and move among channels 264 10 4 Recording FM radio sound cccccenseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeees 266 10 4 1 Changing record folder cccceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeees 267 10 5 Additional features cccccccccsssssssceeeecsesseeeeessesseseeeeeessaseees 268 10 6 Hot Keys in the Radio cccccessssceececseeeeeeeesseeeeseeeeeesaeeseeees 269 11 Web BrOWSER sistent tetanic 270 AT PMN cece Ged dons sac E 2 ddd wus trunatreraters sucauaagatvs fda 270 111 T Open UR E tenn kate eat oea Ea EE aa ascn kes oe tah 270 TAS Openana e eiaa 271 TAS Sa VEAS eiia co EE EEE accents once en encanta 272 11 1 4 Page Information 5 sctsivclsccersuyvesdverscctaetubuelayrs paualeccccydncat 273 AVAGO XM ETE E 273 WTAZ FRO AG PEE EE i GiGi staan do EAE SETAT 274 11 2 1 Read from Beginning to Cursor c cceeeeeeteeeee
140. find the following IP Subnet mask Gateway and Primary DNS These settings require specific information Please contact your Internet service provider for the right information And after typing in the information you can move to the next item by pressing 435 Down arrow key Finally after completing the Primary DNS press Enter Then you will see the message setting completed You will be returned to Setup internet with your information saved You can then use E mail MSN messenger or the Web browser 17 9 3 Wireless LAN If you want to connect to a wireless network you should use the setup wireless LAN function In order to use the setup wireless LAN function you must change the wireless option to On in the option menu Go to the Utilities menu that is located in the program menu by pressing Win key and then press Down arrow key repeatedly to move to the Utilities menu Then press Enter on Utilities Next move to Setup internet by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key and then press Enter on Setup internet And then press Enter on Wireless LAN The Wireless LAN dialog box consists of the access point list Advanced button and Close button You can move between these controls by pressing tab or shift tab If you do not have a wireless LAN tu
141. folder or open the selected file Enter Move to the upper level folder Backspace 389 The following is how to export contact list 1 Press Alt x on the contact list 2 Type the desired file name and press Enter 3 If you don t change the folder contact list will be saved in the flash disk My Documents folder This folder is the default folder 16 3 6 5 Import Contact List Import Contact List is a function to import contact list saved in the export contact list In order to call up the Import Contact List dialog box press Alt i on the Contact list or press Enter on the Import Contact list menu after entering sub menu of File by calling up the menu Import Contact List consists of 4 controls 1 2 3 4 ile name Combo Edit control onfirm Button control ancel Button control ile list List control 1 OQ OQ TT The following is a detailed explanation about each control of Import Contact list dialog box You can move to the next control by pressing Tab or to the previous control by pressing Shift Tab 1 File name It is a combo edit box You can type file name which you want to import 2 Confirm It is a button You can execute Import Contact list 3 Cancel It is a button You can exit Import Contact list dialog box and return to the Contact list the previous status right before calling up the menu 4 File list It is a list You can select the desired contac
142. for Just as in a new search you can start the search by pressing Enter Even if you have canceled a search you can go back to the Search Address dialog box by pressing tab 6 6 2 Opening a home page If a record has a homepage address or an email address you can open the homepage or send an email Move to Home page Home e mail or Company e mail by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key Then press Enter on Home page Home e mail or Company e mail If you press Enter on a Home page the Voice Sense QWERTY will automatically connect to the Web browser program If you press Enter on a Home e mail or Company e mail the Voice Sense QWERTY will 146 bring up the E mail program so that you can send an email to the email address that you have selected Before you use this command please make sure that you are connected to the internet 6 6 3 Editing Addresses In order to edit a field that is in a record find the desired address by using the Search Address function and then move to the field you want to change by using the Ctrl Left arrow key or the Ctrl Right arrow key repeatedly until you arrive at the field that you want to change Then press Alt to call up the menu and select Modify Address Then press Enter or you can press Ctrl m which is the hot key You can now en
143. here you will have a new schedule with the backup file appended If you press Down arrow key once and press Enter on Overwrite you will have a schedule restored from the backup file For example let us assume that you have 172 a schedule for days 1 3 in your schedule and you have a schedule for days 1 5 in your backup file If you select Append you will have a schedule with 8 days In this case three days of the schedule could possibly be redundant If you select Overwrite you will have days 1 5 from your schedule back up and days 1 3 of the original schedule will be deleted If you don t want to Append or Overwrite press Down arrow key once more locate Cancel and press Enter on it 7 10 3 Setting Backup Option To backup your schedule you can backup your schedule manually by activating the Backup Schedule function You can also backup the schedule automatically by activating the Set Backup Options function To activate the Set Backup Options function press Alt to open up the menu Next you need to press Down arrow key or Up arrow key repeatedly to locate Set Backup Options Then press Enter on Set Backup Options Or while you are in the menu you can press e to jump directly to Set Backup Options You can also activate the Set Backup Options function without opening up the menu by pressing
144. if you want the Voice Sense QWERTY to speak while using the scroll buttons in the document The shortcut key is s with the default set to Off The default setting Off does not allow the Voice Sense QWERTY to speak while scrolling The Space toggles off on If you set the option to On you can hear the Voice Sense QWERTY while scrolling If you have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also tab or shift tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting Tab or shift Tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC 59 3 16 LCD You can decide whether the Voice Sense QWERTY will show text on the LCD screen If you decide to turn the LCD screen on sighted people will be able to see what you are working on when they look at the LCD screen The shortcut key is I with the default set to Off The setting values are Off On and On with backlight The On with backlight setting will light the background of the LCD screen You can toggle between all three of these options by pressing the Space Without calling the Global options you can change setting value directly by pressing Fn F2 If you have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also Tab or
145. input edit box will be focused when the dialog box appears On the other hand if the dialog box was opened to read received messages the history window will be focused In the input edit box you can type one line and by pressing Enter you can send the message You can also move to the Send button and press Enter to send the message Then the message will also be added to the history window In the history window for each message the nickname of the person who wrote the message will be displayed first and then the content of the message will be displayed Each message is considered as a paragraph When you are in the instant message dialog box if the other person sends a message the message will be displayed in LCD and announced in speech immediately If you receive a message while the focus is at the input edit box the focus will not be changed If the focus is at the history window the content of the window will not be updated until you move to another control and go back to the history window While you are in the instant message dialog box you can move to the contact list box by pressing Page up or Page down If you press the key again you will go back to the instant message dialog box More than one instant message dialog box can be opened at the same time For example while you are in an instant message dialog box if you go to the contact list box by pressing P
146. is u The setting values are Off Say cap and Pitch The default value is Pitch If you select the default you will hear higher pitch when meet the capital letter And if you select the Off read the same regardless of capital letter and lower case letter And if you select the Say cap you will hear cap sound before the capital letter For example when you meet the capital letter V Voice Sense QWERTY will talk cap v You can cycle through each of the options by pressing the Space If you have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also tab or shift tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab or shift tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC 56 3 10 Numbers You can choose how you want the Voice Sense QWERTY to read number The shortcut key is n with the default set to On For example if you set On the 2007 will read two thousand seven And you set Off the 2007 will read two zero zero seven You can change the value by using Space If you have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also tab or shift tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do
147. key to move to SMTP username Here you can add another SMTP username if your Internet service provider requires you to use a different SMTP username 16 Press Down arrow key to move to SMTP password You can type in your password that corresponds to the above ID 17 Press Down arrow key to move to Use as default send from account if you want to use the above new username and password select the check box by pressing Space 18 Press Down arrow key to move to Keep mail copies in server When you download e mail from your e mail server you can set the Voice Sense QWERTY to keep e mail messages on the server or not Press Space to change Yes to No and press enter if you do not want a copy of the email to remain on the e mail server 19 Press Down arrow key to move to Save mail copies in sent mailbox When you send e mail you can set the Voice Sense QWERTY to keep e mail message in sent mailbox or not Press Space to change Yes to No and press Enter 20 Press Tab move to Use signature The default value is No If you want to attach your signature in mail press Space to change Yes to No 21 Press Tab move to Signature 22 Press Enter on the Signature 23 It will be appeared Signature multi edit box You can type your signature in here that you want t
148. key Move down Alt Right arrow key Set to prior level Alt Up arrow key Set to next level Alt Down arrow key 5 Move by heading Move to the next heading Ctrl F6 or long press next button Move to the previous heading Ctrl F5 or long press previous button Move to the last heading Ctrl F8 Move to the first heading Ctrl F7 Check the currently reading level and heading Ctrl w Scan the heading list from the present to the end Ctrl n Move to Specific Heading Ctrl h Find Phrase Alt s 6 Heading Find heading Ctrl f Find again F3 Scan heading Ctrl n 313 Read heading Ctrl w 7 Set mark Set mark at current position Ctrl m Move to the next mark N Move to the previous mark V Delete mark Del 8 Miscellaneous Hot Keys Move to the title list Shift Backspace Open DAISY file Ctrl o Voice setting Ctrl s Set DAISY play type Ctrl t Check the book info Alt Enter 314 13 Bluetooth Manager The Voice Sense QWERTY is Bluetooth capable Bluetooth is the latest in wireless technology that allows for a Personal Area Network PAN Unlike a traditional Wireless Local Area Network WLAN these networks are limited to approximately 30 feet or less Bluetooth enables users to exchange various types of information In order to use Bluetooth with the Voice Sense QWERTY you must change the Bluetooth option to On in the option menu Bluetooth on the Voice Sense QWERTY allows you to transfer file
149. key Move to the lower cell of the upper level table Ctrl Down arrow key Check the current position Fn s Move to frame Move to the previous frame Ctrl F9 Move to the next frame Ctrl F10 Read the current line Fn r 11 9 What the Web browser Does Not Support 1 Images are not supported 2 Any executable files on web sites cannot be executed It is because the operating system on the Voice Sense QWERTY is different from the operating system on a personal computer 3 A web page using flash can be opened but the flash content may not be read 4 Some web pages that use JavaScript cannot be opened 298 12 DAISY Player Using the Daisy player on the Voice Sense QWERTY you can listen to files and read books that use the DAISY format DAISY is an acronym for DIGITAL ACCESSIBLE INFORMATION SYSTEM One advantage to DAISY books is that you can listen to the audio as well as read the associated text with the audio The Voice Sense QWERTY supports DAISY books that are version 3 0 or earlier When you want to run the player press Enter on Daisy player in the program menu or press the shortcut key d in the Voice Sense QWERTY program menu When you run the Daisy player you will see all of the disks available on the Voice Sense QWERTY regardless of whether each disk has DAISY formatted files or not You can navigate through the list with Up arrow key or Down arrow key You can open a disk con
150. line you can press Alt s to open the save items dialog box When you are on the calculation line if you type in the item name and formula a 2 sin 30 followed by pressing Enter the calculation will be saved automatically In your calculating result you can access Save Items to type in an item name in the edit box and then you can save it by pressing Enter directly or by pressing Enter on the Confirm button If you type in function names like sin cos or pi as an item name you will see the message invalid item name and if you type in names that have already been saved you will see a message that says Replace variable xx with current value Yes If you want to change the value press Enter on Yes And if you do not want to change the value press Enter on No Press Space to toggle between Yes and No 17 1 2 4 Statistics Function If you select this menu item a dialog box opens which consists of a list box containing all the stored variables a list box displaying the results of several functions and a Close button You can move between these elements by pressing tab or shift tab You can bring up this dialog box by pressing Alt t in the calculator line or by pressing t in the Variable Functions menu In the variable list the variable names and their current values are displayed You can m
151. margin for ink printing The bottom margin is the distance from the bottom of the paper to the last line of a printed paragraph The default value is set to 20mm about 0 78 inches If you are going to change the default setting you can type in a number which will make the margin as big as you would like to have it Set left margin This sets the left margin for ink printing The left margin is the distance from the left edge of the paper to the first text that is printed The default value is set to 20 mm about 0 78 inches If you are going to change the default setting you can type in a number which will make the margin as big as you would like to have it Set right margin This sets the right margin for ink printing The right margin is the distance from the right end of the printed text to the right edge of the paper The default value is set to 20mm about 0 78 inches If you are going to change the default setting you can type in a number which will make the margin as big as you would like to have it Set page numbering 129 This sets the position where the page numbers will be printed The page number positions are Upper left Upper middle Upper right Lower left Lower middle and Lower right To change the setting press Space Pressing Backspace will allow you to move in reverse order After selecting your preference you should press Down arrow key in order to move to
152. menu Select Add Schedule and press Enter or press Ctrl n in the Search Schedule dialog box The Add Schedule dialog box has a set of input fields a 160 Confirm button and a Cancel button The input fields are Start date Start time End date End time Subject Location Memo Alarm time and Set recurrence schedule Among the input fields you can move from one field to the next by pressing tab or shift tab For the Subject and Memo fields you can type in text and for the Start date End date Start time End time fields you can either type ina date time or select it using shortcut keys If you press Enter on the Confirm button the schedule information will be saved If you press Enter on Cancel button the entry will not be saved 7 4 1 Start date When you start Add Schedule the Start date edit box is displayed first If you want to use this date just press tab to move to the next field If you want to enter a new date you want to type month day year in this order After you have entered the date you should then press tab to move to the next field If you press Enter by accident right after filling in this field you will get the message no subject and then the focus moves to the Subject field Note Start date var
153. menu with Up arrow Key or Down arrow key Otherwise you can press f in the Go To menu which is the shortcut While editing a document pressing Ctrl f will activate the Find command If Find is executed the dialog box is displayed This dialog box consists of Text to find Search direction Match case a Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move from one field to the next field by pressing Tab or shift tab 1 Text to find The first field in Find is Text to find In this window you can type in the text that you want to find If you want to find the text immediately press Enter However if you want to set other fields in the dialog box press Tab to move to the next field 2 Search direction The next field is Search direction The default direction is Forward If you would like to change the search direction you should press Space Pressing Space will toggle between Forward and Backward After you type in the text to be found and set the searching direction press Enter if you want to find the text immediately 3 Match case 114 The next field is Match case This field display only when you execute the Find command in text file This field does not display in Braille file The default value is No If you want to change the value press Space Pressing Spac
154. move from one item to the next by pressing tab or shift tab When you open Add to Favorites the edit window will appear first In this edit window you can type in the title of the current web page that you are reading The extension name URL will be attached automatically to the title name that you have written The favorites list will be saved in the flashdisk favorites folder This folder is the default folder and you cannot make your desired folder above this folder a higher level folder If you want to add Favorites list to the folder you made rather than the default folder press shift tab and select the desired folder by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key Then press Enter Note If you want to edit only a part of the current title name when Voice Sense QWERTY connected to SyncBraille press the cursor routing key that is furthest to the left Then the current title name will be displayed on the LCD You can press the cursor routing key where you want to edit the text and then modify it Make sure that you do not use in the title name 11 5 3 Favorites List You can check the list of the web sites that are saved in Add to Favorites The user can copy delete or rename the title of the sites in the favorites list 285 In order to open the Favorites list press Alt and move to Favorites by pressing Down arrow key Then
155. name You cannot use the following characters in a file name or folder lt gt 4 2 10 New Document You can create a new document with this option There are several ways to access this function You can utilize the menu by pressing Alt and you can use the down arrow until you reach New Document Another way to use this function is by pressing n after calling up the menu The hot key for this option in the File manager is Ctrl n When the new document function is activated the Voice Sense QWERTY will display File type text txt You can create two types of documents which are text file and Braille file When the Voice Sense QWERTY displays File type text txt you can use the down arrow to select the Braille brl file format When you press Enter on either text txt or Braille brl the Voice Sense QWERTY will display New document name New Documento0 txt or New Document0 brl New Document0 xxx is the default file name based upon the file type you have chosen The number after the new document will increase by one whenever you create a new document You can also type in the document name you prefer Then the new document you named will be created lt gt characters cannot be used when creating a file name 4 2 11 New Folder You can create a new sub folder under the current folder by using this
156. network Status 0 0 0 0 cccccceccecseeeeeeeeseeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeees 440 17 11 Display power status cccccccccececeeeseeeeeseesesseeeeesaeseeeees 441 17 12 Backup Restore Personalized settingS ccccesseeeeeees 442 17 13 Menu Manager sass 8 ssh snnnnteescchenuiad cacwersetatdena chess weatnndaceresde 443 TT AA POlMAL aene aee a a a A nara E tl hall 444 17 14 1 Formatting the disk cccccssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeees 444 17 15 Set Sleep TIMER socctrnstcetsecstisaicrconeiaansciekaasVecnhiads Ai ehidte vents 445 17 16 Upgrade Voice Sense QWERTY Firmware 446 17 16 1 Upgrading the Voice Sense QWERTY FirmwareUsing the IAterne tie a e aaan aE aiii aE aa iaaa 446 17 17 HotKeys for Utilities ere a eters E odensens 448 18 Using the help MeNU cccsscesseeeeeeeeeeeees 452 19 Using ActiveSync cc ceecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 455 19 1 What is ACUIVE SYNC ccccncerdsszazctanerersasnaceeaadsuearsqcied Wastaceckhsuwnes 455 19 2 Connecting the Voice Sense QWERTY to a PC 0 455 19 3 Setting up the Voice Sense QWERTY in the ActiveSync Progra Mase eae a e he cantnscant acne atin aide nacnen tute lkniaee tie ter a 456 19 4 Transferring Files to the Voice Sense QWERTY Via ActiveSync PRINS E ET MER EER eT ane ORIEN Maer EET 457 20 Command SUMMA Y cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 459 20 1 Common Combination KeyS ccccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeee
157. of appointment If you want to move to the next field press tab instead of Enter 7 4 6 Location In the Location field you can type appointed location If you press Enter after typing in the location the record will be saved leaving the Memo field empty and the Alarm time field set to its default value Time of appointment If you want to move to the next field press tab instead of Enter 7 4 7 Memo In the Memo field you can enter detailed information about an appointment Here you can type in more than one line You can use most of the editing commands that are used in the Word processor Press Enter to enter information on a new line You can leave this field blank if you want to After you finish writing the information you can press tab to move to the next field 7 4 8 Alarm Time The Alarm time function allows you to set the time when you will be notified about an appointment The alarm is set relative to the appointment time For example you may want the alarm to sound 30 minutes before your appointment so that you are not late The default value for this field is set to Time of appointment This means that the alarm will sound at the same time as you have set for your appointment You can set the time in the same way as when you set the appointment time The time can be set anywhere from one minute to forty seven hour To set t
158. outputs beep sound during copying or opening any documents or webpage If it is set to Silent the Voice Sense QWERTY will not hear the any sound in progress of copying or opening If you have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also tab or shift tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting Tab or shift Tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC 3 36 Bluetooth You can decide whether the Voice Sense QWERTY will turn Bluetooth on The shortcut key for this option is b You can choose between On and Off by pressing Space By default it is set to Off You can toggle it on and off by pressing F9 while you are using another 69 program in the Voice Sense QWERTY without having to call up the Global options If you have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also Tab or shift Tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting Tab or shift Tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC For your reference in order to use Bluetooth function of the Voice Sense QWERTY please turn it on And please turn it off while you a
159. parallel 61 3 20 Print Paper Size This option allows you to select the size of the paper that an ink printer will use if you will be printing to an ink printer The shortcut key for this function is s You can change the size for this option by pressing Space You can choose between the settings of Letter 8 5 inches by 11 inches or Legal 8 5 inches by 14 inches If you have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also Tab or shift tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting Tab or shift Tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC 3 21 Audio alerts You can choose whether you will hear a warning sound or not The shortcut key is a This option is useful if the speech setting on the Voice Sense QWERTY is turned off The default for this option is set to On If you turn off the speech you will hear a beeping sound when you type in keys that the Voice Sense QWERTY does not accept If you don t want to hear the warning sound you can press the Space once to turn Off the audio alerts If you have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also Tab or shift tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting Tab
160. press Tab repeatedly on Record to move to the Stop button and then press Enter 9 3 3 3 Play This button is used to play the file that has just been recorded You can also start playing the recorded sound by pressing the play button on the front panel of the Voice Sense QWERTY If you have not yet recorded a file after opening the Record dialog box pressing Enter on the Play button will not do anything While playing the playback information tab will be displayed If you want to pause or stop playing 246 press Enter after moving to the Pause or Stop button by pressing Tab repeatedly 9 3 3 4 Stop This is used to stop recording or playing If you press Enter on Stop while recording the Voice Sense QWERTY will stop recording and show the recording information tab If you press Enter on the Stop button while playing the Voice Sense QWERTY will stop playing and show the playback information tab You can also stop recording or playing by pressing the stop button on the front panel of the Voice Sense QWERTY 9 3 3 5 Pause This item is used to pause the recording or playing a file while in the Media Player If you press Enter on Pause or press the play pause button on the front panel of the Voice Sense QWERTY recording or playing will be paused and the recording information or playback in
161. pressing Down arrow key and press Enter The first sub menu in the Go To menu is Go To Home Page 278 You can activate Go To Home Page by pressing Enter or by pressing Alt h while your Web browser is opened 11 4 2 Go to Previous Page The previous page is the page shown just before the current page For example when the Web browser is activated the first page that opens is the home page that is set as the default home page on the Voice Sense QWERTY You can search and load the web page of Google which is www google com Then the Voice Sense QWERTY will connect to the Yahoo web page When Go To Previous Page is activated the Voice Sense QWERTY will show you the last position in the previous page the home page that was displayed before the current page In order to move to the previous page press Alt to call up the menu and go to the Go To menu by pressing Down arrow key and press Enter Go to Go To Previous Page by pressing Down arrow key and then press Enter Or you can press Alt with Left arrow key This command does not work on the first page in the Voice Sense QWERTY because there is no previous page when you first open the Web Browser 11 4 3 Go to Next Page When you have opened multiple web pages you can go back and forth from the current page to the previous page or to the next page For example when you fi
162. previous phrase Left arrow key Move to the next fifth phrase Ctrl Down arrow key 499 Move to the previous fifth phrase Ctrl Up arrow key Move to the next page Page down key Move to the previous page Page up key Go to the page Ctrl g Move to the upper level Alt Up arrow key Move to the down level Alt Down arrow key Move to the next level at the preset level Alt Right arrow key Move to the previous level at the preset level Alt Left arrow key Move to the next heading Ctrl F6 Move to the previous heading Ctrl F5 Move to the first heading Ctrl F8 Move to the last heading Ctrl F7 Check the currently reading level and heading Ctrl w Scan the heading list from the present to the end Ctrl n Find heading Ctrl f Find again F3 Set mark at current position Ctrl m Move to the next mark N Move to the previous mark V Delete mark DEL key Move to the title list Shift Backspace Open daisy file Ctrl o Check the book info Alt Enter Voice setting Ctrl s 21 11 Bluetooth Manager Scanning bluetooth device Ctrl r Connecting device enter in the device name Connecting service enter in the service name Disconnect the service Ctrl d Move to Bluetooth device list in service list Backspace 500 FTP service Open local remote folder Ctrl o Copy Ctrl c Paste Ctrl v Send to Ctrl s Retrieve file Ctrl r New folder Ctrl f Delete file folder DEL Information Ctrl i 21 12 Database Manager Ad
163. record Up arrow key Move to the last record Ctrl Fn Right arrow key Move to the first record Ctrl Fn Left arrow key Move to the next field Ctrl Right arrow key Move to the previous field Ctrl Left arrow key Move to the last field Fn Right arrow key Move to the first field Fn Left arrow key Move to previous same field different record Left arrow key Move to next same field different record Right arrow key 20 13 Extras 20 13 1 Games Skip record Esc key Alt F4 20 14 Social Networking 20 14 1 Twitter Sign Out Ctrl g Personal Information Ctrl l Save Current Timeline Alt s Home Timeline Ctrl h Friend Timeline Ctrl f User Timeline Ctrl u Current User Timeline Alt u Mention Timeline Ctrl m Retweet By Me Alt b 477 Retweet To Me Alt t Retweet Of Me Alt o Tweet Ctrl t Remove Tweet Delete Retweet Ctrl e Reply Ctrl y Add To Favorite Ctrl v Favorite List Ctrl l Send Direct Message Ctrl s Sent Direct Message Alt m Received Direct Message Alt r Follow User Alt a Following Alt l Followers Alt e Global Search Ctrl f User Search Alt f Search Word List Alt w Next List Ctrl n Refresh Ctrl r Exit Alt F4 Escape Esc key Move to the next tweet Down arrow key Move to the previous tweet Up arrow key Move to the first tweet on the refreshing list Ctrl Fn Left arrow key Move to the last tweet on the refreshing list Ctrl Fn Right arrow key Move to the previous 32 list Fn Un a
164. see the message Backup file already exists Continue to backup Yes If you have made any changes to your address list press Enter to create a new backup file If you want to keep the previous backup file press Down arrow key locate No and press Enter on it When you make a backup file in your address list you will always have a new backup file with the extension DAT and you will have another file with the extension BAK which originated from the previous address dat file 6 5 2 Restore Address List If you want to restore the address list after a cold reset press Alt to call up the menu and use the up and down arrow keys to find Restore Address List Then press Enter on Restore Address List Or you can press r while you are in the menu to find Restore Address List You can also press Ctrl r to activate this function without calling up the menu If you activate the Restore Address List function and you already have an address list you will see the message Address file already exists Which do you prefer Append If you press Enter the backup address list will be appended to the current address list If you press Down arrow key once and press Enter on Overwrite you will install the new backup file erasing the old backup file For example let us assume that 144 you have three records in your address list and you
165. so that you can come back directly to the spot where you placed the bookmark To execute this function 1 Press Alt and move to Position by pressing Down arrow key 2 Press Enter on Position 3 Move to Mark Position by pressing Down arrow key and press Enter 248 4 Or press Alt when playing a file or when a file is paused If you select Yes the Voice Sense QWERTY will save the bookmark at your current position and play from the bookmark position the next time that you execute the Media Player If you select No the Voice Sense QWERTY will save the bookmark that is already set If you select erase the Voice Sense QWERTY will delete the bookmark that is already set 9 3 4 2 Delete Marked Position If you execute this function when you are playing a file or when a file is paused it will delete the bookmark that was created before To execute this function 1 Press Alt and move to Position by pressing Down arrow key 2 Press Enter on Position 3 Move to Delete Marked Position by pressing Down arrow key and press Enter 4 Or you can press Ctrl d when playing a file or when a file is paused If you execute this function in a file that does not have a bookmark the Voice Sense QWERTY will display There is no bookmark in selected file 9 3 4 3 Jump to Marked Position If yo
166. starting the File manager again 4 2 18 Information The Voice Sense QWERTY can provide information about files and folders The information feature in the File manager provides you with information about the file type file size the date and time of the file or folder s creation and file attribute Press Alt to call up the menu Press the down arrow until you reach information Press Enter to activate the information feature Use the letter I to call up the information feature after opening up the menu Alt Enter is the hot 86 key for this option You can use this hot key without going through the menu The Voice Sense QWERTY will display the information about a file or folder in the following order file type file size creation date and time and attribute You can review this information by pressing the tab You can also press Fn i while you are in the disk list or program menu in the Voice Sense QWERTY to hear how much space is available on the flashdisk 1 File type This will give you the file type information such as brl file doc file and txt file When a folder is selected it will give you the information indicating that this is a folder containing x number of files and folders 2 File size This will show you the size of the selected file or folder When multiple files or folders are selected this will give you the total
167. tab or shift tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC 55 3 8 Keyboard Echo With this option you can decide how the Voice Sense QWERTY will speak when you are typing The shortcut key is k The setting values are On with characters and words On with characters On with words and Off If you select the default On with characters and words you can hear each keystroke and a word right after it is completed If you select On with characters you can hear each keystroke letter by letter If you select the On with words option you can hear each word right after it is completed but not each letter You can cycle through each of the options by pressing the Space If you have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also tab or shift tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab or shift tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC 3 9 Capitalization alert You can decide how the Voice Sense QWERTY will speak the capital character when you type the character or read the document by using Left arrow key or Right arrow key in computer edit box or ASCII mode The shortcut key
168. the File 3 Press Down arrow key move to the Message 4 Press Enter on the Message 5 It will show the Reply 6 Press Down arrow key move to Reply To All 7 Press Enter on the Reply To All You can activate the Reply To All function without calling up the menu by pressing Alt r 8 It will show to all email addresses of the original sender and the original recipients 9 Then you can use the same steps to send a message as you would when using the Reply function 8 3 3 Forwarding a Received E Mail Message Forwarding means that you will send an e mail that you received to another person You can also add or edit the message and subject You can also attach a file to this e mail Let s explain how to use Forward with an example Let s suppose there is an e mail message that you received as follows Sender s e mail address hims hims inc com Subject of the e mail Welcome to HIMS You can forward this e mail to the others using the following method 1 Press Alt to call up the menu in the Subject Date or Message 2 It will show the File 3 Press Down arrow key move to the Message 4 Press Enter on the Message 5 It will show the Reply 6 Press Down arrow key move to Forward 7 Press Enter on the Forward 208
169. the previous button To use this button to record sound you should be either in the Media Player or in the program menu If you press the record button once the Voice Sense QWERTY will open the record dialog box If you press the record button again the Voice Sense QWERTY will resume recording When you press the record button while you are recording the Voice Sense QWERTY will pause your recording You can resume the recording by pressing the record button again The recorded sound will be stored in a file and placed in the flashdisk media record folder 9 1 4 Stop Button The stop button has a square shape and is used to stop playing If you press the stop button while an audio file is being played the Voice Sense QWERTY will stop playing The next time the Voice Sense QWERTY starts playing it will start from the first file in the play list If you press this button while recording the Voice Sense QWERTY will stop recording If you press the stop button in record dialog box while the Voice Sense QWERTY is not recording the dialog box will close 9 1 5 Using the Audio buttons in file open dialog box You can open Open File dialog box by long pressing stop button in the Media player dialog box And if you long press the stop button again this dialog box will close And then return to the Media player dialog box play pause
170. the table name list Then you will get a message saying that the table is set as the default table and the Table Manager dialog box will be closed 14 2 Add Record You can use this option to add information to a table that you have created When the database manager is started the Search Records dialog box will be opened at first To open the insert a New Record dialog box press Alt to open the menu and press Enter on insert a New Record Or instead of using the menu you can just press Ctrl n You can think of a record as a collection of information fields for an object record Let s consider the address book table you created in the previous section Adding records to this table can be performed as follows 1 Press Alt to open the menu and press Enter on insert a New Record Or instead of using the menu just press Ctrl n 2 Then the name field the first field in the address book table will be shown Here you type the name you want to add and press tab 3 Then the telephone field will be focused Here type the phone number Since this field is of number type you can type only a 338 limited set of characters such as numbers and hyphen If you press Space instead of hyphen the hyphen will be entered 4 Press tab to move to the address field Type the address 5 Press tab
171. the Voice Sense QWERTY will say Move to page number Before you type in the number of the line that you want to go to type l and then type the number of the line that you want to go to By typing in the letter l the Voice Sense QWERTY will know that you are looking for a line and not a page or paragraph If you want to move forward from your current location put the plus sign in front of the number and letter If you want to move backward from your current location put the minus sign in front of the number and letter For example if you want to move backward two lines you would type I2 If you want to move to the previous line type and if you want to move to the next line type l If the line number you type in is not valid the Voice Sense QWERTY will say Move range error 118 You can also go to a specific line number on a specific page The Voice Sense QWERTY enables you to type in this information at the same time To do this press Ctrl g or you can select Go to Location in the Go To menu Then when the Voice Sense QWERTY says Move to page number you can type in the page number followed by the line number For example to move to the 3 line on the 20 page you would type 20 3 or you could type f20 3 When you use the command of the Go to Location function you cannot use the or sign You can only go directly to the page
172. the clipboard Ctrl c Cut to the clipboard Ctrl x It is not valid when you are reading e mail in the inbox Paste from the clipboard Ctrl v It is not valid when you are reading e mail in the inbox Delete Del It is not valid when you are reading e mail in the inbox Cancel block ESC 20 7 Media Player 20 7 1 Hot keys for commands Open file Ctrl o 468 Open folder Ctrl f Add file Alt o Add folder Alt f Save play list Ctrl s Save as play list Alt s Delete item Del Open URL Ctrl l Play X or Enter Play button Previous track Z or Alt Left arrow key Previous button Next track Alt Right arrow key Next button Previous section while playing Audible Ctrl Page up Ctrl Fn Up arrow key Next section while playing Audible Ctrl Page down Ctrl Fn Down arrow key Back 5 track Alt Up arrow key Forward 5 track Alt Down arrow key First track Ctrl Fn Left arrow key Last track Ctrl Fn Right arrow key Volume up Shift Up arrow key Volume down Shift Down arrow key Speed up Shift Right arrow key Slow down Shift Left arrow key Pause continue Space Play button Stop Backspace Stop button Change time index Ctrl Up arrow key or Ctrl Down arrow key Move to next position by time index and play Ctrl Right arrow key Move to previous position by time index and play Ctrl Left arrow key Delete play list during stop Del Call up the record dialog box Ctrl r Record button Record
173. the new content of the fields and press Enter To save the modified content of a record press Enter after typing the contents of all the fields that you want to change Or you can move to the Confirm button by pressing tab repeatedly and press Enter If you want to cancel modifying the record press tab once more to move to the Cancel button and press Enter 14 4 List of Records Found The List of Records Found will appear when the Search Records was performed successfully While you are using the insert a New Record or Search Records dialog box if you want to go to the List of Records Found press Alt to open the menu and press Enter on List of Records Found Or instead of using the menu you can just press Ctrl r 14 5 Setting Backup Option To backup your database file you can do it manually using the Backup Database function You can also backup your database file automatically by using the Set Backup Option To activate the Set Backup Option function press Alt to open up the menu Then press Down arrow key or Up arrow key repeatedly to move Set Backup Option Then press Enter on it Or you can press e in the menu to go to Set Backup Option You can also activate the function without opening up the menu by pressing Ctrl e If you activate the function you will see a
174. the next setting Header This is used to edit the header that will be printed at the top of each page Move to Header and type in the text that you want to be printed Footer This is used to edit the footer that will be printed at the bottom of each page Move to Footer and type in the text that you want to be printed Distance between lines This sets the distance between the lines that will be printed The default value is set to 150 The distance can be anywhere from 100 to 300 If you type in a value that exceeds this range the Voice Sense QWERTY will say Out of range Value too large and wait for you to type in another value Confirm cancel In order to apply a setting press Enter while Confirm is displayed If you do not want to apply a setting you will need to press Enter when Cancel is displayed If you press Enter on cancel you will be taken out of the menu You must press Tab or shift Tab to get to the Confirm and Cancel buttons ot 5 5 3 Braille Paragraph Layout In order to call up the Braille Paragraph Layout press Alt while you are editing a document Then press Enter on Layout or press I while in the Layout menu which is the short cut and then select Braille Paragraph Layout Or you can press Alt F7 The changed layout will be applied only to the selected paragraph These settings are not applied
175. the previous Contents Up arrow key Move to the next Contents Down arrow key Move to the previous 32 items of the Contents Fn Up arrow key button Move to the next 32 item of the Contents Fn Down arrow key button Move to the first item of the Contents Ctrl Fn Left arrow key Move to the last item of the Contents Ctrl Fn Right arrow key 20 14 3 MSN Messenger 1 Sign in dialog box Move to the next control Tab Move to the previous control Shift tab Check or uncheck a check box Space 2 The contact list box Move to the previous item Up arrow key Move to the next item Down arrow key Move between online and offline groups Ctrl Down arrow key 480 Open the menu Alt Sign out Ctrl n View chat Ctrl r My status Ctrl m Close Alt F4 Add contact Ctrl a Delete contact Ctrl d Contact information Ctrl v Send instant message Ctrl s Last message Alt r Play keyboard sound Ctrl k Message sound notification while in current window Fn s Message sound notification while messenger is in the background Alt m Nickname Ctrl p Save account Ctrl o Confirm the received message Ctrl l 3 Instant message dialog box Move to the next control Tab Move to the previous control Shift Tab Move between the instant message dialog box and the contact list box Page up or Page down Save as Alt s Print Ctrl p Close ESC Cut Ctrl x Copy Ctrl c Delete Ctrl d Paste Ctrl v Select all Ctrl a Start selectio
176. the selected word and then press Enter in order to modify the selected word The Modify word button will be displayed again after the Voice Sense QWERTY modifies the selected word 4 Delete word Delete select the word to be deleted on your list and press Enter in order to delete the selected word 5 Close this command closes the dialog box You can move from one item to the next item by pressing tab or shift tab N S When you press Enter on the Options dialog the following items will be displayed 1 Always suggest recommended word if this option is set to On the Voice Sense QWERTY will suggest a word if the word that is encountered is not in the dictionary The default is set to On If the option is set to Off the Voice Sense QWERTY will not recommend a word In order to toggle between On and Off press Space 2 Use main dictionary only if this option is set On the spell checker will not look up any words in the custom dictionary It 111 will only use the main dictionary The default value is set to Off and you can toggle between On and Off by pressing Space 3 Skip an upper case word if this option is set to On words with only upper case letters will not be checked The default is set to On and you can change it by pressing Space 4 Skip a word which includes an addres
177. to be embossed Press Alt to activate the menu Locate print in the File menu and select Embosser or press b If you select Embosser b above the Embosser dialog box is opened Here you can type in the page number where you want the embossing to start and type in the end page number where you want the embossing to stop The following items are in the dialog box 1 Start page number This is the beginning page number to be embossed The default page number is set to 1 You can change the value of the page number by typing in the value that is desired You can move to the next selection item which is the End page number by pressing Down arrow key 2 End page number This is the ending page number that is to be embossed The default value is set to 100000 It means that the document will be embossed to the end of the document unless the document exceeds 100000 pages In order to change the value input the number of the ending page You can move to the next selection item which is the Number of copies by pressing Down arrow key 3 Number of copies This option designates the number of copies to be embossed The default value is set to 1 You can change this number by typing in the number that is desired If you press Down arrow key or Up arrow key you will be moved to Print method or End page number respectively If you want to move to Confirm
178. to change the sample rate and bit per channel press Up arrow key or Down arrow key to move to the desired item to be changed when sampling rate 8000Hz is displayed At the desired item press Space and change the value After you change all items as you desire press Tab to move to Confirm button and press Enter If the values of sample rate bit per channel and channels are getting higher the recorded audio quality will be better But it requires more large storage space in the flash memory So please select proper values for your recording purposes 10 5 Additional features 1 Sensitivity adjustment When you activate the FM radio program if the Voice Sense QWERTY cannot tune to the broadcasting frequency please adjust the sensitivity In order to adjust the sensitivity call Settings dialog box as explained in the Section 10 1 And press Down arrow key to move to Sensitivity and press Space or Backspace to adjust the sensitivity Higher value will make the Voice Sense QWERTY FM radio be more sensitive If the sensitivity is increased you can tune to more frequencies 2 Mute During listening to the FM radio if you want to make it silent for a while press Space This is mute function Pressing Space once again will cancel mute mode Or you can use mute function by pressing stop button on the front panel and cancel mute mode by pressing play
179. to find Edit control 2 Search direction Prompt button 3 Confirm Button 4 Cancel Button The following is a detailed explanation about each control of Find dialog box You can move to the next control by pressing Tab or to the previous control by pressing Shift Tab 1 Text to find This is edit box and you can enter the word that you want to find 2 Search direction This is a prompt button You can choose the direction of searching to Forward or Backward by current status If you choose Forward the searching executes from current status to the top of the chat And if you choose Backward the searching executes from current status to the end of the chat You can change the prompt button pressing Space or Backspace key 3 Confirm This is a button using this button you can execute Find 4 Cancel This is a button using this button you can exit Find dialog box and the chat window that right before calling Find menu will be displayed The Following is how to find the message in chat window 1 Press Ctrl f Edit to type Text to find box will appear 2 Type the desired letter word and sentence press Enter 3 If you press Enter the searching executes toward the end of chat targeting Text to find You can change the direction of searching by pressing Tab after then you move to Search direction box Also you can search towa
180. to value that before you connected to the USB keyboard 3 34 Automatically synchronize with time server Automatically synchronize with time server the date and time syncronize automatically when the Voice Sense QWERTY is being connected to internet Using this feature you can correct the time of Voice Sense QWERTY through accurate internet time server Once the Voice Sense QWERTY is being connected to internet you will hear the sound From this point the date and time of Voice Sense QWERTY 68 syncronize the internet server automatically The default is ON you can check or change this option following steps 1 Press F10 to call up the menu 2 Press T or press Down arrow key move to Automatically synchronize with time server and press Enter 3 By pressing Space you can change setting value 4 Press Enter 3 35 Progress indicator Progress indicator shows the progress of opening a document copying files or opening any webpage This option is used to set the progress sign The shortcut key is p and you can choose one among Silent Beep and Message By default it is set to Message Press Space to toggle through three settings and press Enter to save to the changed option If it is set to Message the Voice Sense QWERTY will say progress in percentage like 10 or 20 If it is set to Beep the Voice Sense QWERTY
181. together this evening mention to Bill and Robin 4 Press Enter 5 If sending is successful Tweet Completed message will be displayed 16 2 5 5 Reply Reply is a function to answer received mention or tweet which other users posted Reply is sent to as a mention type If you want to open Reply dialog box on the tweet which you want to answer press Ctrl y or move to the Reply dialog box by pressing Tab and then press Enter Or After calling up the Menu you can select Reply located on the sub menu of Tweets 359 Reply dialog box contains 4 controls as the same as Tweet dialog box You can move to the next control pressing Tab Tab or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab 1 Tweet This is edit box You can write answer on this box 2 Characters This is status bar It displays current characters and maximum characters like Characters 0 140T 3 Tweet As a button if you press Enter reply will be posted 4 Cancel As a button you can cancel posting reply The followings are how to post reply 1 Within Timeline move to the tweet which you want to reply and then press Ctrl y 2 Reply dialog box is launched and Tweet edit box appears 3 On the edit box User ID who receives reply is already input as below 4 Tweet robin 5 If you have type message press Enter 6 If posting reply is successful Tweet Completed message wi
182. v Delete DEL Rename F2 New document Ctrl n New folder Alt f File conversion Ctrl t Select all Ctrl a Sort files by Ctrl g 462 Set file info Ctrl i Display only files of type Ctrl w Search for file Ctrl f Information Alt Enter 20 3 Word Processor 20 3 1 Hot Keys for the Commands New document Ctrl n Open Ctrl o Save Ctrl s Save as Alt s Close current document Ctrl F4 Print Ctrl p Settings Ctrl e Exit Alt F4 Start selection Ctrl b Copy Ctrl c Cut Ctrl x Paste Ctrl v Delete Del Delete blank lines Alt e Add to clipboard Ctrl Insert Clear clipboard Ctrl Del or Ctrl d Select All Ctrl a Insert from file Ctrl i Insert date Ctrl w Insert time Alt w Toggle insert overwrite mode Insert Check spelling Ctrl k Check spelling of the current word Alt k Find again F3 Find Ctrl f Replace Ctrl r 463 Go to location Ctrl g Go to previous page Page up Fn Up arrow key Go to next page Page down Fn Down arrow key Set mark Ctrl m Go to mark Ctrl j Go to previous document Shift tab Go to next document Tab Read selected text Alt b Read beginning of selected text Ctrl u Read from beginning to cursor Alt g Read from cursor to end Fn Enter Auto scroll up down scroll buttons This function executes when the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to SyncBraille Read status Fn Braille document layout Alt F5 Print document layout Alt F6 Braille paragraph layout Al
183. will not be able to see the Daisy player as an associated program You can play all of the files after selecting either the Daisy or media player 4 2 4 Zip With this item you can compress files and folders into a zip file Compressing a file makes the total file size smaller which can make it easier to email or allow you to save space on a storage device or disk To activate the Zip function use the following steps Select the files or folders you want to compress in the file list by using Space or Ctrl b Open the menu by pressing Alt and press Enter on Zip Or while you are in the menu press z You can also activate this function without calling up the menu by pressing Ctrl z Then Zip filename default filename zip will appear Default filename is the file name that will be used for the compressed file if you try to compress only one file or folder If you try to compress several files or folders the default name is the folder name that contains the files and folders If you want to change the name of the zip file you can modify by typing in a new name in Zip filename CE If you press Enter or press Enter on Confirm by pressing tab the zip file will be created in the current path If you want to cancel press ESC or Alt F4 Or move to Cancel by pressing tab and then press Enter on Cancel 4 2
184. with default folder when the E mail program is started 221 8 5 2 1 Using the inbox with Default Folder If you set the inbox with default folder it will move to list of inbox whenever the E mail program is started In order to use the inbox with default folder follow these stets 1 Execute E mail 4 press Ctrl o 8 It will show Use inbox as default mailbox when starting Yes If you don t Use inbox as default mailbox press Space 9 Press Enter If you want to cancel this function press ESC or Alt F4 8 5 3 Spam Settings When the Voice Sense QWERTY downloads e mail from the e mail server there may be a lot of e mail messages that are spam In this case you can avoid downloading these spam e mail messages by registering specified words in the subject or the specified e mail address The spam e mail messages that are set at Spam Settings will not be downloaded into the Voice Sense QWERTY and will remain on the e mail server Use the following steps to set up spam e mail 1 Press Alt to call up the menu while you are in the inbox 2 Press Down arrow key move to the tools 3 Press Enter It will show Accounts manager 222 3 4 x Sr S N 1713 5 Press Down arrow key move to Spam Settings 6 Press Enter 7 It will show Type Sub
185. with time Servel cccceeeeeeeees 67 3 35 Progress indicator cesec ewer avec ccasouunins cps dasesseeiuttuaaaen eeeanuceCOnAs SAL 68 S736 BIUCWOUN eke eats reee a arava e EEEE 68 3 37 Wireless LAN arrr ee iene deta a neediest 69 3 38 Ethemnmet DO Min ccasweriadheatiincivectttsitvevenenuteeeexariiaatiendideaszsenintalyyns 69 3 39 Mass storage device mode ccc ceeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeees 70 3 40 Common Combination KeyS cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeees 70 4 File Manager v scciireceisvescssietseteeiees ees nseienals 72 AT COVGIMICW a a a r E syncs a 72 4 1 1 Navigating the File List cc ceeeeceececeeeseeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeaes 72 4 1 2 Item Folder or File Selection Key cceceeseeeeeeeeeeeees 73 4 1 3 Cancel Exit Key iicccaivesenseriaawsssena ahguassacassiibassenieccecadsinamssyaet 74 4 2 Using File Manager Features in the File List cee 74 4 2 1 Selecting DISKS xasccreesietianwweenvanludineehs darnanteenie essen vccdeneesies 74 4 2 2 Getting in and Out of a Folder Opening Closing a Folder 75 A253 Opening a Fileanta e eae aE a EREE ie 75 4 2 AZIDE a EEE EE AA T OAE EEEE EEE O aE TAS 77 JZ SUNZI Den e a a a T 78 42 0 Send TOs a a E cece crn 78 4 2 A CODV MOVO erriei inaa EEEE 79 4 2 8 Delete Files or FolderS cccccccssssceeeceeeesseeeeeecueeseeeeenseees 80 42 9 RETAINS eccnesd iscsi lancet isn aaa a E NN oobae cata 80 4 2 10
186. you can call up the menu with Alt to choose the Send To option 3 Then when you press Enter on Send To the Voice Sense QWERTY will display the list of disks that you can use to send your files or folders to 4 You can choose a destination disk by using the Up arrow key and Down arrow key 5 Pressing Enter on the desired disk will start copying the selected files and folders into the selected disk Also you can send files and folders by pressing Ctrl s without calling up a menu 79 4 2 7 Copy Move 33 e There are some differences between Copy and Move Copy leaves the original files and folders in their original places while Move removes original files and folders from their original places In the File manager you can use the copy function as follows 1 You have to select the files and folders you would like to copy You can select files or folders by pressing one of the Space Ctrl a and Ctrl b 2 You need to call up the menu and choose Copy from the list to copy selected files and folders If you want to move files and folders you can choose Cut from the menu 3 When the Copy or Cut command is executed the Voice Sense QWERTY will return to the file list 4 You need to go into the destination folder and call up the menu and choose Paste Press Enter on Paste and your sel
187. your score is between rank 1 and 5 it will say Type your user ID to register the ranking Type your ID and press enter to record You can check your record in View ranking menu Or press ESC or Alt F 4 to skip it Finally it will ask Do you want to play again Press enter on Yes to play game again Or press enter on No to back to game menu 15 1 2 8 View ranking You can see your record in this menu Press enter on View ranking menu Press Up arrow key or Down arrow key and press enter on the game name you want to check 348 The ranking list will show up It shows rank name and score Press space to see next record To go back to View ranking menu press enter 15 2 Hot Keys in Extras 15 2 1 Games Skip record Esc key Alt F4 349 16 Social Networking A social networking service is an online service platform or site that focuses on building and reflecting of social networks or social relations among people who share interests and or activities To execute the Social networking service follow these steps 1 The Voice Sense QWERTY needs to be connected to the internet using Setup internet of the Utilities 2 Press the short cut key c dots 1 4 form the program menu Or using the navigation key to move to the social networking and press Enter 16 1 The component of the Social networking service Social networking consists of follo
188. 11 3 2 Copy The selected part of the web page can be copied to the edit box in the web page word documents or the edit box of the other programs To copy the selected part of the web page press Alt move to the Edit menu by pressing Down arrow key and press Enter And move to Copy by pressing Down arrow key and press Enter on Copy Or you can copy the selected part by pressing Ctrl c without calling up the menu 11 3 3 Add to clipboard You can copy various parts of the web page to the clipboard and then you can copy them to the edit box or the other program at once In order to add the selected parts of the web page by pressing Alt move to Edit menu by pressing Down arrow key and press Enter And press Down arrow key to move to the Add To Clipboard and press Enter Or you can add to the clipboard by pressing Ctrl Insert without calling up the menu 11 3 4 Copy URL When you use the Copy URL function you can copy the address of the web page that you are on In order to copy the address of web page you press the Alt move to Edit menu by pressing Down arrow key and press Enter And press 277 Down arrow key to move to the Copy URL and press Enter Or you can copy to URL by pressing Alt d without calling up the menu The web address of the page will then be placed on the clipboard Y
189. 2 All tweets which your follows posted appear The hot key for Home Timeline is Ctrl h No matter what Timeline is displayed if you press Ctrl h refreshing Home Timeline will represent 3 Friend Timeline This will display all tweets except for Retweet 4 The hot key for Friend Timeline is Ctrl f No matter what Timeline is displayed if you press Ctrl f refreshing Friend Timeline will represent 355 5 User Time line It displays only the tweets which specified user posted 6 Hot key is Ctrl u You need to specify a user because User Timeline displays only specific user s tweets 7 If you press the hot key Ctrl u edit box to type user ID will appear On this edit box you can type user Id and then press Enter After refreshing tweets that specific user posted it appears 8 Current User Timeline It displays current user timeline The hot key is Alt u No matter what Timeline is displayed if you press Altu Current User Time line will represent 9 Mention Timeline It displays your mention received 10 The hot key is Ctrl m Regardless of any Timeline if you press Ctrl m on the Twitter window Mention Timeline will be displayed after refreshing 11 Retweet By Me Only other user s tweets which you recommend are displayed 12 The hot key is Alt b Regardless of any timeline if you press Alt b on the Twitter window Retweet By me will b
190. 2 9 2 Save Current Timeline Save Current Timeline is a function to save all current timeline lists as text file In order to call up Save Current Timeline dialog box press Alt s on the Tweet Window or press Enter on the Save Current Timeline menu located on the sub menu of File Save Current Timeline dialog box consists of 4 controls You can move to the next control pressing Tab or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab 1 File name As a combo edit box you can enter file name as you desire The default is Timeline name current date like Home Timeline 20110310 2 Confirm As a button you can execute Save Current Timeline 3 Cancel As a button you can exit Save Current Timeline dialog box and return to the Tweet Window the previous status right before Calling up the menu 4 File List As a list you can change the storage path The followings are move keys used in file list Move to the previous list up scroll button Up arrow key Move to the next list down scroll button Down arrow key Move to the top of the list Home button Move to the bottom the list End button Enter into selected folder or open the selected file Enter Move to the upper level folder Backspace 371 The following is how to save current timeline 1 Press Alt s on the Tweet window File name edit box will appear 2 Type the desired f
191. 2 LAN Service With the LAN service you can connect to the Internet through your computer If you connect this service you can use the Web browser and email program just like if you were connected to the Internet via ethernet or wireless LAN card However you must setup Internet Connection Sharing ICS on your remote Bluetooth device Without ICS properly setup you will not be able to connect to the Internet using the LAN service For information on how to setup ICS for your remote Bluetooth device please refer to the documentation that came with your Bluetooth adapter Setting up ICS requires knowledge of network architecture so it may be a good idea to contact a local network technician or your network administrator for help to set up ICS 13 2 3 FTP Service This service will work similar to using FTP on the Internet It will allow you to transfer folders and files to and from the Voice Sense QWERTY between it and the remote Bluetooth device When referring to the FTP service we will refer to the file folder list in the remote Bluetooth device as remote folder list and the file folder list of the Voice Sense QWERTY as the local folder list After you have successfully connected to the FTP service the Bluetooth Manager will take you to the remote folder list The remote folder list that you are taken to is determined by the remote Bluetooth device Typically this folder is called the Bluetooth Exchange Folder on the remote
192. 24 hour time You can toggle between which time to use with Up arrow key or Down arrow key Once you select a time you can move to the next Time by pressing tab In Time you can set your time If you select 12 hour clock in the 426 Time format you can see A M or P M after the hour and minute In the 12 hour clock you can set the time after selecting A M or P M by pressing Fn x In the 24 hour clock setting you can type in a 24 hour system number regardless of A M or P M When you put numbers in the time you need to put a Space or colon between the hour and the minute To set your time you can move to the Date by pressing tab In the Date you should put in the month date and year in that order You should use a 2 digit number for the month a 2 digit number for the date and a 4 digit number for the year while typing in a Space or slash between them The next item is Synchronize with time server where you can synchronize time and date This function is extremely useful when the date and time of Voice Sense QWERTY is faster or slower than current time First of all to execute this function you have to connect the internet to your Voice Sense QWERTY Once the internet is connected press Enter on Synchronize with time server button After the synchronizing it will show synchronized time in Time edit combo box Als
193. Alt F4 6 7 2 Export to CSV You can export data of Address Manger as CSV file using this function You can execute this function regardless of Add address or Search address 6 7 2 1 Executing the menu of the Export to CSV In order to execute the menu of the Export to CSV follow these steps 1 Press Enter on the Address manager Or press a 2 Press Alt to call up the menu 3 Press Up arrow key or Down arrow key and move to Export to CSV 4 Press Enter Or press x Without calling menu you can directly execute this function by pressing Alt x 153 6 7 2 2 Structure and Move of Export to CSV menu 1 File name ECB 2 Confirm Button 3 Cancel Button 4 File storage list 13 if You can move between the controls by pressing Tab or Shift Tab 6 7 2 3 How to save as CSV file In order to save as CSV file follow these steps 1 Execute Address manager 2 Press Alt to call up the menu 3 Press Up arrow key or Down arrow key move to Export to CSV 4 Press Enter Or press x 5 It shows File name 6 Type the file name 7 Press Tab move to Confirm 8 Press Enter It will save in the Flashdisk If you want to cancel this function press Tab on Confirm Move to Cancel and pre
194. Alt m Delete word Del 21 15 6 Stopwatch Stopwatch start pause restart Enter Check the elapsed time Space Switch between stopwatch and count down timer Tab Count down timer pause or restart Enter Count down timer Clear ESC Exit stopwatch or count down timer Alt f4 21 15 7 Display Network Status Display Network Status Ctrl shift n 21 15 8 Display power status Display power status Ctrl shift b 21 15 9 Backup Restore personalized settings Move to previous item Up arrow key Move to next item Down arrow key Move to previous control Shift tab Move to next control Tab Select unselect check box Space 509 21 15 10 Upgrading Voice Sense QWERTY OS Check download information Space Cancel download and exit Alt f4 510 22 Troubleshooting Guide If you are having trouble with the Voice Sense QWERTY please try the following suggestions according to your problem 22 1 The Voice Sense QWERTY Will Not Turn On 1 Check to make sure that the battery is inserted in to its compartment properly 2 If the battery is inserted properly connect the AC adapter and plug the AC adapter in to an electrical outlet The battery may need to be charged 3 Or Check the location of keyboard lock switch If this switch put on lock power switch does not work 22 2 The Voice Cannot Be Heard Make sure the volume is turned up Press F6 to turn up the volume Make sure the voice is turned on Press F10
195. Alt to call up the menu 2 It will show File menu 3 Press Enter on the File menu 4 Press Down arrow key move to Save Draft 5 Press Enter Or Without calling the menu Alt s 6 The dialog box for save will be opened 7 It will be displayed File name subject of writing e mail txt 8 If you want to change file name type in a file name 9 Press Enter Or press Tab move to Confirm and press Enter If you want to cancel press Tab on the Confirm move to Cancel Or press Alt F4 regardless of location 201 If you want to change the path for saving it press Tab on the Cancel move to Storage folder The default folder is in the flashdisk email storage box 1 If you want to change folder in Flashdisk By pressing Space select folder that you want to save And press Enter 2 If you want to change folder in external memory Press Backspace move to Disk list Move to mailbox that you want to save and press Space for selecting folder If you want to save the file in another folder and not in flashdisk email storage box you will not find the e mail message when you execute Send Mail From Outbox If you execute the Save Draft without typing message in Message body it will hear Message body is empty And it will return to Message body
196. As and press Enter Or instead of using the menu you can just press Alt s Then the save dialog box will appear and the File name edit box will be focused This dialog box has the same controls and you can use it in the same way as the Save As dialog box in Word processor If you want to print the messages first press Alt to open the menu Then press Enter on File Move to Print by pressing Down arrow key repeatedly and press Enter Or instead of using the menu you can just press Ctrl p Then the Print dialog box will be displayed This dialog box is the same as the Print dialog box in the Word processor The messages can be printed or embossed in Braille 16 4 3 3 Copying and Pasting Instant Messages You can copy paste and delete the messages in the history window or input edit box as you can do in the Word processor However since the history window is read only you cannot paste cut and delete the messages in the history window To select a block of text move the cursor to the starting point and press Ctrl b Then move to the end point of the text to be selected Press Ctrl c to copy Ctrl x to cut 407 Then move the cursor to the place where you want to insert the copied text the input edit box or an edit box of another program and press Ctrl v to paste the text If yo
197. B memory and SD card will be listed on this list Any of the disks can be selected by using the up and down arrows After selecting the disk you want press Enter to open the disk you have selected 4 2 2 Getting in and Out of a Folder Opening Closing a Folder 15 There are several ways to open a folder You can utilize a menu to get into a specific folder You can call up a menu by pressing Alt You will have to choose the menu item called Open from the list and press Enter to get into a selected folder You can also press Ctrl o to call up the menu to open a desired folder Another way to open a selected folder is by just pressing Enter on the folder that is selected To close the current folder you can use the Backspace Then you will be at the next upper level folder list 4 2 3 Opening a File You can open a file by pressing Enter on the item that is displayed You can also use Ctrl o to open a file or folder The Voice Sense QWERTY will load the appropriate application or program to open the file you have chosen Another way of opening a file is using the menu You can press Alt to call up the menu Then press the letter o or you can press Enter on the item named Open The file formats that are supported by the Voice Sense QWERTY are as follows 1 Hbl brl txt pwd brf rtf pdf epub and doc files are supported by the word processor on the
198. Braille documents 3 You can open Microsoft MS Word documents The Voice Sense QWERTY will import any document that was created in MS Word and translate it into Braille 4 You can print your text documents using any compatible ink printer 5 You can emboss your Braille documents when you connect the unit to a Braille printer 6 Using the E Mail Program you can send email messages to sighted individuals 7 Using the Schedule Manager you can enter your appointments on the Voice Sense QWERTY The Voice Sense QWERTY will then alert you at the time of your appointments 8 With the Address Manager you can input information about your contacts and the Voice Sense QWERTY can retrieve the information for those contacts 9 Using the Voice Sense QWERTY Web Browser you can surf the Internet 10 Using the Voice Sense QWERTY Media Player you can listen to music or any other sounds that are recorded in mp3 wma or a wave file format 11 Using the Voice Sense QWERTY FM Radio you can listen to FM radio sound 12 You can record the voice and FM radio sound in mp3 or wav file format 24 13 On the Calculator you can calculate algebraic equations including scientific calculations 14 You can copy any files from your personal computer to the Sense QWERTY and vice versa 15 You can copy move and delete files on the Voice Sense QWERTY 16 You can adjust the volume the speed and the pitch of the speech You can change a
199. Braille mode depending upon the file type For example if you press Enter to select a file that has the extensions hbl or brl or if you type in a file name with those extensions and press Enter the Voice Sense QWERTY will open the selected file in Contracted Braille You will not be able to change the Braille mode in these documents If you press Enter to select a file that has the extensions of txt or doc it will open the file in what is currently set in View grade of Global options After the file opens you can switch the Braille mode 96 In the word processor of the Voice Sense QWERTY it is possible to open and work simultaneously with up to 10 files at one time If you already have one document open and you try to open another document the Voice Sense QWERTY will ask you if you want to save changes to the document that is already open Then you can save the file Once you have completed saving the document an open dialog box will appear However you will still have the two files open It only seems that you closed one without saving it With the new document open if you want to go to the previous document you can press shift tab If you want to go back to the other document again press tab 5 1 3 Save The save command will save a document to a disk drive If you want to use this option you can press Alt to open the File menu and execute the Save command by pressing
200. Clipboard Ctrl insert Option Setting Ctrl o 21 15 2 Setting the Date and Time Move to the next day Right arrow key 507 Move to the previous day Left arrow key Move to the next week Ctrl Right arrow key Move to the previous week Ctrl Left arrow key Move to the next month Down arrow key Move to the previous month Up arrow key Move to the next year Ctrl Down arrow key Move to the previous year Ctrl Up arrow key Move to 1 hour after Down arrow key Move to 1 hour before Up arrow key Move to 10 minutes after Ctrl Right arrow key Move to 10 minutes before Ctrl Left arrow key Move to 1 minute after Right arrow key Move to 1 minute before Left arrow key Switch Between A M and P M Ctrl shift x 21 15 3 Checking the Date and Time Display time and date Ctrl shift t 21 15 4 Calendar Move to the previous item Tab Move to the next item Shift tab Move to the next day Right arrow key Move to the previous day Left arrow key Move to the next week Ctrl Right arrow key Move to the previous week Ctrl Left arrow key Move to the next month Down arrow key Move to the previous month Up arrow key Move to the next year Ctrl Down arrow key Move to the previous year Ctrl Up arrow key 508 21 15 5 Pronunciation dictionary Move to the previous control Tab Move to the next control Shift tab Move to the previous item in entry Up arrow key Move to the next item in entry Down arrow key Add word Alt i Modify word
201. Direct Message represents in the newest registration order Message is displayed as ID message 365 2 Next list Whenever you launch this function it can load lists by 32 messages Press Ctrl n or Enter key on the button 3 Reply You can write a reply on the focused Direct Message You can launch this function pressing Ctrl y or Enter key on the button 4 Close As a button you can close Received Direct Message dialog box and go back to the status right before calling up the function Or you can use Esc 16 2 7 3 Sent Direct Message Sent Direct Message is a function to view Direct Message which send In order to call up the Sent Direct Message dialog box press Alt m or launch Sent Direct Message menu located on the sub menu of Tweets after calling up the menu Sent Direct Message dialog box contains 3 controls You can move to the next control pressing Tab or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab 1 Sent Direct Message As a list it indicates Direct Message which sended in the newest registration order Direct Message is displayed as Sender Id Message 2 Next list Whenever you launch this function it can load lists by 32 messages Press Ctrl n or Enter key on this button 3 Close As a button you can close Sent Direct Message dialog box and go back to the status right before calling up the function Or you can use Esc
202. Display Compass Heading by pressing Down arrow key 424 3 Press Enter on the Display Compass Heading or simply press h If you want to check current compass press Space You will hear current compass To exit this function press ESC Note It will take about 15 minutes to initialize the unit as following cases 1 Far away from the original location with the unit being discharged 2 Leave the unit being discharged for more than a month 17 2 1 Options of gyrocompass There are 2 options in gyrocompass 1 Refreshing time 2 Compass display type Refreshing time You can set the interval of announcement To set follow these steps Execute the Display Compass Heading It will show current status of compass Press Tab It will show Refreshing time edit box By default it is set to 0 You can set from 0 to 120 Please enter the value for seconds Compass display type You can set the type of the compass display To set follow these steps 1 Execute the Display Compass Heading 2 It will show current status of compass 3 Press Tab and move to Compass display type 425 By default it is set to cardinal and degrees The setting values are cardinal and degrees cardinal only and degrees only By pressing Space you can change setting value 17 3 Set time and date If you want to set the Voice
203. ER ide 162 TAD LOCATION REEE gave 162 rE MIG Osanna ite tates rh Gl ANN staid ulate eth eARcELLOL T 162 TAS Alarm TINE aa ocean a ATARE A E 162 7 4 9 Setting a recurring Schedule cece eeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeees 163 fo Search Sched le ar e e E Ea EEEE Eain 167 7 5 1 Searching with date cccccessscccecceseseeceeseeeeesseeeeeeaeaseeees 167 7 5 2 Searching with SUDjOCt cccccccccsssseeeeeceeesssseeeeeeaeeseeees 168 7 6 Modify Schedule Sexes ceccrnraeituns srscteticeccs ivivvecotheirncnmeh a eccetians 169 7 7 Deleting a Schedule i sics css sutevecteec ss convhesateeeuveriss Maasedcassaeebieuy yes 169 7 8 Printing a Schedule ws ciiscccscecstssavccaseehd Wa toomnstaaceannncdegnasbeasee das 170 7 9 Saving Appointments as a File cceecceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 170 7 10 Backing Up and Restoring Your Appointments 00 171 7 10 1 Backup SCHEGUIC sia ictisrssscaredeutdincdiletinee Yiveritralecueaeeneadde 171 7 10 2 Restore Schedule iicccacisssicviecssseserteieeseiaiiiaiticdWussdtarsdveres 171 7 10 3 Setting Backup Option cccccccseeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeees 172 7 11 Setting Alarm Option scwnivasnvevans cnaivedatie nated ios 173 Polis 1Alarm Ural ON a e nonna 173 7 11 2 Alarm Repeat Interval Time cccccceecssssssseeeeeaeeeeeees 174 7 11 3 Repetition TIMES sicasiercseeaetec ve cuece essa eeca ate Aeon 174 Felli MGlclgiildagmenmmeccrecerrer rc ar err pore errererars tt wrerererer
204. ERTY program menu Note that Alt F4 is different from the ESC which does not close programs 2 15 Print Spool The Voice Sense QWERTY has a print spool function This function enables the Voice Sense QWERTY to do other tasks while printing to an ink printer or Braille embosser For example if you send data to your printer or embosser you will be immediately returned to where you were before the print command was executed If you want to check the print spool dialog box after you have given the print command 1 Press Fn ctrl p or Alt shift p 2 Then you will see the dialog box which has three controls 3 The first control is a list that gives you information about files that are being printed There is also a Cancel button and a Close button However if you open up the dialog box without printing anything you will see no items and the Close button 4 You can cycle through the three controls by pressing Tab or Shift Tab In the information list you can move item by item by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key 44 While printing the information list will contain the following executing program name printing file name printer type the number of copies and either printing or ready For example let s assume that we are printing one copy of sample hbl in the word processor In the info list you will see
205. ERTY for 10 minutes The Space changes the option setting to 10 minutes 20 minutes or 30 minutes If you have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also Tab or shift Tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting Tab or shift Tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC 3 30 Check Today s Schedule In the Schedule manager which you will learn about later you are able to keep track of your appointments using the Voice Sense QWERTY The Voice Sense QWERTY is able to check today s schedule when you turn it on You can decide if you want the Voice Sense QWERTY to show today s schedule when it powers on The short cut key for this option is s To toggle this option between off and on press Space If you have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also Tab or shift Tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting Tab or shift Tab to the 66 Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC 3 31 One Handed Mode You can choose one handed mode on or off when you use the Voice Sense QWERTY The shortcut key is h The default for this option is
206. File name Subject of e mail under reading txt Or press tab move to the Confirm and press Enter You can rename the file The method is the same as Save as i Word processor 209 9 You will return to where you call the menu automatically if the e mail is saved The text file will be saved in flashdisk My Documents with the file name subject of e mail under reading txt You cannot change the file format You can read the saved text file in the word processor In order to cancel Save As Text press Tab on the Confirm move to Cancel And press Enter Or just press ESC or Alt F 4 8 3 5 Printing E Mail Messages You may want to print an email that you received or sent in using either an embosser or an ink printer In order to print to an ink printer do the following 1 Connect the Voice Sense QWERTY to an ink printer with the printer cable that was provided by the manufacturer of the printer The printing port must be the same port that was set in the Print port i the Global options Press Alt to call up the menu It will show File Press Enter on the File Press Down arrow key move to Print E mail Press Enter on the Print E mil It will show the Print type Without calling up the menu press Alt p move to this stage directly 8 Press Space or Down arro
207. Grade Note This function will appear when the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to SyncBraille You can choose what grade of Braille you want the Braille display to use when reading Words situated in current cursor are output Computer Braille and remaining characters are output Uncontracted Braille or 13 Contracted Braille The shortcut key is g The setting choices are Uncontracted Braille Contracted Braille and Computer Braille You can switch between the settings by pressing the Space You can press Fn g to cycle through the three settings while you are using other programs without calling up the Global options If you have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also tab or shift tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab or shift tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC 3 4 Message Display Time Note This function will appear when the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to SyncBraille You can choose when a Braille message will disappear from the Braille display This setting will only work when the voice setting is set to Off But Stand by and Ignore execute when the voice setting is set to On The shortcut key is m The setting options that you can cho
208. IC Pith retan aa E E eades caaliat 57 3 15 Scroll VOICE zee E a ke EREE a 58 STAN E O D S E T T 59 3 17 Flip LED Dis play seii rianih ie tentera etec aa i n it 59 3 18 LOED Font Size ae c concctsesasstsavecseiyansteiarsesesssseadaaadienarthacttendedens 60 Oe LO Printer Porte a e eueh ataNaavecdesiaalts 60 3 20 Print Paper Size aeee eer E EEE A e E EE EEEE conus 61 321V Audio alerts norz e o n e E E ERA 61 3 22 Play Power On Off Sound cccccccccceeeeeeseeeeeeseeaeeseeseeseneaeees 61 3 23 Skip Empty LING Swirccessuansendicccanartnamaiatea end 62 3 24 Control IMIOPMIAN OM ciccsssewssarnnsssccvercslcc ei vereeehiniennmeerincbsasuccceadan 62 3 25 PIGS PAS SWORKS ssc tancersuattececeda a aae e E aaa 63 3 26 Hot Key Information ccccccccecssssessseeeeeeeseeeeeeeceueeseeseesenaeees 63 3 27 Announce Shortcut keyS cccccccsessseceeeeeesseeeeeeseeeeseeeeesseaeees 64 3 28 Power Saving Mode cccceccceceeseesseeeeeeeeesseeeeeesseeeseesensensses 64 3 29 Power Saving Kick Mis tyeiiudis cccaseia itera Aiaeecnstclasagestides lites 65 3 30 Check Today s SChedUIe cccccecscceceeeeseseeeeseeeesseeeeeseneseees 65 3 31 One Handed Mode cccscccecceeeeesseeeeeeeesseeeeeeseeaceeeseesenaneees 66 3 32 Automatic spell checK varies snnwccccsvcns sivacusacstanaaw ceria sh wn vedeeuanen 66 3 33 Default DOCUMENT a cacnsteannnnnccasiris ite riiatednternassouiniaioaateoonntaiss 67 3 34 Automatically synchronize
209. If you want to cancel the changes and exit from this dialog box press enter on the Cancel button or press ESC or Alt F4 257 9 3 6 3 Record Settings Dialog Box If you press enter on Record Settings in the Settings menu or press Alt r in the Media player dialog box the Voice Sense QWERTY will display the Recording type Sample rate option Line in mode option Set folder Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move between controls by pressing tab or shift tab And you can move between options by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key The Recoding type allows you to set the default file type of recording file Its default value is set to mp3 You can select between wav and mp3 the value by pressing Space The Sample rate option is used to control the quality of recorded sound Higher value in Sample rate means a better quality of recorded sound as well as a larger file size of recorded files In other words if you want to record high quality sound the total time the Voice Sense QWERTY can record will be shortened On the other hand if you set the lower values of these option the Voice Sense QWERTY can record sound longer although the sound quality may not be as good as when these options are set to higher values You can change this value by pressing Space The Line in mo
210. Move to the previous control Tab Move to the next control Shift tab Move to the previous item in entry Up arrow key Move to the next item in entry Down arrow key Add word Alt i Modify word Alt m Delete word Del 13 Stopwatch w Stopwatch start pause restart enter Check the elapsed time Backspace Switch between stopwatch and count down timer tab or shift tab Count down timer pause or restart enter 451 Count down timer Clear Backspace Exit stopwatch or count down timer Alt F4 14 Format Fn f 15 Display power status Fn b 16 Display Network Status Fn n 17 Backup Restore Personalized settings k Move to previous item Up arrow key Move to next item Down arrow key Move to previous control Shift tab Move to next control Tab 18 Set sleep timer Fn j 19 Upgrade Voice Sense QWERTY Firmware u Check download information Space Cancel download and exit Alt F4 452 18 Using the help menu The help section consists of various text files that will allow you to read about the many functions of the Voice Sense QWERTY You will find the following help sections Help overview Basic functions help Option menu help File manager help Word processor help Sense navigation help 8 Schedule manager help Email help 0 Media player help 1 FM radio help 2 Web browser help 3 Daisy player help Bluetooth manager help Database manager help Extras help Socia
211. New Document ix iiiawensieiniaa eta eeabtoenretatis 81 AZ ANAL New Folde orire ee e EE aiie ies 81 4 2 12 File CONVEISION secado ae Eere Er EEEE EE 82 AD NS Select Al esa a anian Yu aaeoa RERA I enire 82 4 2 14 Search for File acevo sswnnnndieniuaried cAmeininaeate cles 83 4215 SOM Files By a ee A eet E 84 4 2160 Set File IMO airesin eit E EEEE EE aat 84 4 2 17 Display Only Files of Type nnnnnnnannnnnennnnnnnnennnnnnnennne nenene 85 42 18 Infomation reenen e TRN 85 4 3 Using the Address Window cccccccseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeesaneeeeeeees 86 4o VEAIN Spincsddaasnadebucce ccc ndedunaanticite aaaea Ea AAA EEE AAE Raa E EnA 87 4 3 2 Type in Path File Name ccccceccceceeeeessseeeeeeseeseeeeeneenes 87 4 3 3 Opening the History List ccccecceeeeeessseeeeeeeaeeseeeeeseeees 87 4 4 Network share fUNCTION cccccceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeaanteeeees 87 4 4 1 Search for shared computers and add the network list 88 4 4 2 Remove Remote folder registered ccccesseeeeeeeeeeeees 90 4 5 Hot Keys in the File Manager c sceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 91 9 WOIrd PIOCOSSON nessie n a a 93 SAFE MENU ae e a a a E E 93 STU NEW oaaae anaana aa eae E E ES EEE dala d 94 ou bea O A ee rn a E rarer 94 Di 1 ON DAVE PO EE E 96 STA SIVE AS iia esse eapnorcoa tates E A E A 97 5 1 5 Close Current Document sccistcavvessantereecosstaiadcobivasttiseavnvenes 98 Ee
212. Next Unread Message sseceeeenseeeeeeeeees 212 8 4 4 Copy or Move to MailDOX cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeessaaeeeeeeeees 212 8 5 Use the Tools Menu cississivicivansasccee dwuacaviaveeeetarteaeiil ss Vyanzeseuateaas 217 GOP ESOL Ie AU zara acc cate Aa ahs aa nal a 217 8 9 2 SEV ODUOMS ward iiiaatenshunetenanceniaate E EE A 220 8 5 3 Spam Settings coisi A a e en n aa 221 8 6 Hot Keys for E Mail nanaaannnnoaaanenoonetnnnnrnrrnnrrrernnnrrrerrnnrreeeee 228 De Media Playe faai 230 9 1 Using the Audio ButtonS ccc ceeeecceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeees 230 9 1 1 Play Pause Button sci deeiassa2c San snsiencticuiereuti baatiaauiass ths rrenen 231 9 1 2 Next button and previous DuttONn ccceeeeeeseseeeeeeeeees 231 9 1 3 FRECORGUB UNO Miir edaduvern ah ars tamnaar aie a 231 9 1 4 Stop BU MOM aeee ena E saninn neces tana ereonncttes 232 9 1 5 Using the Audio buttons in file open dialog box 232 9 2 Keyboard and Extended KeyS cccccssssseceeeseeessseeeeeeaeseeees 233 9 2 1 Playback Information Tab ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 233 9 2 2 PlayList Ta Dunain hatte cht Pe Sioa Sat 233 9 2 3 Hot Keys in the Play Information Tab and the Play List Tab E dass selana tli xara uedaan E A ueela A 234 9 3 How to Use the Media Player Menu cccccccesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 236 Se lal ll Reereerree ee eeteree E E EE ern cere tetera nn 236 9 3 2 ad
213. Or press Esc After you cancel to remove you will go the Search word list 16 2 9 Additional Function 16 2 9 1 Viewing Personal Information and Edit Personal Information dialog box provides functions to check and edit personal account information To open Personal Information dialog box press Ctrl l or move to the Personal Information on the sub menu of File and then press Enter The followings are the information you can check in Personal Information dialog box You can move to the next control pressing Tab or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab _ Name ID Homepage About me Follow count Follower count Edit Close NO BW DN oe Personal Information dialog box can edit name homepage a self introduction The followings are way to modify personal information 1 After executing Personal Information dialog box move to the Edit button by pressing Tab 2 Press Enter and then control box appears It contains Name EB Homepage CEB About me EB Save BT Close BT 370 3 Type the desired information on Name EB Homepage CEB About me EB 4 Press Save button and then a Refreshing user information message is displayed It tries to refresh information 5 If the refreshing is successful Save complete message will be displayed and you will go to the status right before pressing Edit button 16
214. QWERTY is similar to the concept of a restaurant menu For instance a menu that is used at a restaurant will help you select your choice of food that will be served while the menu on the Voice Sense QWERTY provides you with choices that you can select If you have selected a menu item from the menu items list and there are sub menus the Voice Sense QWERTY will display those choices for that particular item The below key is associated with Menu Alt This key calls up the menu while executing program Enter This key executes the menu By pressing Enter you will move to the sub menu If there is no submenu the Voice Sense QWERTY will execute the command from the menu Fn r This key listens to the name of the menu again press Fn r Win key This key goes to the Program menu immediately 2 7 1 Move between Program menus Turn the unit on by pushing the power switch toward you Press the Win key to go to the program menu immediately The file manager which is the first item of the program menu will be spoken The program menu is the top menu in the Voice Sense QWERTY That is the program menu is the parent directory for everything as there are no directories or menus above the program menu The items in the program menu are file manager word processor address manager schedule manager e mail media player FM radio web browser daisy player Bluetooth manager
215. Record button Pause Continue recording Space Record button Play Play button Pause Continue play Space Play button Stop Backspace Stop button 469 Set bookmark Ctrl m Delete bookmark Ctrl d Jump to bookmark Ctrl j Go to position Ctrl g Go to percent Alt p Set start end point p Release point ESC Set mark Alt m Move to mark Alt j Move to previous mark V Move to next mark N Delete mark Alt d Mark manager Alt k Configuration dialog box Alt c Playback setting dialog box Ctrl p Record setting dialog box Alt r Effect setting dialog box Ctrl e 20 7 2 Hot Keys in the Play Information Tab Move to the next information Down arrow Move to the previous information Up arrow Pause when it is play state and play when it is pause state Space Start playing Enter Stop playing Backspace Play the next file Alt right arrow Play the previous file Alt Left arrow key Play the last file Ctrl Fn Left arrow key Play the first file Ctrl Fn Right arrow key Play the fifth file after the current file Alt Down arrow key Play the fifth file before the current file Alt Up arrow key Volume up Shift Up arrow key Volume down Shift Right arrow key Speed up Shift Left arrow key Slow down Shift Right arrow key 470 Change time index Ctrl Up arrow key or Ctrl Down arrow key Move to next position by time index and play Ctrl Right arrow key Move to previous position by time index and play Ctrl L
216. SC Exit Alt f4 491 21 5 Schedule Manager 21 5 1 Hot keys for the commands Move to the next field Tab Move to the previous field Shift tab Add schedule Ctrl n Modify schedule Ctrl m Delete schedule DEL Alarm option Ctrl o Save schedule as file Alt s Print schedule Ctrl shift p Backup schedule list Ctrl u Restore schedule list Ctrl r Backup option Ctrl e 21 5 2 Movement Keys for the Search Result List Move from an appointment to another in the schedule list Move to the previous appointment in the same day Up arrow key Move to the next appointment in the same day Down arrow key Move to the first appointment in the same day Home Move to the last appointment in the same day End Move from one appointment to another in all the appointments registered Move to the previous schedule Ctrl Left arrow key Move to the next schedule Ctrl Right arrow key Move to the first schedule Ctrl Home Move to the last schedule Ctrl End 21 6 E mail 21 6 1 Hot keys for reading e mails Call Accounts manager Ctrl m 492 Check for new mail Alt m Write new message Ctrl n Reply Ctrl r Reply all Alt r Forward Ctrl f Call up set path Ctrl p Call up set option Ctrl o Call up set spam Ctrl e Find Ctrl shift f Find again f3 Move to mailbox Alt x Copy to mailbox Alt c Add a sender to the address list Ctrl i This is valid only at the from item Delete received e mail
217. Switching documents will be explained later in detail in section 4 which covers the word processor 2 14 1 Open the Task Name After you press Win key to call up the program menu or after you press Fn F10 to open the Task Name you can press ESC to return to the previously running program 1 If you want to switch between programs while running more than one program 2 Press the Fn and F10 at the same time to open the Task Name 3 The Task Name shows the names and numbers of the running programs just like the file manager 4 You can cycle through the running programs on the Voice Sense QWERTY with the Up arrow key or the Down arrow key 5 Press the enter to run the program that you want after focusing on your selection 43 2 14 2 Switch the Executing Program The combination of the Alt and Tab keys can switch between all of the executing programs immediately without opening the Task Name If you are executing three programs and you are in the second program 1 Pressing the Alt and Tab at the same time will move you to the third program 2 If you press Alt Tab again you will be on the first program In the above case pressing Alt F4 will close the current executing program and move you to the previous program However if there is only one program executing pressing Alt F4 will close the program and move you to the Voice Sense QW
218. TY Firmware While updating you cannot cancel the update Note that you must not press the reset button while updating and you should avoid power failure We recommend that you do not touch the Voice Sense QWERTY while it is updating It may take up to 30 minutes to update the Voice Sense QWERTY though it depends on the speed of your Internet connection On completing the setup the Voice Sense QWERTY will reboot again to finish the update 17 16 1 Upgrading the Voice Sense QWERTY FirmwareUsing the Internet To upgrade the Voice Sense QWERTY Firmwarevia the Internet complete the following steps 1 Make sure an Internet connection is available Press Enter on Upgrade Voice Sense QWERTY OS in the Utilities menu Then Upgrade Online will appear 2 Now press Enter on Upgrade Online The Voice Sense QWERTY will connect to the HIMS server and your current software version will be compared to the HIMS server version You will then be asked if you want to continue to upgrade 447 3 If you press Enter on No the upgrade will be cancelled Press Space to toggle between Yes and No If you press Enter on Yes the Voice Sense QWERTY will download the upgrade file the upgrade will stop If the upgrade fails it will give you the message internet connection is not available Check your cable and try again To try the upgrade again press Alt F4 to c
219. TY has already received Opening inbox will be announced in voice and on the LCD Once progress has reached100 the inbox will be opened and it will show the received e mail in the list Move to Sent or Outbox and press Enter If there are any e mail messages in Sent or Outbox it will show e mil lists like the inbox 181 8 1 2 Management e mail service information In Accounts manager you can manage e mail service information To execute e mail service follow these steps 1 Press Alt to call up the menu in inbox mail list 2 Pressing Down arrow key move to tools Press Enter on tools Or press T 3 It will show Accounts manager 4 Press Enter 5 It will show Account name no items Without calling up menu you can also move to this menu by pressing Ctrl m The Accounts manager contains the following 6 items 1 Service list 2 Information 3 Add 4 Modify 5 Delete 6 Close eS Oe N N You can move among these items by pressing tab or shift tab You can execute each item by pressing enter on the desired item that is displayed If you want to exit from the Accounts manager move to the Close button and then press enter Or press ESC or Alt F4 The following is a detailed explanation of each item 8 1 2 1 Registering e mail service
220. Time When you open the Wake up alarm dialog box the Voice Sense QWERTY will display the Set time field The value is set to the current 428 time or the time specified previously Here you can directly type in the time or set the time using the shortcut keys as explained in section 7 3 After you set the time you should press tab to move to the next field While you are anywhere in the Voice Sense QWERTY you can check the time by pressing Fn t to check the time 17 5 2 Alarm Sound You can select an alarm sound for the wake up alarm If you press tab on Set time you will hear the alarm sound that is currently set Press Up arrow key or Down arrow key to change the alarm sound and you will hear the different alarm sounds Select one of the three alarm sounds that are available If you have selected the sound that you want press tab to move to the next field 17 5 3 Term In this field you can set which day of the week the alarm will go off There are four options Off Once Week days and Every day Move between these options by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key If Term is set to Off the alarm will not go off at the specified time at all If Term is set to Once the alarm will go off only once If Term is set to Week day the alarm will go off at the same time every weekday Monday through Friday If T
221. Up arrow key or Down arrow key to move between Embosser and Printer If you have selected the appropriate printer type you can press Enter to start printing Before you press Enter here please make sure the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to the printer correctly After the printing is finished the Voice Sense QWERTY will display the search results list 7 9 Saving Appointments as a File You can save appointments stored in Schedule manager as a document file In the search results list press Alt s or call up the menu by pressing Alt and then select Save Schedule As File and press Enter or press t in the menu Then the Voice Sense QWERTY will ask you to specify the beginning and end date of the appointments to be saved just like it did in Print Schedule After setting the beginning and end dates press Enter or tab and the file save dialog box will be displayed to prompt you to enter the name and the format of the file to be saved This dialog box is the same as the Save As dialog box in the Word processor 171 7 10 Backing Up and Restoring Your Appointments 7 10 1 Backup Schedule If a cold reset occurs or if your battery goes dead all of the data in the schedule manager will be lost So it is very important to make a backup file every time you change your schedule To backup your schedule go to Backup Schedule open t
222. Voice Sense QWERTY User Manual ENGLISH MANUAL For Software Version 6 0 April 2011 When there are any manual updates the readme files or appendices will be added to the manual CD and website HIMS Inc 4616 W Howard Lane Ste 960 Austin TX 78728 Phone 888 520 4467 Fax 512 837 2011 Email support hims inc com Safety Precautions For your safety from the Voice Sense QWERTY please read safety precautions carefully 1 2 The input voltage of the AC adapter is 100V 240V and the output is DC 5V 2A When the Voice Sense QWERTY is shipped the battery may be separate from the unit to avoid damage The battery may not be fully charged when it is shipped Before you use the Voice Sense QWERTY you should make sure the battery is fully charged When you use the Voice Sense QWERTY for the first time you may need to open the package take the battery and insert it into the battery slot at the rear panel of the unit It is possible that the dealer or distributor from whom you purchased the Voice Sense QWERTY from has already done this for you When you use the Voice Sense QWERTY with the battery for the first time the battery status may not be displayed accurately In order to avoid this connect the Voice Sense QWERTY to the AC adapter for about six hours with turn on If you want to use the Voice Sense QWERTY immediately after opening the box you will need to connect the AC adapter to the unit for more than six h
223. Voice Sense QWERTY 2 Url and html files are supported by the Web browser on the Voice Sense QWERTY 3 ac3 asf asx m3u Mp2 mp3 ogg pls wav wax wma flac midi and wmv files are supported by the media player on the Voice Sense QWERTY 4 Daisy files are supported by the Daisy player on Voice Sense QWERTY 76 If you press Enter on a file type other than those mentioned above the Open With dialog box appears because the file type is not associated with a program Also you can bring up the Open With dialog box through the menu By using the Open With menu item you can open the currently selected file with a program other than the program originally associated with it First press Alt to bring up the menu press Down arrow key repeatedly until you reach Open With and then press Enter You can also open the dialog box by pressing Ctrl h in 13 the file list or by pressing e in the menu This dialog box consists of the Open With list the adopt list a Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move between these elements by pressing tab or shift tab Within the list you can select the next item by pressing Down arrow key and the previous item by pressing Up arrow key As soon as the dialog box opens Open with Word processor will be displayed In this list you can select a program which would be th
224. WERTY please contact HIMS Inc You can contact HIMS Inc at sales hims inc com Or you can contact HIMS Inc by phone at 888 520 4467 You can also visit HIMS on the web at www hims inc com 513 24 Obtaining Support If you are having any problems with your Voice Sense QWERTY please contact the Hims inc If you require further assistance please contact us at support hims inc com Or you can contact HIMS Inc by phone at 512 837 2000 514
225. WERTY connected to SyncBraille You can always cancel your selections by pressing Space after moving to the file you want to cancel This feature is a convenient way of copying cutting and deleting multiple files 4 2 14 Search for File Search For File is to find out files of the current or other disk You can press Alt to call up the menu and move to Search For File and press Enter or b Or you can press Ctrl f without calling the menu Then you can see dialog box for file search The dialog box for file search consists of edit window for file name to 13 13 search combo box to select a disk check box to searching sub folder search button cancel button and list to be searched file and you can use tab or shift tab to move to each control When you perform file search you will hear File for find This edit window is edit window for file name to search You need to input whole or part of the file name and press Enter Then it will search all files which contains the word which you inputted in the current disk After the file search it is located in list to be searched file automatically You can press up and down arrow to move to each file in list to be searched file If you press Enter on a file it moves to the path where a file is stored and dialog box for file search will be closed You can open
226. a SER 119 5S I0 GO O Ma a es ta tL A ELLE ML 120 5 3 11 Go to Previous Documet ccccceceece cece see eeeeeeeeeaeeaes 120 5 3 12 Go to Next DOCUMENT ccc ceccecce essen eeeeeneeeeeeaees 121 pA Read IMIS a a ev a den aI eps succes A 121 5 41 Read Selected T Xberrdorreniasi etiara esad anea diin 121 5 4 2 Read Beginning of Selected Text ccccecceesesseeeeeeeees 122 5 4 3 Read from beginning tO CUISOF cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeees 122 5 4 4 Read from Cursor to End nu ccc ccceccecceeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 122 DADAU Sro Srcicticee pnp e a tea ture ety enciaaik cedex deeadds 123 5 4 6 Read Current Sentence s ccsce voce vases cccdecesesuecutuantdevvesecssae cautions 124 5 4 7 Read Current Line scccceecoasasccs sees slscea Rec ecaasentveal eens 124 5 4 8 Read Current WO Gi ciicivssstcvccsiccsetssinseiiecevaveccesctevedactivenrcans 124 5 4 9 Read Current Character cccccccccccccseecseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaeeaes 124 AO Rea OLAS a vy oseea deci venues a E S aaa ves 125 OLAV OU e aea EaI E E EAA AA O N uae 125 5 5 1 Braille Document Layout ccccccccceeessseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 125 5 5 2 Print Document Layout wis issveesivdseooticetecacezecarensieeunasean canes de 127 5 5 3 Braille Paragraph Layout ccceeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeees 129 5 5 4 Print Paragraph LaAyOUl is sscvesssvedseiscceescctssancsesciavesieacavaauadi es 130 5 6 Keys for Text moving and deleting cecceeeees
227. a new e mail address at E mail address string e mail address the displayed e mail address will be erased and the new e mail address will be displayed When E mail address string registered e mail address 1 1 is displayed you can add it by pressing a or pressing Tab to move to the Add and press Enter You can check the registered e mail addresses by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key If you want to register a specific host as a spam sender do the following 1 Press Alt to call up the menu while you are in the inbox 225 2 3 4 5 Press Down arrow key move to the tools Press Enter It will show Accounts manager Press Down arrow key move to Spam Settings Press Enter It will show Type Subject 1 3 Without calling the menu you can also execute to this stage directly by pressing Ctrl e 8 Press Down arrow key when Type Subject 1 3 is displayed in order to move to Type Host 3 3 9 Press a on Type Host 3 3 or press Tab to move to the Add button and then press Enter 10 Then the Add dialog box will be opened and Host add host address will be displayed Here host address is the host address that was focused on when you executed this command 11 Press Enter on Host add host address Or press
228. aaa a E A eTa aeea aiana SAES 496 219 Web Browser ainue e ee aaaeeeaa Ten Eeee OE EER eaaa ean 496 21 9 1 Hot keys for the COMMANA cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 496 21 9 2 Hot Keys When Playing Audio Files in web browser 497 21 9 3 Hot Keys for Reading Web Pages cccsssseeeeeeeeees 497 24 10 DAISY PIAVER eeen eaa a AAE ladaa aapa 498 21 11 Bluetooth Manager ccccccsssseceeeeceeeeeeeeeesseeessseeeesaaaseees 499 21 12 Database Managel ccccccsseseceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeaeaseeess 500 ZV NONE XUAS a a ee ie tatiana cen E E lati dbiaaatioccc nals 501 ZT Os Mes GANGS linc esctiay laskaacaseninusrvaastouioucalaayydaddela EE Ea aai 501 21 14 Social Networking cccccccccsssseceeeeceeaeeeeeeeeseeseeeeeeeaeeseeess 501 2114A TWIET iieri siete porte Gocco E ate cen 501 2A dA 2 GOOGIG talko r a AA 502 21 14 3 MSN messenger nsivescctetites veveacrteseesersiznassoesevecetteeetanaves 504 2115 WINGS Cousins eater Grell ae e EaR eee E a EREA aha EEE 505 ZA WO 1 IC UNAL OM si a AE ounmuveccesats 505 21 15 2 Setting the Date and Time cccccceeeeseeeeeceeeeeeeeeees 506 21 15 3 Checking the Date and Time cccscceeeceeseeeeeeeees 507 22 21 T5 4 Calenda net ccs ese ee eae Aaaa E ba uae nee we 507 21 15 5 Pronunciation dictionary ccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeees 508 2 lel 10 SLODWALCM cca inie aeaaea a enera iien ses 508 21 15 7
229. ackup database You can backup all database files that are used in the database manager 7 Restore database You can restore the database files that are backed up already 8 Exit It is used to close the database manager Each of these menu items will be discussed in the following sections below 14 1 Table Manager The Table Manager dialog box is where you can create delete or modify a table This dialog box contains the following controls 1 Table name list It displays the name of registered tables and their order in the list 2 Add table button Using this option you can create a new table 3 Modify table button Using this option you can change the name of a table or modify the structure of the table by adding or deleting fields 4 Delete table button Using this option you can delete the table that you have selected in the table name list 333 5 Set default table button Using this option you can set the table that opens by default when you run the program 6 Close button After closing the Table Manager dialog box it will take you back to where you were before you started the Table Manager dialog box When there is no registered table if you press Enter at the Close button the database manager program will be closed You can move between each of these controls by pressing tab or shift tab 14 1 1 Add Table Add table is a dialog box where you can crea
230. age Alt r Play keyboard sound Ctrl k 505 Message sound notification while in current window Ctrl Shift s Message sound notification while messenger is in the background Alt m Nickname Ctrl p Save account Ctrl o Confirm the Received Message Ctrl 3 Instant message dialog box Move to the next control Tab Move to the previous control Shift Tab Move between the instant message dialog box and the contact listbox Page up Page down Save as Alt s Print Ctrl p Close ESC Cut Ctrl x Copy Ctrl c Delete Del Paste Ctrl v Select all Ctrl a Start selection Ctrl b or F2 Find Ctrl f Find again F3 Invitation Ctrl i Change my status Ctrl t Line break in the message box Ctrl Enter 21 15 Utilities 21 15 1 Calculator Calculator clear Alt c Delete numbers or operators Backspace General function Ctrl g Plus Minus 506 Division Multiplication Percent Power Square Root Ctrl q Decimal Point Left Parenthesis Right Parenthesis Pl Ctrl p Exp Ctrl e Recall Items Alt r Delete all saved items Ctrl d Save Items Alt s Trigonometric Function Ctrl s Sine Ctrl s s Arc Sine Ctrl s a Hyperbolic Sine Ctrl s h Cosine Ctrl c c Arc Cosine Ctrl c a Hyperbolic Cosine Ctrl c h Tangent Ctrl t t Arc Tangent Ctrl t a Hyperbolic Tangent Ctrl t h Logarithm Function Ctrl Natural Logarithm Ctrl l e Common Logarithm Ctrl l n Copy to
231. age Tweet 16 2 5 1 Tweet This is a function to post writing to Twitter server To call up Tweet dialog box press hot key Ctrl t on the Twitter window or move to the Tweet dialog box using Tab and then press Enter Or Select Tweet on the sub menu of Tweets after calling up the menu Tweet dialog box consists of 4 controls You can move to the next control pressing Tab Tab or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab 1 Tweet As edit box you can write tweet 2 Characters As a status bar it displays current characters and maximum characters like Characters 0 140T 3 Tweet You can post tweet using this button 4 Cancel you can cancel posting of tweet using this button 357 To post tweet follow these steps 1 Once Tweet dialog box is launched Tweet edit box appears 2 If you have typed tweet press Enter 3 If posting of tweet is successful Tweet completed message represents 16 2 5 2 Remove Tweet This is a function to delete tweet which you posted but you are not able to delete tweet which other users posted The followings are the way to delete tweets 1 Move to your tweet which you want to delete in Timeline 2 Press Delete Or move to the Remove button Using Tab key and press Enter Or call up the menu enter sub menu of Tweets and launch Remove Tweet 3 Do you want to delete Yes message appears Once you press Ente
232. age up and press Enter on another contact another instant message dialog box will be opened If you want to close the instant message dialog box press Enter on the Close button or press ESC Then the dialog box will be closed and you will be placed back in the contact list box 16 4 3 1 Inviting Others to Start a Conversation You can invite others to have a conversation together at the same time That is you can have a conversation with more than one person in one 406 instant message dialog box You can invite or add another participant as follows Press Alt to open the menu Move to Actions by pressing Down arrow key repeatedly and press Enter Press Enter on invite A Contact Or instead of using the menu you can just press Ctrl i Then the list of people who are online will be displayed Press Up arrow key or Down arrow key repeatedly to move to the contact you want to invite Press Enter Then you will get a message that says the person has been invited and you will be placed back in the current instant message dialog box Now you are able to have a conversation with more than one person in one dialog box 16 4 3 2 Saving and Printing Your Messages You can save or print the messages that are shown in the history window If you want to save the messages press Alt to open the menu Press Enter on File Move to Save
233. ail List control 2 Unblock Button control 3 Cancel Button control Here you can get a detailed explanation about each control of Manage Block list dialog box You can move to the next control pressing Tab or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab 1 E mail As a list this displays blocked contact E mail 2 Unblock As a button this unblocks focused E mail 377 3 Cancel As a button if it is executed you will go to the contact list the status right before calling up the menu The way to unblock contact using Manage Block list is as follows 1 Press Alt m on the contact list The Blocked E mails are displayed 2 Move to the E mail which you want to unblock using Down arrow key or Up arrow key and press Enter 3 The contact will be unblocked 16 3 2 5 Contact Information Contact Information is a function to show on line ID and E mail of selected contact and adding contact status In order to call up Contact Information dialog box move to the contact list which you want to view using Up arrow key or Down arrow key and the press Ctrl l Or call up the menu and enter sub menu of Contact and press Enter on Contact Information menu Contact Information dialog box consists of 2 controls 1 Contact Information Status bar Control 2 Close Button Control Here you will get a detailed explanation of Contact Information dialog box You can move to the next control
234. ail messages For example 11 21 means that the e mail is the 11 e mail out of a total of 21 e mail messages If there is an attached file to the e mail X attached Subject subject of the e mail xx yy will be displayed And it is announced as X attachment which indicates the number of the attached files in voice The Voice Sense QWERTY also indicates which e mail messages have been read and which e mail messages have been unread E mail that has not been read will be shown as Unread i front of the subject For example let s suppose there is an email with an attachment that has been unread It would appear as Unread X attached Subject subject of the e mail xx yy You can move from one e mail message to the next e mail message when this subject is displayed You can move by using the following keys 1 2 3 4 Move to the next e mail Down arrow key Move to the previous e mail Up arrow key Move to the first e mail in the Inbox Ctrl Fn Left arrow key Move to the last e mail in the Inbox Ctrl Fn Right arrow key x Noe i N 8 2 2 2 Date Control Date shows the date and time when the e mail was received Date date time xx yy The date is displayed in the following order day month date and year The time is displayed in the following order hour minute and second with the 24 hour system And xx yy shows the current number of the email out of the total number of e mail
235. al program Alt Exit Alt F4 Escape Esc Move to the next control in a dialog box Tab Move to the previous control in the dialog box Shift tab Move to the previous character Left arrow key Move to the next character Right arrow key Move to the previous line item Up arrow key Move to the next line item Down arrow key Move to the beginning of line item Fn Left arrow key Move to the end of line item Fn Right arrow key Move to the top of a document or to the first item Ctrl Fn Left arrow key Move to the bottom of a document or to the last item Ctrl Fn Right arrow key Move to the previous page or to the first item of the previous 32 item group Page up Fn Up arrow key Move to the next page or to the first item of the next 32 item group Page down Fn Down arrow key Move the cursor to each cell or move to an item The corresponding cursor routing key Capital sign Caps lock Read the current item again Fn r Say current time Fn t Display power status Fn b Call up the Global options F10 460 Online help F1 Check software version Fn v in the Voice Sense QWERTY program menu Display Network Status fn n in the Voice Sense QWERTY program menu Increase the voice volume F6 Decrease the voice volume Shift F6 Increase the voice rate F7 Decrease the voice rate Shift F7 Increase the voice pitch F8 Decrease the voice pitch Shift F8 One handed mode on off Fn h Bluetooth on off F9 Wireless LAN on off F11
236. ancel and then activate upgrade Voice Sense QWERTY Firmware again If the connection is successful the updated files will be downloaded and the Voice Sense QWERTY will start upgrading If you do not have enough memory available on the flashdisk the Voice Sense QWERTY will be unable to update until you make room for the upgrade files by deleting any unnecessary files from the Voice Sense QWERTY 4 After downloading the upgrade file Voice Sense QWERTY will automatically start the upgrading process Please remember that you must not do anything to the Voice Sense QWERTY until the upgrade is complete When the upgrade is complete you will be returned to the program menu and you will hear File manager 5 After you have completed the upgrade you should check the software version by pressing Fn v while you are in the program menu 17 16 2 Upgrading the Voice Sense QWERTY Firmware from a Disk To upgrade the Voice Sense QWERTY Firmware from a disk complete the following steps 1 Connect a disk such as a compact flash card SD card or USB memory stick to the Voice Sense QWERTY The disk must have the upgrade file stored on it Then press Enter on Upgrade Voice Sense QWERTY OS 2 Then Upgrade Online will appear Press Down arrow key to go to the Upgrade Offline Then press Enter Then you will see the disk list Press Down arrow key repeatedly to go to the disk th
237. and line number 5 3 5 Go to Previous Sentence The Go To Previous Sentence command allows you to move to the sentence that is located before the sentence you are currently on Press Alt Ctrl Left arrow key while editing in the document To execute this command by using the menu follow these steps Press Alt and move to Go To by pressing Down arrow key Press Enter on Go To Move to Go to Previous Sentence by pressing Down arrow key and press Enter Once you have activated the Go to Previous Sentence function the Voice Sense QWERTY will go directly to the previous sentence 5 3 6 Go to Next Sentence The Go To Next Sentence command allows you to move to the sentence that is located after the sentence you are currently on Press Alt Ctrl Right arrow key while editing in the document To execute this command by using the menu follow these steps Press Alt and move to Go To by pressing Down arrow key Press Enter on Go To Move to Go to Next Sentence by pressing Down arrow key and press Enter 119 Once you have activated the Go to Next Sentence function the Voice Sense QWERTY will go directly to the Next sentence 5 3 7 Go to Previous Page The Go To Previous Page command allows you to move to the page that is located before the page you are currently on To execute this command press
238. angent Ctrl t t Arc Tangent Ctrl t a Hyperbolic Tangent Ctrl t h 5 Logarithm Function Ctrl Natural Logarithm Ctrl l e Common Logarithm Ctrl l n 6 Copy to Clipboard Ctrl Insert 7 Option Setting Ctrl o 8 Check compass Fn Space 9 Setting date and time t Move to the next day Right arrow key Move to the previous day Left arrow key Move to the next week Ctrl Right arrow key Move to the previous week Ctrl Left arrow key Move to the next month Down arrow key Move to the previous month Left arrow key Move to the next year Ctrl Down arrow key Move to the previous year Ctrl Up arrow key Move to 1 hour after Down arrow key Move to 1 hour before Up arrow key Move to 10 minutes after Ctrl Right arrow key 450 Move to 10 minutes before Ctrl Left arrow key Move to 1 minute after Right arrow key Move to 1 minute before Left arrow key Switch Between a m and p m Fn x 10 Checking date and time Fn t 11 Calendar Move items Move to the previous item Tab Move to the next item Shift tab 11 1 Move key for date in calendar Move to the next day Right arrow key Move to the previous day Left arrow key Move to the next week Ctrl Right arrow key Move to the previous week Ctrl Left arrow key Move to the next month Down arrow key Move to the previous month Up arrow key Move to the next year Ctrl Down arrow key Move to the previous year Ctrl Up arrow key 12 Pronunciation dictionary p
239. anges If you select Cancel by pressing Space once more the word processor will cancel the new document and return to the current document Note that you can change the Default document type in the Global options By changing the Default document type you can choose to have your default document type as text sense or Braille 5 1 2 Open The open command opens a document that has already been saved on to a disk Select Open on the File menu or press Ctrl o You can access the File menu by pressing Alt Then a dialog box pops up so that you can open a file The Open dialog box is a tool that helps you find documents that you want to edit and read It consists of the file list which shows the list of files or folders File name to type in a file name directly Type which changes the file format when opening a document a Confirm button for confirming the selection and a Cancel button for canceling the selection In order to move between 95 these controls press Tab or shift tab If the Open dialog box is executed File name is displayed first If File name is displayed then type in a file name that you want to open and press Enter The Voice Sense QWERTY will look for that file in the flashdisk My Documents folder If there are files that you used recently you can move through them by p
240. aracters and maximum characters like Characters 0 140T 5 Send You can send Direct Message by this button Press Ctrl s or Enter key on this button 6 Close You can close Send Direct Message dialog box and go to the previous status Or you can use Esc The followings are way to send Direct Message 1 If you launch Send Direct Message dialog box followers is displayed Within in followers you can select follower using Down arrow key or Up arrow key 2 When there is no follower which you want on the list if you call up the next list pressing Ctrl n you can find the desired follower 3 Move to the Message edit box by pressing Tab 4 Write a message and press Enter 5 Sending a Message message is displayed and Direct Message is sent 6 If send is successful Message transfer is completed message will be displayed and you will go to the followers within Send Direct Message dialog box 16 2 7 2 Received Direct Message This function allows you to view Direct Message In order to call up the menu press Alt r or launch Received Direct Message menu located on the sub menu of Tweets after calling up the menu Received Direct Message dialog box consists of 4 controls You can move to the next control pressing Tab or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab 1 Received Direct Message This is a list
241. ark name or by pressing Enter after going to Move button by pressing tab The mark dialog box is closed after playing the contents If you want to close the mark manager dialog box press Enter on Close button or press ESC 9 3 6 Settings Through this menu you can change settings about recording playing and general Media player options To use the Settings menu press Alt to call up the Media player menu Press Down arrow key three times to reach Settings and then press Enter Or you can press s in the Media player menu Then the Settings submenu will appear which contains four items Configuration Playback Settings Record Settings and Effect settings 9 3 6 1 Configuration Dialog Box If you press Enter on the first item Configuration or press Alt c in the Media player dialog box the Configuration dialog box will be displayed which contains the following the Display title option the Store position of file if longer than a Confirm button and a Cancel 254 button You can move between controls by pressing tab or shift tab And you can move between options by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key The Display title option allows you to set whether or not you can hear the track title when you move to previous next track or tran
242. arrow key Move to next line Down arrow key Move to previous paragraph Ctrl Up arrow key Move to next paragraph Ctrl Down arrow key Move to the beginning of the document Ctrl home Move to the end of the document Ctrl end Read current paragraph Ctrl shift v Read current line Ctrl shift c Read current word Ctrl shift x Read current character Ctrl shift z Delete current paragraph Alt Del Delete current line Ctrl Backspace Delete current word Alt Backspace Delete current character DEL Confirm current cursor position Ctrl shift s Set view format character Ctrl 5 Set reading unit Ctrl 3 Set read only Ctrl 2 490 21 4 Address Manager 21 4 1 Move keys for moving from field to field in the record or in the menu Move to the previous field or menu item Left arrow key Move to the next field or menu item Right arrow key Move to the first field or menu item Home Move to the last field or menu item End 21 4 2 Move Keys for Moving from Record to Record Move to the previous record Up arrow key Move to the next record Down arrow key Move to the first record Ctrl Home Move to the last record Ctrl End 21 4 3 Hot Keys for the Commands Add address Ctrl n Search address Ctrl f Modify address Ctrl m Delete address DEL Select all Ctrl a Save as a file Alt s Print address Ctrl p Backup address list Ctrl u Restore address list Ctrl r Backup option Ctrl e 21 4 4 Miscellaneous Hot Keys Cancel E
243. arrow key 3 Move to the previous 32 items of the contact list Page Up 4 Move to the next 32 item of the contact list Page down 5 Move to the first item of the contact list Home key 6 Move to the last item of the contact list End key 16 3 1 2 Sign Out amp Exit Sign Out is the function that close the account currently sign in return to the Sign in dialog box If you execute Sign Out press the Ctrl l or press Enter on the Sign Out after entering sub menu of File menu by calling up menu 374 If you want to exit the Google Talk press Alt F4 or call up the menu by pressing Alt enter into sub menu of File menu and press Enter on the Exit menu 16 3 2 Manage Contact If you log in Google Talk contact list will appear If you use Google Talk for the first time there will be no contact list You will get a detailed explanation about Manage Contact for example adding deleting and manage block list from this chapter 16 3 2 1 Add Contact Add Contact is a function to add new contact to the contact list In order to call up the Add Contact dialog box press Alt q or call up the menu by pressing Alt enter into sub menu of Contact and press Enter on the Add Contact menu Add Contact dialog box consists of 3 controls 1 E mail Computer Edit Control 2 Confirm Button Control 3 Cancel Button Control You can move to the next control pressing Tab or to th
244. as online and offline respectively When the status is idle it is displayed as idl in LCD and idle in speech If the status of a person changes after you log in you will hear different sound depending on their status The hotkeys you can use in this list box is as follows 1 Move to the previous item Up arrow key 2 Move to the next item Down arrow key 3 Move between online and offline groups Ctrl Down arrow key You can have the received message stay on the LCD until you are done reading it When in the Contacts list box you can press Ctrl l When you are asked to Confirm the received message No select Yes by press the Space Note If SyncBraille is connected and received the message it will stay on the Braille display until you close it with ESC If you want to close the messenger program press Enter on Close in the file menu Or you can press Alt F 4 16 4 2 1 Instant Messaging 399 When you want to have a conversation with a person in your list of contacts move to the list item corresponding to the person you want to contact and press Alt to open the menu Move to Actions and press Enter Press Enter again on Send Instant Message Or instead of using the menu you can press Enter or Ctrl s at the contact item Then the instant message dialog box will appear where you can have a conversation w
245. as follows 1 ID As a computer edit box you should type a Twitter account Id 2 Password As a computer edit box type Twitter password 3 Automatically set the time from the Internet As a check box It can set whether Voice Sense QWERTY Time is equivalent to Internet Time Server or not The default is Select 4 Remember me As a check box you can choose whether you save ID or not The default is Uncheck 5 Save password As a check box you can choose whether you save password or not The default is Uncheck 6 Auto Sign In As a check box you can choose whether you automatically sign in Twitter The default is Uncheck If you select Check you can automatically sign in without displaying Sign in dialog box But in order to use Auto Sign In function Remember me check box and Save Password check box are set to Check One of these check boxes is set to Uncheck Auto Sign In function will not work 7 Sign In You can access to the twitter 8 Cancel You can cancel access and close Twitter program The followings are the way to sign in Twitter 352 1 When the Sign In dialog box appears you will be placed in the ID computer edit box Here you should type the ID that you have registered for your Twitter 2 Press Tab to move to the Password computer edit box On this box type the password that you have set
246. as the Incoming POP3 server name 14 Press Down arrow key move to Outgoing SMTP server Type in the Outgoing SMTP server Check with your Internet service provider or network administrator to find out what you should use as the Outgoing SMTP server name 15 Press Tab move to Confirm button 16 Press Enter on the Confirm button 17 Then the Voice Sense QWERTY will exit to Account name list and show the registered account name Ex Account name Voice Sense QWERTY 1 1 18 When you finish registering the services press Alt F4 to exit to the inbox 5 x Noe i N 183 In order to move from a setting item Ex ID password to the previous setting item press Up arrow key And in order to move to the Confirm button or the Cancel button press Tab or Shift Tab If you made a typo in an item such as account name ID or password you can correct the type as follows 1 In order to delete the letter where the cursor is located press Del 2 In order to delete the letter in front of the cursor position press Backspace 3 In order to delete the current line press Ctrl Backspace Then the Voice Sense QWERTY will ask Delete line Yes if you press enter the selected line will be deleted If you do not want to delete the current line press Space to change from Yes to No and press e
247. as you activate the Send To function When you activate this function the file can only be sent to the root of the remote folder list To activate the Send To function perform the following steps 1 After the FTP service is connected you can press Alt while you are in the remote folder list to open the menu Then press Up 324 arrow key or Down arrow key to move to Open Local Folder and press Enter You can also activate this function without calling up the menu by pressing Ctrl o 2 After you have activated this function you will see the disk list just like when you open the file manager You will be taken to flashdisk by default However if you have a SD memory card or USB memory stick inserted you can navigate to those disks by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key Please refer to chapter 4 in this manual regarding navigation keys in the File manager 3 Then select a file by pressing Space on the file You can only select files and not folders 4 After you have selected a file press Alt and then press Up arrow key or Down arrow key to move to Send To and press Enter Or you can press Ctrl s to activate the Send To function without having to call up the menu 5 Just like copying and pasting you will hear a sound that indicates that the Voice Sense QWERTY is working If the file is larger
248. at contains the upgrade file Then press Enter 448 3 You will then be asked if you want to continue to upgrade If you press Enter on No the upgrade will be cancelled Press Space to toggle between Yes and No If you press Enter on Yes the Voice Sense QWERTY will start upgrading This step will not appear when your current software version is not the latest version 4 The Voice Sense QWERTY will automatically start the upgrading process Please remember that you must not do anything to the Voice Sense QWERTY until the upgrade is complete When the upgrade is complete you will be returned to the program menu and you will hear File manager 5 After you have completed the upgrade you should check the software version by pressing Fn v while you are in the program menu 17 17 Hot Keys for Utilities 1 Calculator c Calculator clear Alt c Delete numbers or operators Backspace 2 General function Ctrl g Plus Minus Division Multiplication Percent Power Square Root Ctrl q Decimal Point Left Parenthesis Right Parenthesis Pl Ctrl p Exp Ctrl e 3 Memory Function Recall Items Alt r 449 Delete all saved items Ctrl d Save Items Alt s 4 Trigonometric Function Ctrl s Sine Ctrl s s Arc Sine Ctrl s a Hyperbolic Sine Ctrl s h Cosine Ctrl i i Arc Cosine Ctrl c a Hyperbolic Cosine Ctrl c h T
249. ate new documents open documents that were saved to a disk save any documents that were edited and print in Braille It also contains various environment setting menus In order to select the file menu press the Alt and press f Or press Enter on File 5 1 1 New 94 The new command creates a new document that can be edited By default the name of the new document is noname txt It is the same file name that is named automatically when the word processor opens In order to create a new document select New on the File menu Or press Ctrl n If New is executed while editing another document Sense Document s is displayed first If you press Down arrow key repeatedly Braille Document b and Text Document t will appear Select the document type that you want and then press Enter New means that users can create a new document after closing the document that is currently being edited Closing the document that is currently being edited means that the document is erased from the temporary memory If a new document is executed without saving the document that is currently being edited the Voice Sense QWERTY asks whether it should save the current document so that changes to the document will not be lost When Save Yes is displayed users can select Yes in order to save the current document or select No in order not to save the ch
250. be created You can change the backup mode if you press Enter after focusing on one of the three radio buttons Or press tab and press Enter on Confirm The default backup mode is set to Prompt backup changes when exiting 7 11 Setting Alarm Option You can open the Set Alarm Options dialog box by pressing Ctrl o or by pressing Enter on Set Alarm Options in the menu by pressing Alt in the Schedule manager This dialog box has a list of alarm option fields a Confirm button and a Cancel button Alarm option fields include Alarm duration Alarm repeat interval and Repeat You can move between these fields by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key You can access the Confirm and Cancel buttons by pressing tab or shift tab 7 11 1 Alarm Duration With this option you can change the duration of the alarm sound You can set this option to a value that is between 5 and 600 seconds The default value is set to 30 seconds You can enter the number into the keyboard Press Enter to save the changes and exit from the dialog box If you want to set the Alarm repeat interval in the next field you should press Down arrow key to move to it 174 7 11 2 Alarm Repeat Interval Time When the alarm goes off if you do not stop it by pressing Ctrl the Voice Sense QWERTY will keep giving you a notice
251. be opened and Account name Registered account name will be displayed Ex Account name Voice Sense QWERTY You can type in here that you want to modify 10 Press Down arrow key move to Display name You can type in here that you want to modify 11 Press Down arrow key move to Logon username You can type in here that you want to modify 12 Press Down arrow key move to Password You can type in here that you want to modify 5 6 S Noe N N N N 187 13 Press Down arrow key move to E mail address You can type in here that you want to modify 14 Press Down arrow key move to incoming POP3 server You can type in here that you want to modify 15 Press Down arrow key move to Outgoing SMTP server You can type in here that you want to modify 16 Press Tab Space4 5 move to Advanced and press Enter Also you can modify like the above 17 Press Tab move to Confirm and press Enter 18 When the modification is complete it will return to the service list You can move among the items account name logon username password by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key You can move to the Confirm button or the Cancel button by pressing tab or shift tab On all of the items the values that were typed in already will be displayed If you type in new i
252. ber and for the month and date you should type in 2 digit numbers You can put Space or slash between the month date and year If you press Enter after typing in a date you can hear the date once and go to the next item For example if you put the date in the Solar calendar you will be on the Lunar calendar 3 Hotkeys for switching dates After putting in a date you can check the Solar calendar and Lunar calendar by pressing tab or shift tab Move to the next day Right arrow key Move to the previous day Left arrow key Move to the next week Ctrl Right arrow key Move to the previous week Ctrl Left arrow key Move to the next month Down arrow key Move to the previous month Up arrow key Move to the next year Ctrl Down arrow key Move to the previous year Ctrl Up arrow key 17 7 Pronunciation Dictionary 431 The Pronunciation dictionary is used to register or modify the Voice Sense QWERTY s pronunciation while it is speaking You can activate it 13 by pressing p in the Utilities menu The Pronunciation dictionary is composed of the list Add Word button Modify Word button Delete Word button and Close button You can move through those controls by pressing tab or shift tab The list will be shown as word xx yy where xx is the original word and yy is the word you wanted to
253. ble 3 If the Partnership dialog box opens on your PC after you connect the Voice Sense QWERTY to your PC select Yes and press the Next button on your PC 4 Then you will be asked for a device name Type in VoiceSenseQWERTY or whatever you would like to call the Voice Sense QWERTY 5 Press the Next button Then the program list dialog box will be displayed on your PC Click on the check box that is located next to Contacts Note that the other check boxes should not be checked Press the Next button 6 Then the synchronization between Microsoft Outlook and the Voice Sense QWERTY are complete You can then check the contacts in Microsoft Outlook and the Voice Sense QWERTY 155 In Vista the Address manager can be synchronized with Microsoft Outlook on your personal computer to help you keep track of your information For a more detailed explanation of how to connect the Voice Sense QWERTY to your computer and for more information on how to use Windows Mobile Device Center please refer to chapter 18 Please take the following steps in order to synchronize Voice Sense QWERTY with Microsoft Outlook 1 Get the latest version of Windows Mobile Device Center downloaded and install it on to your personal computer 2 Connect the Voice Sense QWERTY to your personal computer using a USB cable 3 If the Windows Mobile Device Center dialog box opens on your PC af
254. can open the menu by pressing Alt and press Enter on Search Schedule There are two methods to search for the schedule searching with subject and searching with date With the searching with subject you can find schedule with the keywords in the subject field With the searching with date you can find schedules with the specified date In order to toggle the searching mode press Alt to call up the menu and move to toggle Search Mode and press Enter or you can execute it by pressing Ctrl f2 without calling up the menu Every time you press Ctrl f2 the Voice Sense QWERTY will say Search mode Date or Search mode Subject and the searching mode will be toggled The latest searching mode will be saved when you will exit the Schedule manager So if you execute the Schedule manager and search any schedule the latest searching mode will be displayed 7 5 1 Searching with date It searches the schedule with the date If it is executed Voice Sense QWERTY will say Find date current date If you just press Enter here the appointments occurring today will be searched for If you want to search for another date you can type the date in the format mm dd yyyy or use the move by date If you press Enter after entering the date the appointments occurring on the day will be shown If there is no appointment on that day There is no
255. ce on left There is tactile point on third line left frame there is Tab on right Tactile point is situated in left index finger and right index finger place in keyboard R and U in third line F and J in fourth line V and M in fifth line are mark with dots Through this you can find position of keys Tactile point that can find position in last line is situated on frame under Ctrl Alt Down arrow key Right and left of down arrow key is Left arrow key and 26 Right arrow key and there is Up arrow key on Down arrow key Right and left of up arrow key is Shift and 7 Most on left there is Fn in last line When do hotkey combination or list transfer is used For example if combined Fn and Up arrow key do page up function You can attach the braille sticker to know easily where the keys are located If you want to emboss braille by yourself you can use the sticker without braille Then emboss the braille and attach on the keyboard 1 2 1 2 LCD Above the keyboard you will find LCD in the center The LCD displays the printed text so that someone who has sight can see what you are typing 1 2 1 3 Speakers On both sides of the LCD there are two speakers which enable the Voice Sense QWERTY to emit sound 1 2 2 Right Side Panel Next let s discuss the right side panel of the Voice Sense QWERTY We will start f
256. ced 2 Input the control character For example pressing I for Form Feed FF and i for TAB in alphabetic order 3 The control character will be inputted in the Braille documents 2 Searching for the Control character The control character can be searched as well in the Braille documents Searching for the control character follow these steps below 47 While opening the Braille document press Ctrl Space Text to find will be displayed Press the Fn Space and control character will be announced Input the control character that you want to search for For example pressing l for Form Feed FF and i for TAB in alphabetic order Pressing Enter will search for the control character 2 21 Common Combination Keys 1 Call up the program menu Win key 2 Key help mode Ctrl ESC Execute the individual program in the program menu Win key shortcut key varies for each program Call up the Task Name list Fn F10 Switch to previous program Alt shift tab Switch to next program Alt tab Call up the menu in the individual program Alt Exit Alt F4 Escape ESC 9 Move to the next control in a dialog box Tab 0 Move to the previous control in the dialog box Shift tab 1 Move to the previous character Left arrow key 2 Move to the next character Right arrow key 3 Move to the previous line item Up arrow key 14 Move to the next line item Down arrow key Move to
257. changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also Tab or shift Tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting Tab or shift Tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC 3 24 Control Information You can choose the display location of information regarding the files and menus in the Voice Sense QWERTY The short cut key is i and the default is set to After To toggle Control information between before after and off press space If you select Before you will hear control information before a menu or list item If you select After you will hear control information such as list item or menu item after a menu or list item If you have control information shut off you will not hear list item or menu item 63 Note that if the Web browser is activated the control symbols will appear even if you turn off the Control information option If you have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also tab or shift tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting Tab or shift Tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC
258. control Shift tab 1 This command moves to the nearest previous control from the current position If there are no more previous controls the warning sound will be played A Move to the next control Tab 2 This command moves to the next control from the current position If there are no more controls the warning sound will be played 290 When you find controls in web pages the Voice Sense QWERTY will show control symbols ahead of the contents of the control The followings are a list of control symbols Control name Symbol Link LN Visited link LNV Anchor ANC Edit box EB Multi edit box MEB List Box LB Combo box CB Radio button select SRB Radio button URB unselect Check box check SCHB Check box uncheck UCHB Button BT 1 Link If you press Enter on link you will move to the page that the link is referencing 2 Visited link It is the link that you visited last time 3 Anchor If you press Enter on anchor you will move to the referenced part of the web page 4 Edit box You can start entering the text at the cursor position After you finish entering the text press Down arrow key to move to the next item If there is any text in the edit box it will be spoken 5 Multi edit box his is similar to the edit box It is an edit box that allows you to enter plural lines in one edit box You can start a new line by pressing Enter
259. cording and the elapsed or remaining time while playing The time information that is displayed last when you are recording is the remaining time The remaining time is limited by the remaining space on your flashdisk While playing the total length of the file in time will be displayed You can move between time information and other information by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key 9 3 3 2 Record This is used to start recording You can also start recording by pressing the Record button on the front panel of the Voice Sense QWERTY While recording the Voice Sense QWERTY will display the recording information tab Whenever you start recording the Voice Sense QWERTY will create a file The file will be named record01 mp3 or record02 mp3 etc The recorded sound will be saved to that file These files are stored in a special folder By default these files are saved in flashdisk media record You can change the saving folder and recoding file type by using the Record Settings option When recording you can pause the recording by pressing Tab to move to the Pause button and then press Enter You can also pause by pressing the record button on the front panel of the Voice Sense QWERTY If you want to resume recording press Enter on the Continue button or press the record button on the front panel of the Voice Sense QWERTY again To stop recording
260. curring type the focus will move to the Month for recurrence combo box You can select one of the 12 months by pressing Up arrow key or Up arrow key If you press tab here the focus will move to different fields depending on what you have set the Recurring type to If you have set the Recurring type to Date the focus moves to Day for recurrence edit box You can type a number between 1 and 31 here If you press tab here the focus will move to Set recurrence end date check box using the same way as described in 7 4 9 1 If you have set the Recurring type to Day of the week you have to set recurring week and Day of week for recurrence 7 4 9 5 Confirm If you press Enter on the Confirm button the appointment will be saved and the Add Schedule dialog box will be closed 7 4 9 6 Cancel If you press Enter on the Cancel button the appointment information you entered will be discarded and you will be asked to enter information about another appointment You can also cancel the entry by pressing ESC 7 5 Search Schedule Search schedule is used for searching Appointments that you have entered before When you start Schedule manager the Search 167 Schedule dialog box will be opened You can also open this dialog box when you are in the Add Schedule dialog box by pressing Ctrl s or you
261. d Ctrl fn Left arrow key Move to the last record Ctrl fn Right arrow key Move to previous same field different record Left arrow key Move to next same field different record Right arrow key Shortcut keys in the menu Add address i Search address s Modify address m Delete address d Select all a Save as a file t Print address p Backup address list u Restore address list r Set backup options e Set address Search Fields o Import from CSV c Export to CSV x Hot Keys For The Commands Add address Ctrl n Find address Ctrl f Modify address Ctrl m Delete address Del Select all Ctrl a Save as a file Alt s Print address Ctrl p Backup address list Ctrl u Restore address list Ctrl r 157 Set backup options Ctrl e Set address search fields Ctrl o Import from CSV Alt i Export to CSV Alt x 4 Miscellaneous hot keys Cancel ESC Exit Alt F4 158 7 Schedule Manager 7 1 Overview The Schedule manager is a program that is used to manage important information about appointments anniversaries and events The Schedule manager can also inform you of appointments at a specified time You can start the Schedule manager from the program menu by pressing the up or down arrows to move to Schedule manager Then press Enter Or you can press s in the program menu which is the short cut The Schedule manager has two main dialog boxes Add Sc
262. d even though you shut No the audio alert discussed in section 3 18 67 If you do not want to save the changed setting press tab to move to the Cancel button and press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC 3 33 Default Document This function is used to set the default document type applied when you create a new document using the word processor on the Voice Sense 13 QWERTY The shortcut key for this option is q When you create a new document in the word processor Text document is selected as the file type by default You can change the default setting using this option You can choose between Sense document Braille document and Text document By default it is set to Text document Press Space to toggle through the three settings and press Enter or press tab to move to the Confirm button and press Enter to save the changed setting If you do not want to save the changed setting press tab to move to the Cancel button and press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC For your reference this option is set to Text document even if you are set to Sense document or Braille document when connected the Voice Sense QWERTY to USB keyboard And if you remove the USB keyboard this option will be returned
263. d press Enter Search word list dialog box consists of 6 controls You can move to the next control pressing Tab or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab 1 Word list It displays search words saved 2 Global search You can search tweets with focused words using this button 3 User search You can search user with focused words 4 Add search word You can add new word using this button 5 Remove search word You can delete the focused word using this button 6 Close Using this button you can close Search word list dialog box and go back to the status right before calling up the function Or you can use Esc You can save words in the Search word list as follows 1 If you have launched Search word list dialog box press Ctrl a 2 Save Search edit box appears 3 Type the desired word and press Enter 4 Once entered word is saved save completed message will be displayed The followings are the way to delete words saved in search word list 1 Move to the word which you want to delete in word list using Down arrow key or Up arrow key 369 2 Press Delete Or move to the Remove Search word button by pressing Tab and press Enter 3 When Do you want to delete Yes message appears if you press Enter the word will be deleted If you want to cancel to delete the word change the button to No with Space key and then press Enter
264. d From Cursor To End Auto Scroll Read Current Line Read Current Word Read Current Character and Read Status Note Auto Scroll will appear when Voice Sense QWERTY connected to SyncBraille 5 4 1 Read Selected Text The Read Selected Text command allows you to have the Voice Sense QWERTY read text that you have in a selection To execute this command press Alt and move to the Read menu by pressing Down arrow key and then press Enter or press r to call up the Read menu Press Enter on Read Selected Text in the Read menu While editing a document you can press Alt b to activate the Read Selected Text function Although you activate this function the cursor location will 122 not move to the selected text The cursor will stay where you have activated Read Selected Text 5 4 2 Read Beginning of Selected Text The Read Beginning of Selected Text command will allow you to hear the first line of the selected text without moving the cursor location To execute this command press Alt and move to the Read menu by pressing Down arrow key Then press Enter Move to Read Beginning of Selected Text by pressing Down arrow key and then press Enter or you can press u on the read menu which is the short cut While editing a document you can press Ctrl u to activate
265. d RECOMdS eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeees 145 6 6 1 Find ag iNi senn e E 145 6 6 2 Opening a home page cccceccesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaaaeeeeeeeees 145 6 6 3 Editing AGCIeSSOS vciicadiiasestc tenn tesvedddtcasienasticaecssauvectssaemaandeys 146 6 6 4 Deleting AdCreSSES ccceccceeceseesssseeeeeeesseeeeeeseaeaseeseeees 146 6 6 5 Printing addresses iiicb wiaweverwscuan se cuaideveaneciviacsinntvcccaaes 147 6 6 6 Saving Addresses to a Fil ccceeceeecceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 148 6 7 Importing and Exporting CSV cccceececssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeees 148 6 274 Import from CSV a aeaaaee eaa a aeaeaie aiian ii 149 6 7 2 EXport to CSV ee ieee aa aa ee SEE EREE 152 6 8 Synchronizing With Microsoft OutlooK cccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 154 6 9 Hot Keys in the Address Managetl ccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeees 155 Schedule Manager cccccsssseceeceseeeeseeeeseeseees 158 Te We OV GI VIEW sesnieccaesteceaceatens a aaa EE E A 158 7 2 Starting Schedule Manage ccccceceeseeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeees 158 7 3 Setting Date ANd TimMe cee cccccceeeessseeeeeeseeeeeeeeesseaesseeeensneees 158 7 4 Adding a Schedule w cc iccciivecesectessdecsveesasteversenstviarciidetaitiaeatiaaves 159 TAA Stat CALS E T T ee AEE E EA ARa 160 TAZ Slat MIMS A EE EAE E A ET 161 TAS EMG CAL i a a E AA 161 CAA EO UM Eiis eases Ses aia Sea OEE 161 TEAC SUBJECT a E
266. d record Ctrl n Search records Ctrl f Table manager Ctrl t List of records found Ctrl r Setting backup option Ctrl e Backup database Ctrl u Restore database Ctrl o 1 Move by controls Move to the next control Tab Move to the previous control Shift Tab 2 Move in a list box Move to the next list item Down arrow key Move to the previous list item Up arrow key 3 Select your answer in the prompt box Move to the next answer Space or Down arrow key Move to the previous answer Backspace or Up arrow key 4 Move in the list of records found Move to the next record Down arrow key Move to the previous record Up arrow key Move to the last record Ctrl end Move to the first record Ctrl home Move to the next field Ctrl Right arrow key 501 Move to the previous field Ctrl Left arrow key Move to previous same field different record Left arrow key Move to next same field different record Right arrow key Move to the last field End key Move to the first field Home key 21 13 Extras 21 13 1 Games Skip record Esc key Alt F4 21 14 Social Networking 21 14 1 Twitter Sign Out Ctrl g Personal Information Ctrl l Save Current Timeline Alt s Home Timeline Ctrl h Friend Timeline Ctrl f User Timeline Ctrl u Current User Timeline Alt u Mention Timeline Ctrl m Retweet By Me Alt b Retweet To Me Alt t Retweet Of Me Alt o Tweet Ctrl t Remove Tweet Delete Retweet Ctrl e Reply Ctrl y A
267. d then press Enter Or you can just press ESC Then the information dialog box will be closed and you will be placed in the contact list box You can change your status by doing the following 1 Press Alt to open the menu Press Enter on File Move to Set My Status by pressing Down arrow key and press Enter Or instead of using the menu just press Ctrl t 2 Then the Set My Status dialog box will appear and the Status combo box will have focus Move to the status item that you want by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key 3 Press tab to move to the Confirm button and press Enter Then your online status will be changed and you will be placed in the contact list box 402 16 4 2 4 Additional Features 1 Sign out When you are logged in and you want to log in to another account you will need to log out first and then log in to the other account Press Alt to open the menu Press Enter on File Press Down arrow key repeatedly to move to Sign Out and press Enter Then you are logged out and the Sign In dialog box will appear again In the E mail address and Password edit box the email address and password used in the previous login will be displayed by default To log in to another account you first need to delete the log in information from the first account and type the log in informa
268. d to enter a date and time you can either type in the date and time or select it using shortcut keys which are outlined at the end of this section When entering time use hh mm format two digits for the hour and two digits for the minute For example use 10 05 to enter 5 minutes past 10 You can use a colon to separate the hour field and minute field but not a dash and slash You can enter a date in mm dd yyyy format which uses two digits for the month two digits for the day and four digits for the year as in O9 01 2004 to enter September 01 2004 Again you can use a space slash to separate the month day and year To set the date and time with shortcut keys you can use the following commands 1 Date setting keys Move to the next day Right arrow key Move to the previous day Left arrow key Move to the next week Ctrl Right arrow key Move to the previous week Ctrl Left arrow key Move to the next month Down arrow key Move to the previous month Up arrow key Move to the next year Ctrl Down arrow key Move to the previous year Ctrl Up arrow key 2 Time setting keys Move to 1 hour after Down arrow key Move to 1 hour before Up arrow key Move to 10 minutes after Ctrl Right arrow key Move to 10 minutes before Ctrl Left arrow key Move to 1 minute after Right arrow key Move to 1 minute before Left arrow key 7 4 Adding a Schedule To add a new appointment press Alt to bring up the
269. database manager Extras Social Networking utilities global options and help The first item of the program menu is File manager If Down arrow key is pressed the next menu item is displayed on the LCD and it is also spoken If Down arrow key is pressed repeatedly the Help menu will be displayed The Help menu is the last item on the program menu 35 Press Ctrl Fn Right arrow key when File manager is displayed The Voice Sense QWERTY will say Help Then press Ctrl Fn Left arrow key and the Voice Sense QWERTY speaks File manager It means that Ctrl Fn Right arrow key moves to the last item of the program menu and Ctrl Fn Left arrow key moves to the first item of the program menu 2 7 2 Move the menu item in executing Program Moving among the menu items is very simple Press Alt to call up the menu while executing Program and Up arrow key to move to the previous item and Down arrow key to move to the next item Or just press an alphabet that follows the menu names You can also move to the next menu item by pressing Down arrow key You can move to the previous menu item by pressing Up arrow key When you want to move to the first item of the menu you can press Ctrl Fn Left arrow key If you would like to move to the last item of the menu you can press Ctrl Fn Right arrow key The corr
270. dd To Favorite Ctrl v Favorite List Ctrl l Send Direct Message Ctrl s Sent Direct Message Alt m Received Direct Message Alt r 502 Follow User Alt a Following Alt l Followers Alt e Global Search Ctrl f User Search Alt f Search Word List Alt w Next List Ctrl n Refresh Ctrl r Exit Alt F4 Escape Esc key Move to the next tweet Down arrow key Move to the previous tweet Up arrow key Move to the first tweet on the refreshing list Ctrl Fn Left arrow key Move to the last tweet on the refreshing list Ctrl Fn Right arrow key Move to the previous 32 list Fn Un arrow key Move to the next 32 list Fn Down arrow key Move to the previous list Up arrow key Move to the next list Down arrow key Move to the top of the list Ctrl Fn Left arrow key Fn Left arrow key Move to the bottom the list Ctrl Fn Right arrow key Fn Right arrow key Enter into selected folder or open the selected file Enter Move to the upper level folder Backspace 21 14 2 Google talk File Menu Commands Sign out Ctrl l Export Contact Lists Alt x Import Contact Lists Alt i Exit Alt F4 Action Menu Commands Start Chat Ctrl s Start Voice Chat Ctrl h Send File Ctrl f 503 Move to Recently Chat Ctrl t Manage Chat Ctrl m Contact Menu Commands Add Contact Alt q Delete Contact Delete Block Contact Alt b Manage Block List Alt m Contact Information Ctrl i Manage Contact List Ctrl p Option Menu Commands My Status Options
271. de option allows you to record by using line in cable The default value is Off If you want to record with line in cable change to On by pressing Space When you record the file using the Line in cable you must set to On the Line in mode The Set folder allow you to set the default folder where the recorded files will be saved Its default value is set to flashdisk media record To specify a different folder press Enter on Set folder and the same dialog box as the Open Folder dialog box will be displayed Select a folder in the same way as in the Open Folder dialog box If you save the changed settings and exit from this dialog box press Enter after changing all of the options you want to change or move to 258 the Confirm button and press Enter If you want to cancel the changes you made press Enter on the Cancel button or press ESC 9 3 6 4 Effect Settings Dialog Box Press Alt in media player program move to Settings menu and press Enter By pressing Down arrow key move to Effect settings Press Enter on Effect settings or press E Or press Ctrl e in Play list tab or Playback information tab Effect settings dialog box will be displayed which contains the following the Bassboost option the Surround option the 3D Effect the Reverb
272. detail in this section 8 5 1 Set Path Set Path sets the default download path where file attachments and email are stored You can set the download path using the following method Set Path sets the default download path where file attachments and email are stored You can set the download path using the following method 1 Press Alt to call up the E mail menu in the inbox 2 Press Down arrow key move to the tools 3 Press Enter 4 It will show Accounts manager 5 Press Down arrow key move to Set Path 6 Press Enter on Set Path 7 It will show Save attachments path flashdisk download You can move to this stage by pressing Ctrl p without calling the menu Set Path contains the following three items 1 Save attachments path 2 Send attachments path 218 3 Disk to save mail in You can move among these items by pressing Down arrow key and Up arrow key Each item consists of Path Modify and Close At Path the default path will be displayed You can move among this information by pressing tab or shift tab Set Path will be closed if you press ESC or Alt F4 Or you can close it by pressing enter on the Close button 8 5 1 1 Set the Save Attachments Path The default path for downloaded attached files is flashdisk download You ca
273. dialog box contains program option check box list Select all button Backup button Restore button and Cancel button You can move between the check boxes in the program option check box list by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key You can move between these controls by pressing tab or shift tab The program option check box list 13 13 contains Options settings File manager options Word processor 13 13 options Address manager options Schedule manager options Media player options Web browser options E mail options Bluetooth manager options MSN messenger options and Database manager options In this list you move to the program option and check it by pressing Space If you want to uncheck it you can do so by pressing Space again After you select all the options you want to backup or restore press Enter on the Backup or Restore button If you want to select all of the programs in the list press Enter on the Select all button If you press Enter on Backup or Restore button the dialog box will be closed If you press a Backup button it lets you see a list in which you can select a path where to store a backup file It shows up flashdisk as default values Here you move to disk or folder where you want
274. down to the Open Message In Web Browser and press enter then the Web browser program is launched and you can see html message on the web browser If you have links on the html type of e mail you can visit linked site by pressing enter on it only when your Voice Sense QWERTY is already connected to internet 8 2 3 Writing e mail After executing E mail program the following is the procedure to write e mail 1 Press Alt to call up the menu 2 It will show File menu 3 Press Enter on the File menu 4 It will show Write new message 5 Press Enter on the Write new message 6 Then to will be displayed on the LCD Pressing Ctrl n will take you directly to this stage 195 7 Press shift tab to move to Account combo box Move to account that you want by using Up arrow key or Down arrow key Press tab to move to to 8 Type in the e mail address of the recipient when to is displayed Please type in the e mail address Ex sense hims inc com 9 Next press tab to move to CC 10 Type in the e mail address of the other recipient If you do not need to carbon copy a recipient you can skip to the next step 11 Press tab to move to BCC 12 Type in the e mail address of another recipient This e mail address will not be seen by the recipient or the carbon copy recipient
275. e will toggle between No and Yes 4 Confirm After you set all of the fields and want to execute Find press Enter on Confirm You can also start finding text by pressing Enter on Text to find or Search direction 5 Cancel In order to cancel the Find function press Enter on Cancel or you can cancel the Find command by pressing Alt F4 If you have executed the Find command as explained above and it finds the text that you typed in and completed is announced by the voice If there was no text that matched what you typed in the cursor does not move and the Voice Sense QWERTY announce the not found by the voice This function saves the text that was typed in last as well as the direction so you can use it again to search for the next occurrence of text When using the find command the current cursor position is very important If the cursor is located at the beginning of the document it is better for you to select Forward direction If the cursor is located at the end of the document it is better to select Backward as the direction used for searching 5 3 2 Find Again When you want to run the Find Again command you can press Alt Then move to Go To by pressing Down arrow key Then press Enter on Go To Move to Find Again by pressing Down arrow key to move to Find Again
276. e Ctrl r Connecting device Enter on the device name Connecting service Enter on the service name Disconnect service in Bluetooth service list Ctrl d Move to Bluetooth device list in service list Backspace Remove device setting in Bluetooth device list Del 2 FTP service in Bluetooth manager Open local folder move remote folder Ctrl o Copy Ctrl c Paste Ctrl v Send to Ctrl s Retrieve file Ctrl r New folder Ctrl f Delete file folder Del Information Ctrl i 331 14 Database Manager The Database manager is a program that can be used to create a database in the form that you specify You can use the Database manager to add records and search for data in your records A table contains at least one record and a record consists of at least one field You can specify attributes for each of the fields In other words a record is made up of a group of one or more fields When the Database manager is started it will check whether or not a table has been registered or created already If no table has been registered yet a Table Manager dialog box will appear to help you to register a new table If there is at least one table already registered a Search Records dialog box will appear and the Search edit box will be focused so that you can search for data records in the tables If you want to close the program while you are adding or searching a table press Alt F4 Or you can use the menu Press Al
277. e word processor media player or web browser Pressing Down arrow key will select the next program and Up arrow key will select the previous program Once you have selected the program to open the file type with press tab to move to the adopt list If you have selected the word processor pressing tab will take you to an additional list called Open mode Using this list you can specify whether the file will be opened as a Braille file or a text file Press Down arrow key or Up arrow key to select one of the two file types and then press tab to move to the Apply to radio button In this radio button you can specify whether only the currently selected file or all of the files with the same file extension as the currently selected file will be opened with the specified program If you have set one of the two press Enter or tab to move to the Confirm button and then press Enter to apply what you have just set If you have specified a program that does not support the file type nothing will be displayed or played after the program has started 7 In the File manager if you activate the Open With menu after focusing on folders that have Daisy or media files you will see the associated program Daisy or media player If you activate the Open With menu and encounter a folder that does not have the Daisy info file discinfo html or ncc html you
278. e QWERTY will save the play list with the same file name without using a dialog box After saving a play list it will return to Media player dialog box 9 3 1 6 Save as play list The Save As Playlist menu item is used to save the play list as a different file or on another disk drive If you want to use this function you can press Alt to open the File menu and execute the Save as Playlist command by pressing Enter on it or you can press l Otherwise you can press Alt s in the Media player dialog box If you execute Save as Playlist Save as Playlist dialog box is displayed This dialog box consists of file list File name a Confirm 240 button and a Cancel button If the dialog box is opened File name is displayed You can move from one tab to the other tab by pressing tab or shift tab The file format of saved play list is always the m3u By default file is saved in flashdisk media If you want to make a new file name type in the new file name You cannot use the following characters in a file mane lt gt If you want to change the saving location move to the file list by pressing shift tab And you move to location that you want to save by using the navigation keys in File manager program 9 3 1 7 Delete Item If you want to delete a file from the play list first
279. e a name of a field it is not possible to change the property of that field If you want to delete an already registered field press Up arrow key or Down arrow key repeatedly in the registered fields list to move to the name of the field you want to delete And then press tab repeatedly move to Delete field button and press enter or press d the shortcut key for the Delete field button Or you can also press tab repeatedly to move to the Delete field button and press Enter 335 To change the order of a field which is in your table you can move to the field that you want to change This can be done when you are in the registered fields list Once you are on the field press p or n Or you press tab and enter on a Previous field button or Next field button Then the Add Table dialog box will be closed and the table name list box will be shown again The newly created table will be added to this list and address book 1 1 will be shown in the list To close the Table Manager dialog box press tab to move to the Close button and press Enter Or you can just press Alt F4 to close the dialog box Then the Search Records dialog box will be opened and the name field the first field of the address book table will be shown Here you can type the name you want to search for 14 1 2 M
280. e all the options you want to change or move to the Confirm button by pressing Tab or Shift Tab repeatedly and then press Enter If you want to cancel the changes and exit from this dialog box press enter on the Cancel button or press ESC or Alt F4 9 4 Hot Keys in the Media Player 1 Hot Keys for the Commands for the File Menu Open file Ctrl o Open folder Ctrl f Add file Alt o Add folder Alt f Save play list Ctrl s Save as play list Alt s Delete item Del Open URL Ctrl l Hot Keys for Commands While in the Playback menu Play Enter x Play button Previous track Alt Left arrow key z Previous button Next track Alt Right arrow key b Next button Previous section while playing Audible Ctrl Page up Ctrl FnUparrow key Nt section while playing Audible Ctrl Page down Ctrl Fn Down arow key ack 5 track Alt Up arrow key Forward 5 track Alt Down arrow key First track Ctrl Fn Left arrow key Last track Ctrl Fn Right arrow key 260 Volume up Shift Up arrow key Volume down Shift Down arrow key Speed up Shift Right arrow key Slow down Shift Left arrow key Pause continue Space Play button Stop Backspace Stop button Change time index Ctrl Up arrow key or Ctrl Down arrow key Move to next position by time index and play Ctrl Right arrow key Move to previous position by time index and play Ctrl Left arrow key Delete play list during stop Del
281. e displayed after refreshing 13 Retweet To Me This displays only tweets recommended by your follows 14 The hot key is Alt t Regardless of any timeline if you press Alt t on the Twitter window Retweet To Me will be displayed after refreshing 15 Retweet Of Me It displays only your tweet recommended by your followers 16 The hot key is Alt o Regardless of any timeline if you press Alt o on the Twitter window Retweet Of Me will be displayed after refreshing 17 Also you can see Timeline when you call up menu and move to the Timeline menu pressing Down arrow key After executing each Timeline menu Timeline will be displayed 356 16 2 4 2 Refresh Refresh is a function to renew tweet list indicated in Timeline Once executing the function Voice Sense QWERTY will access to the twitter server and load new posted tweets And then new posted tweets are rearranged in chronological order You can launch Refresh function by pressing the hot key Ctrl r Or Press Tab on the Twitter window and move to the Refresh button and press Enter 16 2 4 3 Load next list This is a function to load next tweet list by 32 tweets whenever you launch the function The tweets list is accumulated in Timeline until executing Refresh In order to load next list you have to press hot key Ctrl n or move to the Next list button pressing Tab and press Enter 16 2 5 Man
282. e e mail 16 Press Alt to call up the menu 17 It will show the File 18 Press Down arrow key move to the Edit 19 Press Enter on the Edit 20 It will show the Select All 21 Press Down arrow key move to the Paste and press Enter Or without calling up the menu press Ctrl v 22 It will be copied or moved the e mail to mailbox 1 1 2 You can copy and move e mails using the Copy to mailbox or Move to mailbox i the Edit menu The structure and move of Copy to mailbox and Move to mailbox menu is like below 1 Folder list 2 Create mailbox Button 3 Delete mailbox Button 13 KR Rename folder Button Confirm Button Cancel Button 13 5 6 i 214 You can move between the controls by pressing Tab or Shift Tab And you can move between items in the Folder list by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key If you want to cancel while you are in these dialog boxes press ESC or Alt F4 In order to copy and move an e mail to another folder follow there steps 1 You can select the e mail by pressing Space Ctrl b or Ctrl a Or you can select the e mail using the Select All or Start Selection of the Edit menu 2 Press Alt to call up the menu 3 It will show the File
283. e edit menu 5 2 1 Start Selection The Start Selection command allows you to select a certain portion of text that you would like to edit The Start Selection command allows you to make changes to only the text that is selected and the changes will not affect text that has not been selected The Start Selection command is especially useful for copying cutting and pasting You can select text in a document by placing your cursor on the location where you want to start selecting text If you want to use this function press Alt to open the Edit menu and then press Enter on Start Selection or you can press b in the Edit menu to get to this option While editing a document pressing Ctrl b will activate this command The end point of the selected text is where you want to place the cursor after setting the starting point For example if you have typed the word mother in a document and you want to select the word mother you should place the cursor on the letter m and then place the cursor directly after the 13 letter r Then you will have selected the entire word 5 2 2 Copy After selecting text in a document press Alt to open the menu and move to Edit by pressing Down arrow key Press Enter to open the Edit menu Press Down arrow key to move to Copy and then press Enter or press c in the
284. e name Type Confirm button and Cancel button You can move among those controls by pressing tab or shift tab When the Open dialog box is opened File name will be focused Type in a file name and press Enter Or press shift tab to move to the file list and select the desired file name and press Enter The default folder is flashdisk download and it can be changed by the same method as explained in the File manager 272 There are three types of files in Type htm html Default is and it means that all types of files will be shown in the file list At the Type press Up arrow key or Down arrow key to select the file type In order to check the current path press Fn You can use this command in the following dialog boxes Save As Add to Favorites and the Favorites List 11 1 3 Save As In order to execute Save As call up the menu by pressing Alt and press Enter on File Move to Save As by pressing Down arrow key and press Enter or press Ctrl s while the Web browser is activated When you press Enter on Save As the Save As dialog box will appear Here you can type in a new file name and press Enter to save the file as a new file Save As will give you the opportunity to save html files with differ
285. e of 2 Chat windows opened you can transfer Chat windows using following hot key 1 Move to previous Chat window Ctrl Shift Tab key 2 Move to next Chat window Ctrl Tab key Or you can move to other Chat window if you press Enter on the Move to Next Chat or Move to Previous Chat after entering sub menu of Action calling up the menu Pressing Ctrl t in Contact list you will go to Chat window where you exchanged message recently Or press Enter on Move to Recently Chat menu after entering sub menu of Action calling up the menu 381 If you want to exit Chat windows press Alt F4 or Esc key Or you can exit Chat windows if you press Enter on Exit menu after entering sub menu of File 16 3 4 Start Voice Chat Start voice chat is a function to send and receive voice message with registered contact in real time like using phone Voice chat is possible to converse with only one person Chat with off line user is impossible Also in the midst of voice chat you can send and receive message The following is the way to request voice chat 1 After you move to the user ID as you desire voice chat using Up arrow key or Down arrow key press Ctrl h Or press Enter on the Start Voice Chat after entering sub menu of Action by calling up the menu Then Chat window is open a Calling message is displayed and it requests voice chat to contact The Voice Chat
286. e opened by pressing Alt Don t worry if you can t remember the exact shortcut keys for each of the menu items since you can activate various functions of the word processor by activating the word processor menu The menu in the word processor consists of file edit go to read and layout In order to use these menus press Alt in the word processor select a menu item and press Enter or press Backspace and the corresponding character that represents the menu item name For example in order to open the edit menu press Alt to open the menu and move to the next menu by pressing up and down arrows to find the Edit menu and then press Enter Or press Alt and press e which represents the Edit menu The Edit menu contains a lower level menu Before going in to more detail about the word processor it is also important to note that while you are anywhere in a document you can find out your location by pressing Fn s Also if you are editing a document and turn the Voice Sense QWERTY off while you are editing a document the Voice Sense QWERTY will say the status when you turn the Voice Sense QWERTY back on In the next few sections the features of the word processor will be explained in more detail We will also explain the functions of each of the menu items available in the word processor 5 1 File Menu The File menu contains the menus that will allow you to cre
287. e previous control pressing Shift Tab The followings are Add Contact dialog box composition 1 E mail As an edit box you can input user ID which you want to add 2 Confirm As a button you can save new contact into the contact list 3 Cancel As a button if you enter this button the contact list that right before calling up Add Contact dialog box will be displayed 375 The following is how to add contact 1 Press Alt q on the contact list Computer Edit Box to enter E mail is displayed 2 After typing user ID which you want to add using computer Braille press Enter 3 With the user ID typed adding contact is executed If you add a contact the contact will remain off line until the contact accepting your request adding contact After the contact accepting your request the status will be turn on line 16 3 2 2 Delete Contact Delete Contact is a function to delete any contact registered in the contact list The Deleted Contact can t send a message to you and see whether you re online or not The following is how to delete a contact 1 Move to the contact which you want to delete on the contact list 2 Press Del or press Enter on the Delete Contact after entering into sub menu of Contact by calling up the menu using Alt 3 Do you want to delete XXX in the contact list Yes message appear XXX is user ID to delete If you press Enter the contact will be deleted
288. e unit you have to use the latch that is found on the bottom of the unit The latch is located on the left of battery 30 Using your left hand pull the latch to the rear panel and then use your right hand to pull the battery out of the slot 1 4 Hardware Specifications of the Voice Sense QWERTY 1 Operating system Windows CE 5 0 2 Flash memory 4GB 3 RAM 128MB 4 Memory extension SD memory or USB stick memory 5 CPU Intel PXA270 6 Battery Lithium lon detachable backup battery installed 7 Keyboard keyboard of QWERTY type 5 audio buttons 8 Additional button and switch key lock switch audio mode switch reset button 9 Network 10 100 based Ethernet 10 Wireless WLAN b g Bluetooth 11 Interface USB OTG USB SD slot 12 Sound Internal stereo speakers stereo headphone jack 13 Voice recording Internal microphone External microphone jack Noe S N 31 2 Basic Functions of the Voice Sense QWERTY 2 1 Power On Off It is power switch to the right of front panel of Voice Sense QWERTY This power switch will turn the unit on and turn the unit off When you turn on and off power push the power switch more than 1 second To turn on the unit push the switch to the right To turn off the unit push the switch to the left 2 2 Charging Battery and Check Battery Status It is very useful to know what the remaining battery power when the Voice Sense QWERTY is being operated only on battery powe
289. eading list from the present to the end In the list if you find one that you want to listen to press Enter or Space to play it Using this method you are able to skip other headings and play what you want If you want to cancel the scan heading function press ESC or Alt F4 Then you will be returned to where you were before 12 5 5 Find Phrase You can find phrase that you want to move while playing a DAISY file or in a pause status To execute this function follow these steps 1 Press Alt to call up the menu 2 It shows File 3 Press Down arrow key move to Heading 4 Press Enter on the Heading Or press h 5 It shows Previous heading 6 Press Down arrow key move to Find Phrase 7 bl mI 7 Press Enter on the Find Phrase Or press s 311 Without calling the menu you can execute directly it by pressing Alt s While executing the Find Phrase it will open Find Phrase dialog box The Find Phrase dialog box consists of as follows 1 Phrase to find 2 Search direction 3 Confirm 4 Cancel You can move between 4 controls by pressing Tab and Shift Tab To find Phrase follow these steps 1 You can type phrase that you want to find in Phrase to find edit box You don t need to type whole phrase If there is no phrase that you want to find it will hear No more
290. earch a heading while the DAISY Player is playing You can open the Heading menu by pressing Alt and then press h Then you can see the sub menu Previous Heading Next Heading Scan Heading Read Heading First Heading Last Heading Find Heading and Find Again You can move between the sub menu items with Up arrow key or Down arrow key 309 12 5 1 Move by Heading While playing a DAISY file you can move heading by heading without using the Heading menu You can move to the next previous first and last heading by pressing Ctrl F6 Ctrl F5 Ctrl f7 and Ctrl F 8 respectively Also you can move to the previous or next heading without calling up the menu using audio buttons on the front panel Before you use this feature you have to set the audio mode button on the front panel to daisy mode In order to move to previous or next heading press previous or next button for about 2 seconds and release it Then it will move to the previous or next heading 12 5 2 Move to Specific Heading While playing a DAISY file you can move specific heading without Calling the menu In order to move to specific heading follow these steps 1 Press Ctrl h while playing a DAISY file 2 It shows Current Heading xx Total heading yy Enter the heading number to move to 3 Type heading number that you want to mo
291. eck will be ended You can move from one item to the next by pressing tab or shift tab When the spell check has completed the Voice Sense QWERTY will say OO words checked 00 misspellings found 00 words corrected Also simply you can check spelling of the current word by press Alt k when you enter or meet the misspelled word If you press Alt k you will hear list of recommended word You move to word that you want by using the Up arrow Key or Down arrow key And press Enter misspelled word will be changed to the correct one 113 5 3 Go to Menu If you want to open the Go To menu in the word processor press Alt and move to Go To by pressing Down arrow key Then press Enter on Go To Or you can press g in the menu In the Go To menu you will find the following submenus Find Find Again Replace Go To Location Go to Previous Page Go To Next Page Set Mark Go to Mark Go To Previous Document and Go To Next Document 5 3 1 Find The find function allows you to search for text in a document Once the text is found you will be taken to that position in your document To execute this command press Alt and move to Go To by pressing Down arrow key and press Enter on Go To Then select Find You will be able to navigate the Go To
292. eck the current position Fn s Move to frame Move to the previous frame Ctrl F9 Move to the next frame Ctrl F10 Read the current line Fn r 20 10 Daisy Player Move to the title list Shift Backspace 474 Open DAISY file Ctrl o Voice setting Ctrl s Check the book info Alt Enter Exit Alt F4 Play Pause Space Move to the beginning of document Fn Left arrow key Move to the last phrase Fn Right arrow key Increase the speed Shift Right arrow key Decrease the speed Shift Left arrow key Increase the volume Shift Up arrow key Decrease the volume Shift Down arrow key Move to the next phrase Right arrow key or short press next button Move to the previous phrase Left arrow key or short press previous button Move to the next fifth phrase Ctrl Down arrow key Move to the previous fifth phrase Ctrl Up arrow key Move to the next page Page down Fn Up arrow key Move to the previous page Page up Fn Down arrow key Go to the page Ctrl g Move up Alt Left arrow key Move down Alt Right arrow key Set to prior level Alt Up arrow key Set to next level Alt Down arrow key Move to the next heading Ctrl F6 or long press next button Move to the previous heading Ctrl F5 or long press previous button Move to the last heading Ctrl F8 Move to the first heading Ctrl F7 Check the currently reading level and heading Ctrl w Scan the heading list from the present to the end Ctrl n Find heading
293. ected files and folders will be copied or moved If the destination folder is the same folder where the selected files are the Voice Sense QWERTY will attach Copy1 to your original file names for copied files If the same files are copied into the same folder once again the Voice Sense QWERTY will attach Copy2 to the Original file names for the second copied files If your destination folder has the same name as the file you are copying the Voice Sense QWERTY will say File xxx already exists Overwrite Yes Press Enter if you want to replace the file However if you do not want to overwrite the file select No and press Enter When No is selected the Paste function will be canceled Example Copying sample txt from the root folder to the download folder 80 1 Select sample txt from the root folder by using the navigation keys up arrow or down arrow 2 Call up the menu by pressing Alt and choose Copy Then press Enter The Voice Sense QWERTY will return to the file list in the root folder 3 Move to the download folder and press Enter Call up the menu again to choose Paste Press Enter on Paste or press v after calling up the menu to complete the file copy function You can also use Ctrl v to do the same thing 4 2 8 Delete Files or Folders To delete files or folders go to the folders or file
294. ed and the dialog box will be closed If you do not want to save the changes you have made press Enter on the Cancel button The Voice Sense QWERTY will keep the previous wakeup call settings and close the dialog box 17 6 Calendar You can activate the calendar by pressing Enter on Calendar in the Utilities menu or by pressing l The following options will be available when you are using the calendar Solar calendar and Lunar calendar In the calendar you can check the three kinds of information starting from the year 1841 to the year 2043 If you type in a date that is not in the range and press Enter you will get the message invalid date and return to where you where you were typing in the date 430 17 6 1 Using the Calendar The Calendar is composed of the Solar calendar and Lunar calendar In the Lunar calendar a leap month will display the month with l The calendar works according to a date unit The default is the date that the Voice Sense QWERTY was set to the last time the date was set You can check the date in two ways The following is an explanation of how to check the dates 1 Moving items You can switch between Solar calendar and Lunar calendar by pressing tab or shift tab 2 Typing in date In the calendar you can type in a month date and year For the year you should type in a 4 digit num
295. eeeeeeeeeeeeees 132 D1 C rsor LOCATON a uta e aaae raa aa EE eenaa 133 5 8 Hot keys in the word processor cccccceeseeeeeeeeeceeneeeeeeeeeeeees 133 Address Managet ccccccsssecesseeesesseeenseeeenees 137 6 1 What is the Address Manager c eseceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeees 137 6 2 Starting the Address ManaGet ccccccssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeees 138 6 3 Using Add Address cccccccccsssseceeeecseaeeeeeeeeseesseeeeeeaeaeeees 138 6 3 1 Adding an Address ccccccceeceeeeeeseeeeeeeesseeeeeeseaaeeeeeeeees 138 6 3 2 Setting Add Address Fields cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeees 140 6 3 3 Using Search Address in Add address 0000008 140 6 4 Searching For an AdIreSs ccccceceeceaeseeeeceeeeseseeeeeeaeaseeess 141 6 4 1 Using search addreSs cccccsscsssseeeeeeesseeeeeeceaeeeeeeeeees 141 6 4 2 Setting Searching Address Fields ccccsssseeeeeeeeees 142 6 4 3 Using Add Address In Search Address c s0000008 142 6 5 Backing up and restoring the address list cccecseeeeeeeee sees 143 6 5 1 Backup AdGress LIStiawisuncsrewiswuixnswsty savsaatodericsvonnaveccesees 143 6 5 2 Restore Address List ccccccecssssesseeeeeeeessseeeeessaeeeeeeeeees 143 6 5 3 Setting Backup Option a ssicerivevsesnaninnmnns eeerersuentieuncseasaeeatd 144 6 6 Commands in the Foun
296. eeeeees 274 11 2 2 Read from Cursor to End ccccccccecceesessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 274 PT Z23 AUO SOMO Ml ota res a a a E ead lur cash eeatdet 275 is IS lao ene ee A re emer T eer es ERECT Th SNE Ean Pe 275 11 3 1 Start Selecties ee ei a an 275 113A G OPV ia E E 276 11 3 3 AGO NO clipboard eec eater n arer EEEE Eei 276 11 34 Copy URD a ieaoo erer N a eeh E eera iaa a sah 276 11 39 CODY EIN Raisin E a T ea i 277 AGO TO peccoiais nara ea ates conve waded daddies eae A 277 11 4 1 Go to Home Page sevteccvsccccnei vissvcnnies Mudieecsyeradeotetter sveeates 277 11 4 2 Go to Previous Page sasecaztcsSssdvveosentesesaeisaiasiaudldesttbesbivaand 278 11 4 3 Go to Next Page saccccsssacestteivideusnstelannesciiteadasediacettieatereaen 278 11 4 4 Go to Previous Heading ccccseccceceeeesseeeeeecsaeeeeeeeeees 279 11 4 5 Go to Next Heading ccccccscsssseeeeeeseesseeeeeesseeeeeeeeees 279 11 4 6 Go to Previous Next TeXt ccccecceeeeeeeesseeeeeeceeeeeeeeeees 279 1AT Reres srs ace tesh ach aioe lebnseey sahhs dibs Seas Ath teeta 280 114S TISLONY asenu a A 280 TPA OFINA ei a EE n 281 11 410 IMG AGA esi nina e aaaea aiaa a 282 AAT Links liste eee eta area rA EON anadene Eda 282 TIo AN ONES S e aaa e E E aA A a A uainivunteatie 283 11 5 1 Set Current as Your Home Page 0 cceeeeeees 283 11 5 2 Add to FAV OMG Seer a n aia 283 11 539 F vorites Listino iea edian 284 TEO OPIONS see aaae eE EE EAEE aaa EEE aaea
297. eeeeeseeeeeees 342 To Era S a a aa aa a na tlite ds 344 4 Ho a ie oo ee S ANSES ENEAN AEEA TE LOTEEN SEEST SEERY 344 15 1 1 Sense Dice game ar Ainnuseniuiiernved inna wnavendeand 344 15 1 2 Sense Brain Game veecsscssc ela ee eeey actos ceaeeinnaaue cocks 345 15 2 PIOUS CYS IE KU AS anne agave e E ceuvar tae E R 348 15 2 dic SAIS S mana oes Ranke te Sad ee SSS bas 348 16 Social Networking cccccccsssseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 349 16 1 The component of the Social networking Service 6 349 1O TWEN aeea a eE ea Ea EAE TEE 349 16 21 MaM lei Soniri tennara eee EEN a 350 16 2 2 Launch TWIter eine le i e E E A i 350 16 2 3 Twitter WINdOW asessesesoeenoeneneenenernerrnrerrererrnrerrnrerrrrorrnrn 352 16 24 Timeline a a a 354 16 2 5 Manage Tweet cc ssissitecd casa as svaiqgacceastaaninaeceesentene cagssannays 356 16 2 6 Manage FONOW sccscvviescacve oc uverta renee caasianveereadececndens 361 16 2 7 Use Direct Message ccccccseseeseeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeaaeaeeeeenees 363 16 2 8 Use Search function 0 0 0 cece ceccceeceeeeeceeeceeeeeeeueeeneeeeees 365 16 2 9 Additional Function ou ccc cc ceececeeeeneseeeeeeeeeeeeeeaues 369 16 3 G ggleta k e e a E EE naaa a E aE A 371 16 3 1 Launch the Google Talk cccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeeees 371 16 3 2 Manage Contact crcsswasdsairernaaitG vias seeeaeienaneraubeetissbarentes 374 103 3 Stat Cha ean a e E a 379 16 3 4 Start Voice Chatrier aa a de 381
298. een 286 11 6 1 The Structure and Movement eeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 286 11 6 2 Set User Agent cc sstcwntesennccniancn Mew icsnreube dane catcciers 286 11 6 3 Show visited links isc cisacarcusiiesddcrcdiopnalivesaysyeadeas cacy vassal 287 11 6 4 Changing the Default Download Foldev 000 287 11 6 5 Clear cookies sis nncdscsiesehdicinan ys UWvadesnsgeianr ei ontastnvenladennt 288 WT RE AGM BOG an e e E RE Wate Maatteaty aan 289 11 7 1 Moving Between Controls cccccceeceeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 289 11 7 2 MOVING to a FOP sis ssacstoeeicrsaeedhhaietcace ciussuWhviessaaekcerene 291 IETS ADI G ss carcetntd saa vaari a E A EAE 291 11 7 4 Move to the Frame ccccccccesssssseeeeeeseesseeeeeeeeaeeeeeseees 294 11 7 5 Playback of Streaming Audio FileS csseeeeeeeeees 294 16 11 8 Hot keys in the Web Browser ccccssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeees 295 11 9 What the Web browser Does Not Suppott ceeeee 297 12 DAISY Play GP seii 298 12 1 Components of the DAISY Player ccccccessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 299 A ever oe ns eR READ AT er Cee 300 122 ODO DAISY cessera ccd cae ead Sansa cueeeod een read 300 122 2 VOICE SOU OS nrs a a ea E Ea 301 122 3 BOOKING e aa ee EEEE A TE 302 1224 yd e ee ee ee E a 303 123 DOCUMEN ics verre tetucytameata E E nash crcat ais 303 12232 Play a d PAUSE mirii aea a E a A E EEEE 303 12 3 2 Move by PLASC yen si
299. eeteeeeeeeeees 420 17 2 Display Compass Heading ccccecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeneeees 423 17 2 1 Options Of GyrOCOMPASS csceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeeees 424 17 3 Set time and date sau uccccacvcandeetccadevsadaahensecasuaaedecadaceedeaidagers 425 17 4 Display time and date cccccssscceececeeeeeeeesseeeesseeeeessaseeess 426 17 5 Wakeup alailma e e aE A 427 TST Set TINE eiee E a a E a t 428 To ZAlarm Sound oo a a EA a 428 Ee AE ET EEE 428 17 5 4 Ringing Duration n neeaaannneeennnteeensertnntrrrnrnrrerrnn reren en 428 17 5 5 Repeat Interval nannnnoaaaannnooanntneoosrrerrrrsrrnrerrerrnn rnrn nn 429 17 5 6 Wakeup Call Time ixviiasssncceccectinvieeeecimesse den oadnce a 429 1 5 Confirm Cancels e E A Ei 429 T0 Calenda a a a a sehen AD 429 17 6 1 Using the Calendar cccccccscsssseeeeessessseseeeesseeseeeesenes 430 17 7 Pronunciation Dictionary cccccceeecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaaaneeees 431 AL Or LODWEICI eioen aa a e E a d Ea Ea 432 17 9 Setup lnternet anneennnoaaaannoosanneoeerarrrrrerrnnrerernnnnrreernnnreeeee 433 17 9 1 Setup internet lst cwwiwweaunenes Maa nenn nrrnn rnrn 433 17 9 2 CAN Set rererere e e a 434 17 9 3 Wireless LAIN icasancetwiees satan aaaliacia wie ieeiaairana ae eect aid 435 17 9 4 Bluetooth DUN setup ccccccsssceeeeeeeessseeeeesaaaeeeeeeenes 438 TOGO ADSL SOU Die oobi aaeeea E ea A 439 17 10 Display
300. eft arrow key Open menu Alt Open help F1 Move to play list tab Tab Shift tab Exit media player Alt F4 20 7 3 Hot Keys in the Play List Tab Move to the next file Down arrow key Move to the previous file Up arrow key Move to the last file Fn Right arrow key Move to the first file Fn Left arrow key Select resume current file while playing it is used as play pause Space Start selecting files Ctrl b Start playing the selected files Enter Stop playing Backspace Delete the selected files in the play list Del Play the next file Alt Right arrow key Play the previous file Alt Left arrow key Play the last file Ctrl Fn Right arrow key Play the first file Ctrl Fn Left arrow key Play the fifth file after the current file Ctrl Down arrow key Play the fifth file before the current file Ctrl Up arrow key Volume up Shift Up arrow key Volume down Shift Down arrow key Speed up Shift Left arrow key Slow down Shift Right arrow key Change time index Ctrl Up arrow key Move to next position by time index and play Ctrl Right arrow key Move to previous position by time index and play Ctrl Left arrow key Open menu Alt Open help F1 Move to playback information tab Tab Shift tab 471 Exit media player Alt F4 20 8 FM radio Call up the sets dialog box Ctrl e Call up the menu Alt Internal speakers on off X or Fn x Move to next frequency Ctrl Up arrow key Move to previous f
301. elected items to make sure they are selected You can cancel selections or reselect canceled items by pressing the Space on the item When the select all command is given the 74 Voice Sense QWERTY will say the number of selected files Voice Sense QWERTY 4 1 3 Cancel Exit Key Cancel ESC This command will cancel a function Exit Alt F 4 This will cancel or stop a selected function or program 4 2 Using File Manager Features in the File List When you open the File manager you will see the list of disks that you can access You can choose a disk from the list and then press Enter to get into the selected disk The Voice Sense QWERTY will show you the list of folders and files on that disk Note If the SyncBraille that is a Braille display device is connected to the Voice Sense QWERTY the folder name will be displayed in the double quotation mark in Braille and the file name will be displayed with the file extension in Braille The items on the list will be followed by numbers such as 1 5 or 2 5 The numbers after the names of the items indicate where an item is on the list and how many items are on the list For example database 1 5 means that this is the first folder on a list that has five items 4 2 1 Selecting Disks When you open the File manager the first item on the list is flashdisk If you inserted the USB memory or SD card in USB port or SD card slot US
302. en Successfully deleted will be announced and list will show again You can check the remaining words by pressing Down arrow key or Down arrow key 228 You may delete an E mail address string or Host i the spam list too Press Down arrow key to move to Type E mail address string 2 3 or Type Host 3 3 and execute The method is the same as explained above 8 6 Hot Keys for E Mail 1 Hot Keys That Are Used in the Inbox Call Accounts manager Ctrl m Check for new mail Alt m Write new message Ctrl n Reply Ctrl r Reply all Alt r Forward Ctrl f Call up set path Ctrl p Call up set option Ctrl o Call up set spam Ctrl e Find Ctrl Shift f Find again F3 Move to unread message Ctrl u Move to mailbox Alt x Copy to mailbox Alt c Add a sender to the address list Ctrl i This is valid only at the from item of the inbox Delete received e mail Del It is valid only at the Subject and date item in the inbox Save the received e mail as text file Alt s Print the received e mail Alt p Cancel ESC Cancel and exit from e mail program Alt F4 2 Hot Keys for Sending E Mail Including Reply Forward and Save in the Mail Outbox Search address list Ctrl l Attach file Ctrl f Send e mail Ctrl s 229 Save mail in Outbox Fn s Cancel ESC Cancel and exit from e mail program Alt F4 3 Hot Keys for
303. en if you are writing your message 5 Message sound notification while in current window You can select whether you use beep sound for the messages or not to use Message Sound Notification While In Current Window when you are communicating with a person in the instant message dialog box You need to take the following steps for this function 1 Press Alt to call up the menu 2 Press Down arrow key to move to the tools and press Enter 3 Press Down arrow key to move to the Message Sound Notification While In Current Window and press Enter Or you can press Fn s 404 to move to the Message Sound Notification While In Current Window directly Then you can see Play message sound notification while in current window Yes message 4 If you press Enter you can hear beep sound when you communicate with a person 5 If you press Down arrow key first and then press Enter you can t hear beep sound when you communicate with a person However if you are not in instant message dialog box but in contact list you will hear beep sound even if you selected no option of notify message sound in current window because it is applied for current messaging window only 6 Message sound notification while messenger is in the background You can select whether you use beep sound for receipt of the messages or not to use message sound notification while messen
304. en this process begins And when the Bluetooth device is detected the Voice Sense QWERTY announces find Bluetooth device name Until the end of scanning all devices any keys on the Voice Sense QWERTY will not work and you cannot stop scanning the device You have to wait until the completion of the scanning devices If Bluetooth option in Option menu set to Off or if the Voice Sense QWERTY does not recognize it the Voice Sense QWERTY will say the message Bluetooth not activated Then the Voice Sense QWERTY will automatically exit the Bluetooth Manager Once the Voice Sense QWERTY has found other Bluetooth devices that are in range they will be displayed as device name untrusted or trusted xx yy where xx is the number where the device appears in the list and yy is the total number of devices And trusted means that the service has been authenticated and untrusted means that the service has not been authenticated This part of the Bluetooth Manager is known as the Bluetooth Device List and thus the menu for this section is called the Bluetooth Device List menu If there are no other Bluetooth devices in range the Voice Sense QWERTY will say no items You can press Up arrow key or Down arrow key to move through the list To select the device from the list press Enter on the device name If the Bluetooth device trusted the device setting will be automatically saved in the
305. ent file names This is similar to Save As in the word processor In this dialog box there are File name edit combo box Type combo box Confirm button Cancel button and file list You can move among these items by pressing tab or shift tab The first item to be displayed when Save As is executed is File name edit combo box You can type in the file name to be saved in this edit box Note If you want to edit the file name that is displayed on the Braille display when Voice Sense QWERTY connected to SyncBraille press the cursor routing key that corresponds with the text that you want to edit Ta Please remember that cannot be used in file names You have to To delete if there is one in your file name If you want to select the file name from the existing file name press shift tab to move to file list The default folder is flashdisk download 273 In order to move to upper level press Backspace and if you want to enter the selected folder or select a file press Enter on the folder or file that you want to select And press Down arrow key or Up arrow key in order to move next or previous folder or file There is a Type option combo box that is the next item of File name edit combo box You can move from File name to Type by pressing Tab The available file types are htm html brl b
306. enu 16 3 7 4 Path Options Path Options Allows you to setup the path of saving message and download and temporarily saving In order to call up path options dialog box press Alt p or press Enter on the Path Options after entering submenu of Setup by calling up the menu Path Options dialog box consists of 5 controls 1 Set download path Button Control 2 Set temporarily path Button Control 3 Set save message path Button Control 4 Confirm Buttons Control 5 Cancel Button Control The following is a detailed explanation of each control on Path options dialog box You can move to the next control by pressing Tab or to the previous control by pressing Shift Tab 1 Set download path As a button you can set path saving message corresponded If you press Enter on the button Set path dialog box will appear If you move to folder as you desire and press Enter setting will be completed Move to the previous list Up arrow key 396 Move to the next list Down arrow key Move to the top of the list Ctrl Home key Home key Move to the bottom the list Ctrl End key End key Enter into selected folder or open the selected file Enter Move to the upper level folder Backspace 2 Set temporary path As a button you can set path saving temporary files If you press Enter on the button Set path dialog box will appear If you move to folder as you desire and press Enter setting will be comple
307. er The Add Folder menu item is used to add all of the audio files in a selected folder to the play list 1 Press Alt to call up the Media player menu 2 Then press Enter on File menu or press f 239 3 Using Down arrow key or Up arrow key you press Enter on Add Folder Or press Alt f in the Media player dialog box the same dialog box that is used for Open Folder will be displayed 4 If you select all of the folders and press Enter the Voice Sense QWERTY will add all of the audio files in the selected folders to the play list However it will not start playing any files You can start playing the files in the play list by pressing the play pause button on the front panel of the Voice Sense QWERTY or press Enter on play in the play menu 9 3 1 5 Save play list The Save Playlist menu item is used to save the play list to a disk drive If you want to use this function you can press Alt to open the File menu and execute the Save Playlist command by pressing Enter on it or you can press s Otherwise you can press Ctrl s in the Media player dialog box If you activate the Media player program and first execute Save Playlist the Save as Playlist dialog box will open If you execute Save Playlist after you save the play list for once the Voice Sens
308. er when you are on Printer or just press p The dialog box for Printer is almost the same as Embosser After you input the value as in embosser dialog box press Enter and then Print Yes is displayed If Enter is pressed printing will start But if you press Space to move to No and press Enter printing will be canceled and the Voice Sense QWERTY will return you to the open document Note The Voice Sense QWERTY will work with all HP printers level 3 PCL or higher and with HP compatible printers 5 1 7 Settings 101 If you want to change the environment press Alt and press Enter on the File menu in order to enter into the File menu Move to Settings ey by pressing Down arrow key repeatedly and then press Enter on Settings or just press e While editing a document pressing Ctrl e will open the Settings menu When this menu is opened a dialog box is displayed which contains the followings the settings list Default folder button Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move between controls by pressing Tab or shift tab And you can move between setting items in list by pressing Up arrow Key or Down arrow key The following are the setting items that can be changed 5 1 7 1 View format character Note This function will appear when the Voice Sense i
309. erm is set to Everyday the alarm will go off at the specified time 7 days a week even on weekends When you have selected the option you like press tab to move to the next field 17 5 4 Ringing Duration This option sets the amount of time that the alarm will sound The options are 1 minute 2 minutes or 3 minutes Move between these options by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key If you set the ringing duration to 1 minute the alarm will sound for one minute and then the alarm will be silent To stop the alarm press Ctrl 429 17 5 5 Repeat Interval This option sets the amount of time that will be between the times that the alarm sounds For example after the alarm has stopped sounding it will ring again in 3 minutes if you set the repeat interval to three minutes The available settings are 1 3 5 10 15 or 20 minutes Move between these options by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key 17 5 6 Wakeup Call Times This option allows you to decide how many times the alarm will sound The available settings are anywhere from 1 to 10 times For example if the alarm is not turned off by pressing Ctrl it will repeat according to the number of times that you set for this option Move between these options by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key 17 5 7 Confirm Cancel If you press Enter on the Confirm button the changed options will be sav
310. es 459 20 2 File MARAGEE cscaitcssnavicaceaddcartss peace veansdaneanetcosnvancccicddttenseatanagess 460 20 2 1 Navigation keys on the file list and menu list 461 20 2 2 Navigation Keys for the File List ccceesesseeeeeeeees 461 20 2 3 Item folder or File Selection Key cccsseeeeeeeeees 461 20 2 4 Hot Keys for the COMMANGG c cccceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeees 461 ZU VV ONG IP EROCCSSON PEPEN E ges 462 20 3 1 Hot Keys for the COMMANGG cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 462 20 3 2 Miscellaneous Hot Keys ccceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeees 463 20 4 Address Manager ccccccccecesssseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeseeesseeeeeeaeseees 464 20 4 1 Move keys for adding an address or in the menu 464 20 4 2 Move Keys in the Search Result List ceeeee 464 20 4 3 Hot keys for the Commands cccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 465 20 4 4 Miscellaneous Hot Keys cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeeees 465 20 5 Schedule Manager jess sscicehedesictitersveaaraetststisieigetitduavteaenaaves 465 20 5 1 Hot keys for the COMMANAS cccceeeeeeeeeeeeatteeeeeeeees 465 20 5 2 Move Keys in the Search Result List eeeeeeees 466 200 Se oF Meee oe perenne ete CREED A A a iieo ear 466 20 6 1 Hot keys that are used in the inbox cceccsseeeeeeeeees 466 20 6 2 Hot keys for Sending E Mail Including
311. es in the Outbox 1 The e mail that the user saved in Outbox 2 The e mail that was not sent due to a network error or another reason The Menu structure and move of Save Mail In Outbox is like below 1 File name ECB 2 Confirm Button 3 Cancel Button 4 Storage folder List You can move between the menu controls by using Shift Tab or Tab The following describes how to save email in Outbox 199 1 Press Alt after you write the e mail message Then the File menu will displayed 2 Press enter 3 Press Down arrow key to move to Save Mail In Outbox 4 Press Enter 5 Then the dialog box for save will be opened 6 File name subject of writing e mail txt will be displayed You can jump to this stage by pressing Fn s 7 Press Enter on File name subject of writing e mail txt or press tab to move to the Confirm button 8 Then the message will be saved as subject of writing e mail txt 9 If you want to name the e mail message type in a file name The detailed procedure is the same as Save As i the Word processor You can also change the path for saving it 10 After the Voice Sense QWERTY saves the e mail message it will return to the status it was at before calling the menu By following the explanation above the e mail message will be saved as subject of
312. es the position of the current cell in the table It shows the position in voice such as table 2 3 row 3 cell 4 O1 2 N S 294 11 7 4 Move to the Frame 1 Move to the previous frame Ctrl F9 It moves to the starting position of the previous frame If there are no previous frames the warning sound will be played 2 Move to the next frame Ctrl F10 It moves to the starting position of the next frame If there are no more frames the warning sound will be played 11 7 5 Playback of Streaming Audio Files While you navigate any web page if you come across a link for streaming audio file you can simply press Enter on it Then the Media player program will be launched or activated with lists of address inside of the streaming file and the streaming audio file on the first address will 13 13 be played The possible formats of streaming file are m3u pls asf For other formats besides above 4 formats if you press Enter on it the Web browser program will play the streaming audio file directly When you play the streaming audio file in the Web browser the Add To Favorites dialog box will be appeared in order to quickly play the file later through the File Manager or Web browser program You can then add the streaming address into Favorite list and the streaming file will be saved with ASF at the begging of file name ASF denotes that the lin
313. esc key ona personal computer 5 2 Exit Alt F4 Exit from the schedule manager It can be used as cancel key for any function 179 8 E mail The e mail program is used to communicate with others using the Internet In order to use the e mail program you must have your own e mail account which has been provided to you by your Internet account provider The e mail account that you have should support POP3 Post Office Protocol 3 and SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol You should check with your Internet service provider to make sure that your provider supports POP3 and SMTP Before you use the e mail program you will need to setup the Voice Sense QWERTY to use the Internet which is in the Utilities menu In order to set the internet follow these steps 1 Press Enter on the Utilities program 2 Move to internet setup and Press Enter Or press i 3 In Setup internet you will find LAN Wireless LAN ADSL and Bluetooth DUN 4 You can move between the items by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key 5 Press Enter on the item that you want to connect 6 Connect to Internet through setting proceed When checking the inbox in the email program the menus are different from the menus that are used when you are writing an email You should read this chapter carefully before you use the e mail program on the Voice Sen
314. esponding menu name will be spoken through the TTS text to speech engine You may move to any menu or execute any menu by pressing an initial spelling of the menu Sometimes if a menu is executed by pressing Enter the lower level menu is displayed In this case when Voice Sense QWERTY connected to use with SyncBraille the right direction arrow sign gt is displayed after the name of the corresponding menu on the Braille display of SyncBraille When this happens the Voice Sense QWERTY will say pull down Or if a menu is executed by pressing Enter the dialog box is displayed In this case when the Voice Sense QWERTY connected to use with SyncBraille the ellipsis sign will be displayed after the name of the corresponding menu on the Braille display of SyncBraille The Voice Sense QWERTY will also speak the message common dialog 36 If you want to move from the current menu to the upper level menu press ESC 2 8 Using the Shortcut key and Hotkey Shortcut keys are the alphabets in the parentheses that follow the menu names And hotkeys are the combination of a couple of keys like Alt Fn or Ctrl Or you can execute the menu item without calling up the menu by pressing hotkey These are displayed after the shortcut keys For example if you are in the word processor and press Alt and then press Enter on File you will hear New n pull down Ctrl n
315. essing Enter on Mark and then move to previous mark by pressing Down arrow key and press Enter Or just press p to execute Previous Mark Then press Enter on Previous Mark You can also move to the previous mark by pressing V during reading DAISY contents 12 4 2 Next Mark The Next Mark function will allow you to move to a location where you have placed a mark If you have placed a mark in a DAISY Player file and you have not yet passed it you can move to that mark by using the Next Mark function You can access the Next Mark function by pressing Enter on Mark and then move to Next Mark by pressing Down arrow key and press Enter Or just press n to execute Next Mark Then press Enter on Next Mark You can also move to the previous mark by pressing N during reading DAISY contents 12 4 3 Set Mark You can set a mark anywhere you want while playing a file You can set a mark in the Set Mark menu Otherwise you can set a mark by pressing Alt You can also activate this function by pressing Alt Then press Enter on Mark Use Down arrow key to move to Set Mark and then press Enter Or press m when you are in the Mark menu The Set Mark dialog box will then open which will ask you to Enter mark name Enter the number of the mark that you wan
316. essive e mail you can delete them using the following steps 1 Press Ctrl b on the first e mail where you want to start the selection 2 Press Down arrow key to move to the last e mail that you want to delete 3 Press Del 4 It will Delete xx message Yes Xx is the total number of deleting e mail 5 Press Enter You can Press Ctrl b which will make the selection In front of the e mail subjects selected will be attached If you have pressed Ctrl a or Ctrl b but you want to cancel it press Space to change No on the Delete xx message Yes And press Enter Or you can cancel it by pressing ESC or Alt F4 8 3 2 Reply and Reply All to a Received E Mail When you reply to an email that was received you can edit or add a message to the original message or add another recipient For example you can reply to an e mail message that you previously received in your inbox Let s demonstrate with an example Suppose you received an email that had the following information Sender s e mail address hims hims inc com 206 Subject of the e mail Welcome to HIMS You could reply to this e mail by completing the following steps 1 Press Alt to call up the menu when you are in Subject Date or Message of the inbox 2 It will show the File 3 Press Down arrow key to move to the
317. et into the Open URL edit window or press Ctrl l while the Web browser is open When Open URL is executed the edit window for an address will be displayed On the LCD you will see the current address You can enter a new web page address that you want to connect to You need to enter the new address such as www google com Then press Enter You can check the addresses that have been entered previously by pressing the Down arrow key Move to the address that you want to open using the Up arrow key or the Down arrow key and press Enter when the desired URL is displayed You can go to a specific web page either by typing in a new address or by selecting one of the previously entered addresses If the Voice Sense QWERTY cannot connect to the desired web page and it only hears progress to TTS press ESC to stop connecting and call up Open URL again You can type in the address and try to connect again You can stop the Web browser from connecting by pressing Alt F4 Sometimes this can happen due to network or Internet problems 11 1 2 Open In order to enter into Open press Alt to call up the menu and press Enter on File Go to Open by pressing Down arrow key and press Enter Or you can press Ctrl o when the Web browser is active Then the Open dialog box will show up Open dialog box consists of file list Fil
318. eys on the top panel you can use audio buttons on the front panel In order to use the audio buttons on the front panel the audio mode switch should be moved to FM that is the left side of the switch After setting the audio mode switch pressing previous button will search the previous frequency and pressing next button will search the next frequency 10 3 Registration of the channel and move among channels During listening to the FM radio you can register the frequency which you are listening to Please do as follows 1 Press Alt to call up the menu and press Enter at Presets 2 And then press Enter at Add preset or press Ctrl s without calling menu 3 Then Add preset dialog box will be opened and Frequency current frequency will be announced 4 Press Tab 5 Then Label is announced Please input the name of the channel to be registered 6 Press Tab to move to Confirm and press Enter If you want to register the frequency other than the frequency which you are listening to input the frequency when Frequency The current frequency is displayed in the dialog box After you register all the desired channels you can move to the previous channel by pressing Alt Left arrow key and move to the next channel by pressing Alt Right arrow key 265 In order to delete any channel move to the channel to be deleted
319. f 20 15 11 Upgrading the Voice Sense QWERTY OS Check download information Space Cancel download and exit Alt F4 485 21 Command Summary for USB Keyboards 21 1 Common Combination Keys Call up the program menu Win key Call up the Task Name list Ctrl Shift F 10 Call up the menu in the individual program Alt Run the individual program in the program menu Win key shortcut key varies for each program Switch to previous program Alt shift tab Switch to next program Alt tab Exit Alt F4 Escape ESC key Move to the next control in a dialog box Tab Move to the previous control in the dialog box Shift tab Move to the previous character Left arrow key Move to the next character Right arrow key Move to the previous line item Up arrow key Move to the next line item Down arrow key Move to the beginning of line item Home key Move to the end of line item End key Move to the top of a document or to the first item Ctrl home Move to the bottom of a document or to the last item Ctrl end Move to the previous page or to the first item of the previous 32 item group Page up Move to the next page or to the first item of the next 32 item group Page down Read the current item again Ctrl shift r Say current time Ctrl shift t Display power status Ctrl shift b Print spool Alt shift p Call up the Global options F10 Online help F1 Check your version Ctrl shift v in the Voice Sense QWERTY program
320. following setting list a Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move between the three items by pressing tab or shift tab The setting list consists of Radian and Degree in which you can move by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key If you select Radian you can get the PI value while using the trigonometric function If you select Degree and activate PI you will get a wrong answer You can activate the Option Settings if you press 13 Enter on it or if you press o in the menu Of course you can open the 420 menu by pressing Alt Or in your calculation line you can activate the Option Settings by pressing Ctrl o When running the Option Settings if you press Enter on what you want in the setting list while moving with Up arrow key or Down arrow key or if you press Enter on Confirm on what you want in the setting list while moving with tab you will set the option 17 1 9 Exit This is used to exit the calculator You can quit a calculation if you press Enter on Exit Calculator or if you press z in the menu Of course you can open the menu by pressing Alt Or in your calculation line you can exit by pressing Alt F 4 17 1 10 Sample Math Calculations The following are examples for each of the math functions that you can perform when
321. formation tab will be displayed 9 3 3 6 Continue If you press Enter on Continue while the current status is pause the Voice Sense QWERTY will resume recording or playing 9 3 3 7 Cancel If you press Enter on Cancel the Voice Sense QWERTY will stop recording or playing close the Record dialog box and return to the Media player dialog box If you press Enter on Cancel while recording the recorded file will not be saved If you want to save the recorded sound to a file and exit from this dialog box press Enter on 247 Stop and then move to the Cancel button and press Enter You can also use ESC or Alt F 4 to cancel 9 3 4 Position Menu If you want to set a bookmark and delete a bookmark when you are listening to music or an audio file you can execute the Position menu This menu will also let you jump to the time you want to go to in an audio file The Position menu has four submenus 1 Mark Position 2 Delete Marked Position 3 Jump To Marked Position 4 Go To Time 5 Go To Percent 6 Set Start Point 7 Release Point You can move between the menus by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key To execute this menu press Enter 9 3 4 1 Mark Position If you execute this function when you are playing a file or when a file is paused a bookmark will be set A bookmark will mark a specific location
322. g for adding contact In order to call up the Manage Contact List dialog box Press Ctrl p or Press Enter on the Manage Contact Invite after entering sub menu of Contact menu calling up the menu Manage Contact List dialog box consists of 4 controls 1 E mail List control 2 Accept Button control 3 Reject Button control 4 Close Button control You will get detailed explanation about Manage Contact Invite dialog box You can move to the next control pressing Tab or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab 379 1 E mail As a list this displays user ID requesting you to add as contact 2 Accept As a button you can accept focused user ID as contact 3 Reject As a button you can reject focused user ID as contact 4 Close As a button once you execute a function you will go to the Contact list the previous status right before calling up the menu The following is the way to accept or reject Add contact on the Manage Contact List dialog box 1 Press Ctrl p You can see user ID requesting you to add as contact 2 Move to the user ID which you want to accept or reject using Up arrow key or Down arrow key 3 Move to the Accept button with Tab and press Enter And then you can accept user ID as a contact 4 Move to the Reject button with Tab and press Enter And then you can reject user ID as a contact 16 3 3 Start Chat Start Chat is a func
323. g is the procedure to attach a file 1 While you are writing e mail press Alt to call up the menu Then it will show File menu 2 Press Enter on the File menu 3 It will show Attach File 4 Press Enter on the Attach File It will be opened File list You can attach file pressing Ctrl f without calling up the menu 5 The default folder for the file list is the upload folder which is a sub folder of flashdisk if there are no folders in the upload folder of the Voice Sense QWERTY due to any reason no items will be displayed In this case you have to make a folder in the File manager or move to the desired folder with the move keys that are explained below The move keys in the file list are as follows 1 Move to the upper level folder Backspace 2 Move to previous item Up arrow key 3 Move to next item Down arrow key 4 Move to the beginning of the list Ctrl Fn Left arrow key 5 Move to the end of the list Ctrl Fn Right arrow key 6 Move to the desired file and press enter if you want to attach more than one file move to the desired file and press Space repeatedly Press enter if you want to attach the selected files 7 If the selected files are attached the Voice Sense QWERTY will announce xx attached and then move to the stage before calling the menu xx is the number of the attached file
324. gain press Up arrow key to move to the previous fields Confirm Cancel In order to apply a setting press Enter while Confirm is displayed If you do not want to change the setting you will need to press Enter when Cancel is displayed 5 5 2 Print Document Layout This option will allow you to set the layout of the document for printing on an ink printer Press Alt to call up the menu while you are editing a document and select Layout or press I which is the shortcut and then select Print Document Layout Or press Alt F6 which is the hot key for print document layout The settings in this menu are applied to all the paragraphs in the selected document You can navigate the menu 128 items with Up arrow Key or Down arrow key and you can move to Confirm or Cancel by pressing tab You can skip an item by pressing Down arrow key if you do not want to change the default setting The following is a detailed explanation of each setting 1 5 Set top margin This sets the top margin for ink printing The top margin is the distance from the top of the paper to the first line of the printed paragraph The default value is set to 20mm about 0 78 inches If you are going to change the default setting you can type in a number which will make the margin as big as you would like to have it Set bottom margin This sets the bottom
325. ge numbering type This sets the numbering type for embossing a document The default type is set to Double sided It means that the page number will be embossed on every page The setting values are 33 ee ot Double sided Odd Even and None These settings are 127 changed when you press Space Pressing Backspace will allow you to move in reverse order When you have selected your preference you need to press Down arrow key in order to move to the next setting Set page numbering This sets the position of the page number when embossing The selections are Upper right and Lower right The default setting is set to Lower right Press Space in order to change the setting Pressing Backspace will allow you to move in reverse order After selecting your preference you should press Down arrow key in order to move to the next setting Header This is used to edit the header that will be embossed on the head of every page Move to Header and type in the text to be embossed as the header In order to move to the next setting press Down arrow key Footer This is used to edit the footer that will be embossed on the bottom of every page Move to Footer and type in the text to be embossed as the footer After you set every field move to Confirm or Cancel and press tab If you want to change a setting or check your settings a
326. ger is in the background when you are using another program like as word processor You need to take the following steps for this function 1 Press Alt to call up the menu 2 Press Down arrow key to move to the tools and press Enter 3 Press Down arrow key to move to the Message Sound Notification While Messenger Is In The Background and press Enter Or you can press Alt m to move to the Message Sound Notification While Messenger Is In The Background directly Then you can see Play message sound notification while messenger is in the background Yes message 4 If you press Enter you can hear beep sound when a person sends you a message If you press Down arrow key first and then press Enter there is no beep sound and you can t find out new message before you check messenger program 16 4 3 Instant Message Dialog Box If you press Enter on an item in the contact list box the instant message dialog box will appear The instant message dialog box consists of history window input edit box Send and Close buttons 405 The history window lists all the messages that have been sent to and from other contacts In the input edit box you can type your message to be sent to another person You can move between these controls by pressing tab or shift tab When you are sending an instant message the
327. get to the Memo field You can type in multiple lines of text in the Memo field When you want to start a new line of text you should press Enter 140 When you are done entering information for a record you can press tab until you reach the Confirm button Then press Enter on Confirm 6 3 2 Setting Add Address Fields Set Address Fields enables you to select one of the 22 fields to be shown when you enter contact information There are 22 fields in a record but you may not want to enter information in every one of the 22 fields You can use Set Address Fields to select only the fields that you need To use this function press Alt to bring up the menu and then select Set Address Field or press o which is the short cut and then press Enter Or you can press Ctrl o in the Add Address dialog box On the right side of each field name used or unused is displayed The default value is set to used In order to toggle the value press Space After setting all the fields you want to change move to the Confirm button or the Cancel button by pressing tab or shift tab and then press Enter to save or cancel the changes Another way you can cancel the changes is by pressing ESC or Alt F4 6 3 3 Using Search Address in Add address In Add Address use the Searc
328. gh you are requested chat You are able to change the setting by using Space or Backspace When request receive file You can setup how to act when other user requests to receive file You can choose one of the 3 items such as Alerts accept and reject If you choose Alerts you will be notified of requesting to receive file and question to choose 393 Accept or Reject will appear If you choose Accept request will be accepted automatically If you choose Reject the request will be rejected automatically You are able to change the setting by using Space or Backspace When request voice chat You can setup how to act when other user request voice chat You can choose one of the 3 items such as Alerts accept and reject If you choose Alerts you will be notified of requesting voice chat and question to choose accept or reject will appear If you choose accept the voice chat request will be accepted automatically If you choose reject the voice chat request will be rejected automatically You are able to change the setting by using Space or Backspace When request chat auto replay You can setup whether you send auto reply message or not when other user request chat You can choose between Use and Not used If you select Use you will send auto reply message always when you are requested chat If you select Not used you will not send auto reply message when you are reque
329. gram menu 2 While holding down Fn f quickly press and release the reset button 3 Continue pressing Fn f until you hear the disk formatting 4 After you have completed the format return to the File manager program 17 15 Set Sleep Timer You can set Sleep Timer in Voice Sense QWERTY The sleep timer will turn the unit off at a specified time regardless of what you are doing Please follow these steps 1 Press Fn j regardless of location 2 It will find the edit box asking Sleep timer 0 3 Enter the number of minutes for the sleep timer Enter the number range from 0 to 90 4 Press Enter Once the sleep timer is set even if the device is active it will power off If you set the sleep timer for 5 minutes and press Fn j after 2 minutes 446 you will find 3 in edit box It means the power will be turned off after 3 minutes 17 16 Upgrade Voice Sense QWERTY Firmware If you activate this function you can update the Voice Sense QWERTY either through an Internet connection or from a disk that contains the upgrade file If you decide to upgrade using an Internet connection you must first complete the Setup internet function If you update the Voice Sense QWERTY all of the settings will be returned to their default status Data in the flashdisk will be protected However we recommend that you backup your files before updating the Voice Sense QWER
330. h 1 When you download an attached file if you press enter while Attachments will be saved to flashdisk download Do you want to change this location Yes is displayed 2 Press Enter 3 Then no items will be displayed when the flashdisk download folder is empty But if the folder has a lower level folder mailbox name 1 yy will be displayed When Save attachment path is executed the Voice Sense QWERTY will only show the folder 4 So if there is no folder in the download folder it will show no items Move to the desired folder by pressing move keys below Move to the upper level folder Backspace Move to the previous item Up arrow key 194 Move to the next item Down arrow key 5 When you encounter the desired folder press Space to select it and then press enter if a folder is selected will be displayed in front of the selected folder In this case if you select a folder and press enter the attached file will be downloaded into the selected folder and return to the inbox 8 2 2 7 Reading HTML type of e mail If you received the html type of e mail follow below these steps 1 You can open it with the Web browser regardless of anywhere of received e mail by pressing Alt o 2 Or after calling menu by pressing Alt move to Message and then press enter You can see menu items of Message Arrow
331. h Address function to jump to another record To use the Search Address function press Alt to call up the menu Move to the Search Address and press Enter or press s You can also press Ctrl f in the Add Address dialog box If you have entered any information and execute Search Address you will be asked Save changes Yes No Once you answer this the Search Address dialog box will be displayed 141 6 4 Searching For an Address 6 4 1 Using search address The Search Address dialog box enables you to search for any information stored in Address manager If you execute Address manager in the program menu Search Address is executed automatically If you want to use Search Address in Add Address you can either select it from the menu and press Enter or press Ctrl f which is the hot key If you press Enter in the Search Address dialog box without typing any text when Last name is displayed you can browse through all of the records that are stored in Address manager A record is a collection of information about one person If more than one record is found you can move to the next record by pressing Down arrow key If you want to move to the previous record you need to press Up arrow key For moving each field and record in the search result list you can use the followi
332. have ten addresses in your backup file If you select Append you will have 13 records in your address list In this case three addresses could possibly be redundant If you select Overwrite you will have 10 addresses backed up and the three original addresses will be deleted If you don t want either Append or Overwrite press Down arrow key locate Cancel and press Enter on it 6 5 3 Setting Backup Option To backup your address list you can do it manually using the Backup Address List function You can also backup your address list automatically by using the Set Backup Options To activate the Set Backup Options function press Alt to open up the menu Then press Down arrow key or Up arrow key repeatedly to locate Set Backup Options Then press Enter on it Or you can press e in the menu to go to Set Backup Options You can also activate the function without opening up the menu by pressing Ctrl e If you activate the function you will see a dialog box The dialog box has three controls Backup mode radio button a Confirm button and a Cancel button You can switch between controls by pressing tab or shift tab to switch between radio buttons you can press Up arrow key Backspace Down arrow key or Space The Backup mode has three radio buttons Always backup changes
333. he Cancel button Then press Enter Or you can also press Alt F4 Then the messenger program will close 2 If you have successfully logged in and checked Remember me and Save password check boxes you can log in by just pressing Enter when you are at the email edit box the next time you want to log in When the Voice Sense QWERTY is not connected to the Internet if you execute the MSN messenger and try to log in the Voice Sense QWERTY will announce Connection failed Display Network Status and return to the log in dialog box 398 16 4 2 Using a Contact List If you have successfully logged in a list box containing your contact list will appear In this list the contact information for those who are online and for those who are offline will be grouped together You can move through the entire list by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key repeatedly When this list box appears the number of people who are online will be displayed first Then the list of people who are online will be shown in the format nickname current status xx yy in LCD and nickname current status xx yy in speech Where yy is the number of people who are online or offline and xx is the order of the current item in the online or offline group In LCD the current status online is displayed as nln and offline as fln In speech they are announced
334. he Schedule manager can be synchronized with Microsoft Outlook on your personal computer to help you keep track of your information For a more detailed explanation of how to connect the Voice 176 Sense QWERTY to your computer and for more information on how to use Windows Mobile Device Center please refer to chapter 18 Please take the following steps in order to synchronize the Voice Sense QWERTY with Microsoft Outlook 1 Get the latest version of Windows Mobile Device Center downloaded and install it on to your personal computer 2 Connect the Voice Sense QWERTY to your personal computer using a USB cable 3 If the Windows Mobile Device Center dialog box opens on your PC after you connect the Voice Sense QWERTY to your PC select Set up your device and press the Enter on your PC 4 Then the Set Up Windows Mobile Partnership dialog box will be displayed on your PC Click on the check box that is located next to Contacts Note that the other check boxes should not be checked Press the Next button 5 Then you will be asked for a device name Type in Voice Sense QWERTY or whatever you would like to call the Voice Sense QWERTY Press OK button 6 Then the synchronization between Microsoft Outlook and the Voice Sense QWERTY are complete You can then check the contacts in Microsoft Outlook and the Voice Sense QWERTY 7 13 Hot Keys for the Schedule Manager
335. he Sine Functions menu will be activated when you press Enter on Sine Functions or press s in the menu You can open the menu by pressing Alt Or you can activate the Sine Functions menu by pressing Ctrl s in your calculation line The sine function list consists of Sine Arc sine and Hyperbolic sine If you press Enter on one of the three functions while moving with Up arrow key or Down arrow key or if you press Enter on Confirm on one of the functions while moving with tab you can insert it into your calculation line after selecting one of the sine functions Or you can insert one of the three sine functions by pressing the first letter of each in the list 17 1 4 Cosine Functions 418 You can activate the Cosine Functions by pressing Enter on Cosine Functions or if you press i in the menu You can open the menu by pressing Alt Or in your calculation line you can open the Cosine Functions by pressing Ctrl i The cosine function list consists of Cosine Arc cosine and Hyperbolic cosine If you press Enter on one of the three functions while moving with Up arrow key or Down arrow key or if you press Enter on Confirm while moving with tab you can insert it into your calculation line after selecting one of the three cosine functions Or you can inse
336. he Voice Sense QWERTY will show you the From item again By saving the e mail ID using the above method the name and its e mail id will be saved in the Voice Sense QWERTY The saved e mail ID can be used to send your message If you want to cancel saving the e mail 192 ID press tab to move to the Cancel button and press enter or just press ESC 8 2 2 4 CC Control CC shows the carbon copy recipient This control will be shown if the email has a CC You can save the e mail id of the carbon copy recipient using the following sequence 1 Press Ctrl i when CC carbon copy recipient s e mail address xx yy is displayed 2 Then the add address dialog box will be opened and Name sender s user name or e mail address will be displayed 3 Type in the carbon copy recipient s name with your keyboard or press tab to move to Confirm and press enter When you type in the name you can type it in Name edit box directly If the address that was typed in is saved and the dialog box is closed the Voice Sense QWERTY will show you the CC item again 8 2 2 5 Message Control Message shows the message body of the selected e mail You can move to a message by pressing tab Or you can read a message by pressing enter when Subject Date or From is displayed In case of pressing enter on Subject
337. he date when the appointment ends By default the same date as the date you set in the Start date field is displayed If you want to use this date you can press tab to move to the next field If you want to enter a new date you should type month day year in this order After you have changed the date you can press tab to move to the next field If you press Enter by accident right after entering the date you will get the message no subject and the focus will move to the Subject field 7 4 4 End time End time is the fourth field in the Add Schedule dialog box Here you can set the time when the appointment ends By default the same time as the time you set in the Start time field is displayed If you want to change the time type the time as you would in the Start time After setting the time press tab to move to the next field If you press Enter by accident right after entering the time you will get the message no subject and then the focus moves to the Subject field 7 4 5 Subject 162 Subject is the fifth field where you can type in the subject of an appointment If you do not enter anything in this field you will not be able to save the record If you press Enter after typing in the subject the record will be saved leaving the Location and Memo field empty and the Alarm time field set to its default value Time
338. he first record Ctrl Fn Left arrow key 2 Move between the fields in a record Move to the next field Ctrl Right arrow key Move to the previous field Ctrl Left arrow key Move to the last field Fn Right arrow key Move to the first field Fn Left arrow key In the List of Records Found if you want to search for different text you can press Ctrl f again to open the Search Records dialog box Then type the new text that you want to search for If you want to delete a record found press Up arrow key or Down arrow key to move to the record and press Del in any of the fields in the record Then you will be asked if you really want to delete the record Here you can select Yes or No by pressing Space or Backspace If you press Enter after selecting Yes the record will be deleted and if you select No the deletion will be canceled If you want to search for records in another table press Ctrl t to open the Table Manager 340 dialog box and press Enter on the name of the table that you want to activate If you want to change the content of a record select the record by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key repeatedly And press Ctrl m at any field in the record Then the same dialog box as the insert a New Record dialog box will be opened To change the content of some fields move to the fields by pressing tab type
339. he menu by pressing Alt Then use the up and down arrows and find Backup Schedule Then press Enter You can also press u while you are in the menu to get to Backup Schedule Or you can press Ctrl u to activate this function without calling up the menu If you already have a backup file you will see the message Backup file already exists Backup anyway Yes If you have made any changes to your schedule press Enter here to create a new backup file If you want to keep the previous backup file press Down arrow key locate No and press Enter on it If you make a backup file again in the schedule manager you will have a new backup file with the extension DAT and you will have another file with the extension BAK which originated from the previous planner dat 7 10 2 Restore Schedule If you want to restore your schedule after a cold reset press Alt to call up the menu and use the up and down arrow keys to find Restore Schedule Then press Enter on Restore Schedule Or you can press r while you are in the menu to find Restore Schedule You can also press Ctrl r to activate this function without calling up the menu If you activate the Restore Schedule function and you already have an existing schedule you will see the message Schedule file already exists Which do you prefer Append If you press Enter
340. he menus in the same way In Delete if you want to delete an item you can move to what you want to delete in the connect list and then press Enter on delete Use tab to move between the items Or you can delete an item by pressing Del on what you want to delete in the connect list If you want to exit the Modem setup you can press Alt F4 or you can press Enter on Close by moving to it by pressing tab 17 9 5 ADSL Setup If you want to connect the Voice Sense QWERTY to the Internet via a DSL connection you should use the ADSL setup First you should plug in a LAN cable to the Voice Sense QWERTY s LAN port If you press Enter on Setup internet you will first see CB LAN 1 54 Then go to ADSL by pressing Down arrow key repeatedly Press Enter on ADSL It contains the following controls connect list default add modify delete and close You can move between the controls by pressing tab or shift tab Within each control you can move item by item by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key In the connect list you will see the added connect names Select one by pressing Enter on it In Default you can make one of the added connect names the default connection If you make a connection the default connection that will be the connection that is used to connect to 440 the Internet firs
341. he number of dices that you want to play when the list displays Press enter on the list that you want to change playing 15 1 1 4 Exit Press Alt F4 to exit the game It will go back to Extras menu 15 1 2 Sense Brain Game There are 4 games in Sense brain game You can play everywhere every time It will help train your brain Have fun and be smarter 15 1 2 1 Execute 1 Sense brain game is in Extras menu To enter Extras menu press enter on Extras menu or press C 2 To start Sense brain game press enter on Sense brain game or press R 15 1 2 2 Game menu There are 5 menus in Sense brain game 4 game menus Memory game Reverse game Chase a criminal and Multiplication table and View ranking menu To start game press enter on a game you want You can see your record in View ranking menu 15 1 2 3 Playing game When you start each game you can hear opening sound and instruction Press enter to start game or press space to listen to the instruction again 346 15 1 2 4 Memory game When the game is started you can hear numbers or alphabets one by one Take stage 1 For instance it will say 3 numbers one by one Memorize these numbers When it says Type the answer write the numbers in the order and press enter If the answer is correct you can go next question If the answer is incorrect or time is over you can hear a beep sound and the game will be over Ans
342. he time with shortcut keys you can use the following commands 1 Time setting keys 163 Move to 1 hour after Down arrow key Move to 1 hour before Up arrow key Move to 10 minutes after Ctrl Right arrow key Move to 10 minutes before Ctrl Left arrow key Move to 1 minute after Right arrow key Move to 1 minute before Left arrow key If you attempt to set the time to 0 the Voice Sense QWERTY will display the message Time of appointment If you do not want to set an alarm press Up arrow key while Alarm time is set to Time of appointment Then Alarm off will be displayed and the alarm for this appointment will be turned off After setting the Alarm time save this appointment by pressing Enter or by pressing tab to move to the Confirm button and press Enter If you have set the Alarm time it will go off at the specified time even if the Voice Sense QWERTY is turned off If you want to stop the alarm press Ctrl 7 4 9 Setting a recurring Schedule You can set this option when the schedule you are creating currently recurs periodically If you clear this check box the schedule will be set to occurring once You can check or uncheck this option by pressing Space That is if you press Space when this box is checked it will be unchecked and if you press Space when this box is unchecked it will be checked If you have unchecked this just press
343. hear instead of the original word For example if you wanted to hear world health organization for the original word WHO and added the word the list will be listed as word WHO world health organization If there are many items on the list you can move up or down through lists by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key Also when Voice Sense QWERTY connected to use with SyncBraille you can click the cursor routing key corresponding to the item position you want to focus For example if there are 10 items in the list and you want to focus the 5 item you can just click the 5 cursor routing key and you will focus on the 5 item on the list The list will not be listed by the alphabetical order and it will be listed by the sequential order to be added If you want to add new word you can add the word by pressing Enter on Add Word button or you can press Alt i Then you will meet Add entry Here you can type in the word you want to change its pronunciation and press tab then you will meet Replacement Here you can type in the word you want to hear the pronunciation and then press Enter or press tab to move to Confirm button and then press Enter The word will be added completely and the focus will be returned to Add Word button In case of adding the word by pressing Alt i newly added word will be displayed If you want to cancel this modifica
344. hedule and Search Schedule In Add Schedule you can enter information about a new appointment Using Search Schedule you can look for information about a specific appointment stored in the Schedule manager and you can edit or delete the schedule information that is stored 7 2 Starting Schedule Manager 6 II If you press Enter on Schedule manager or press s which is the short cut in the program menu the Search Schedule dialog box will appear so that you can search stored information The first thing you will hear is Find date followed by the current date If you want to add new schedule information press Alt to bring up the menu Then select Add Schedule and then press Enter Or you can quickly open it by pressing Ctrl n in the Search Schedule dialog box As in other programs on the Voice Sense QWERTY you can use menus and shortcut keys in the Schedule manager 7 3 Setting Date and Time When you use Add Schedule Search Schedule or Wake up alarm which are located in the Utilities menu you are asked to set the date and time The Voice Sense QWERTY provides you with a consistent interface to enter time and date information in these dialog boxes So 159 before we start talking about using the Schedule manager in this section we should explain how to enter the date and time When you are aske
345. hen Cancel is displayed You must press Tab or shift Tab to get to the Confirm and Cancel buttons 5 5 4 Print Paragraph Layout You can set the layout of the current paragraph for printing on an ink printer In order to set print paragraph layout press Alt while you are editing a document and select Layout or press I which is the short cut and select Print Paragraph Layout Or press Alt F8 which is the 131 hot key for Print Paragraph Layout This setting applies only to the paragraph that you are on when the setting is changed This setting change does not apply to other paragraphs You can navigate the menu items by pressing Up arrow Key or Down arrow key and you can move to Confirm or Cancel by pressing tab You can skip an item by pressing Down arrow key if you do not want to change the default setting The following is a detailed explanation of the settings for Print Paragraph Layout 1 Set left margin This sets the left margin for ink printing The default value is set to Omm In order to change the setting you will need to type in the value Move to the next setting by pressing the press Down arrow key 2 Set right margin This sets the right margin for ink printing The default value is set to Omm In order to change the setting you will need to type in the value Move to the next setting by pressing the press
346. here the cursor is located Read the current paragraph Fn v Read the current line Fn c Read the current sentence Fn n Read the current word Fn x Read the current character Fn z If you want to delete a part where the cursor is you can use the following keys For example if you activate the delete the current paragraph function you can delete the entire paragraph where the cursor is located Delete the current paragraph Alt Del Delete the current line Ctrl Backspace Delete the current word Alt Backspace Delete the current character Del 5 7 Cursor Location While reading a document you can check the cursor location To do this press Fn s You will then hear Page xx Line xx column xx xx Paragraph xx yy Line xx yy 5 8 Hot keys in the word processor 1 File menu New document Ctrl n Open Ctrl o 134 Save Ctrl s Save as Alt s Close current document Ctrl F4 Print Ctrl p Settings Ctrl e Exit Alt F4 2 Edit menu Start selection Ctrl b Copy Ctrl c Cut Ctrl x Paste Ctrl v Delete Del Delete blank lines Alt e Add to clipboard Ctrl Insert Clear clipboard Ctrl Del Select All Ctrl a Insert from file Ctrl i Insert date Ctrl w Insert time Alt w Toggle insert overwrite mode Insert Check spelling Ctrl k Check spelling of the current word Alt k 3 Go to menu Find Ctrl f Find again F3 Replace Ctrl r Go to location Ctrl g Go to previous page Page up Fn Up ar
347. honetic 2 Choose the setting value you want To set next text index follow these steps 1 Press Ctrl Alt Down arrow key Every time you press Ctrl Alt Down arrow key Voice Sense QWERTY toggles between Phonetic Character Word and Sentence 2 Choose the setting value you want When you set the value to move by the setting value follow these steps 1 Move to previous text Press Ctrl Alt Left arrow key If you set Sentence it will move to previous position by sentence 2 Move to next text Press Ctrl Alt Right arrow key If you set Sentence it will move to next position by sentence 12 4 Mark When you are in the Mark menu you can put in a mark or jump to a mark while you are playing a file Mark can be inserted up to 1 000 You can open the Mark menu by pressing Alt and then m When you are in the Mark menu you will find the following sub menus Previous Mark Next Mark Set Mark Move To Mark and Delete Mark You can move between the sub menus with Up arrow key or Down arrow key 307 12 4 1 Previous Mark The Previous Mark function will allow you to move to a location where you have placed a mark If you have passed a mark while listening to a DAISY Player file you can move to that mark by using the previous mark function You can access the Previous Mark by pr
348. ice Sense QWERTY you can search for text in the various sections by pressing Ctrl f type the text you wish to find and then press Enter You can find the next occurrence of the particular text that you have previously searched for by pressing F3 The remaining sections cover each of the functions of the Voice Sense QWERTY in detail To access these help files press Win key to go to the program menu and use Down arrow key repeatedly until you find Help Then press Enter on Help Then press Enter on the section that you want to read The navigation keys are the same as in the word processor Remember that when you are reading the manual on the Voice Sense QWERTY you can search for text in the various sections by pressing Ctrl f type the text you wish to find and then press Enter Also you can find the next occurrence of the particular text that you have previously searched for by pressing F3 To access this section press Win key to go to the program menu and use Down arrow key repeatedly until you find Help Then press Enter on Help Then press Enter on Command summary The navigation keys are the same as in the word processor Remember that when you are reading the manual on the Voice Sense QWERTY you 454 can search for text in the various sections by pressing Ctrl f type the text you wish to find a
349. ield 139 When you have entered information in the desired fields you can save the information by pressing tab or shift tab repeatedly to move to the Confirm button Then press Enter Or you can press Enter in any field If you don t want to save the information that you have entered press tab or shift tab repeatedly to move to the Cancel button and then press Enter After you cancel the entry you will be prompted for another record beginning with the Last name field You can the use the cursor routing keys to move from one field to the next If you have pressed the any key to the right of the 23 key is pressed you will hear a warning sound because there are only 23 fields ina record You can enter telephone numbers To type in a dash while typing ina telephone number e g 000 000 0000 you should press If you want to put an extension number after any phone number enter the phone number as described above and then type a comma followed by the extension number as in O00 000 0000 100 When you enter a home page address or an e mail address you should enter the information using keys For the at sign you should press A period in a home page address or an e mail address should be entered as A colon can be typed in using and a slash can be typed in using By pressing tab you can
350. ies following 2 cases 1 If you try to add schedule that has not been performed the search mode in schedule manager Start date is set to the date based on current system 2 If you try to add schedule that has been performed the search mode in schedule manager Start date is set to the date which has been searched by specific date Note Above 2 cases only apply if you search by date in schedule 13 manager If you search by subject Start date is set to the date based on current system 7 4 2 Start time 161 Start time is the second field in the Add Schedule dialog box Here you can set the time when your appointment starts By default this field shows the current time which can be changed in the Set time and date in the Utilities program If you set the time format as 12 hour in this option the time will be displayed in am pm format Otherwise the time will be displayed in 24 hour format If you have set the time format to 12 hour you will want to press Fn x to change between am and pm After you have entered the time press the tab to move to the next field If you press Enter by accident right after entering this field you will get the message no subject and then the focus will move to the Subject field 7 4 3 End date The End date is the third field in the Add Schedule dialog box and here you can set t
351. ift Left arrow key Slow down Shift Right arrow key Open menu Alt Open help F1 Move to play list tab Tab Shift tab Exit media player Alt F4 21 7 3 Hot Keys in the Play List Tab Move to the next file Down arrow key Move to the previous file Up arrow key Move to the last file End key Move to the first file Home key Select resume current file while playing it is used as plays pause Space Start selecting files Ctrl b Start playing the selected files Enter Stop playing Backspace Delete the selected files in the play list DEL Play the next file Alt Right arrow key Play the previous file Alt Left arrow key Play the last file Ctrl end key Play the first file Ctrl home key Play the fifth file after the current file Ctrl Down arrow key Play the fifth file before the current file Ctrl Up arrow key Move to backward by time index and play Ctrl Left arrow key Move to forward by time index and play Ctrl Right arrow key Change time index Ctrl Up arrow key or Ctrl Down arrow key Volume up Shift Up arrow key Volume down Shift Down arrow key Speed up Shift Left arrow key Slow down Shift Right arrow key Open menu Alt Open help F1 496 Move to playback information tab Tab shift tab Exit media player Alt f4 21 8 FM radio Call up the sets dialog box Ctrl e Call up the menu Alt Internal speakers on off Ctrl shift x Move to next frequency Ctrl Down arrow key Move to
352. ike when you open the file manager You will be taken to flashdisk by default However if you have a SD memory card or USB memory stick inserted you can navigate to those disks by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key Please refer to chapter 4 in this manual regarding navigation keys in the File manager 4 After entering a disk open the menu by pressing Alt Then move to Paste with Up arrow key or Down arrow key and press Enter You can also activate this function without calling up the menu by pressing Ctrl v If the file is larger than 300 KB you will also hear the progress meter each time an additional 10 has been completed If the file is less than 300 KB then you will only hear the sound and not the progress meter 5 When the file has been pasted successfully you will see the message xxx file retrieved where xxx is the name of the file If the file is not pasted successfully you will hear xxx file not retrieved After the file is pasted successfully you will also hear Retrieve completed and you will be returned to the local folder list 13 2 3 2 Send To This function will allow you to send files from the local folder list to the remote folder list It is only available in the local folder list This is very similar to the copy and paste function The difference is that you do not have to paste the file to the remote folder It is done as soon
353. ile formatting will be lost and saved 5 1 5 Close Current Document The Close Current Document command allows you to close the current document that you are working on without closing the word processor You can access the Close Current Document command by pressing Alt Then press Enter on the File menu Use the up and down arrows until you find Close Current Document and then press Enter Or you can press q in the File menu You can also access this function by pressing Ctrl F4 while you are editing a document Please note that this function will not work if you only have one document open You must have at least two or more documents open in order to execute the Close Current Document command 5 1 6 Print The Print command is used to print the current document in ink or emboss it in Braille If you want to execute this command press Alt and press Enter on the File menu Then move to Print by pressing Down arrow key and then press Enter or just press p While editing a document the hot key for printing is Ctrl p There are two lower level menus for the Print menu One is for printing with an ink printer and the other is for embossing in Braille Remember that you can move between the menu items by using Up arrow Key or Down arrow key 1 Embossing in Braille 99 Open the document that you want
354. ile name and press Enter 3 If you don t change the folder current timeline will be saved in the flashdisk My Documents folder 16 3 Google talk Google Talk is one of the messengers to assist functions such as text chat voice chat and sending receiving files And it has functions that similar to MSN s Google Talk allows you to exchange text messages in real time with people registered online and chat to voice conversation Also with sending receiving file functions you can exchange files conveniently The following is how to launch Google Talk 1 Within the main menu press c or move to the Social Networking using Down arrow key and press Enter And then you can enter sub menu of Social Networking 2 Press g or move to the Google Talk and then press Enter 16 3 1 Launch the Google Talk In order to launch Google Talk on the Voice Sense QWERTY you need a Gmail account Visit Gmail website http gmail google com and create a Gmail account If you have a Gmail account registered you can use Google Talk Also if you want to launch Google Talk Voice Sense QWERTY needs to be connected to Internet 16 3 1 1 Sign In If you launch Google Talk Login dialog box will appear Login dialog box consists of as followings 1 E mail Computer Edit Control 372 Password Computer Edit Control Remember me Check Box Control 4 Save password Check Box Control Auto Sign In Check
355. ile you are in the inbox 224 2 3 4 5 Press Down arrow key move to the tools Press Enter It will show Accounts manager Press Down arrow key move to Spam Settings Press Enter It will show Type Subject 1 3 Without calling the menu you can also execute to this stage directly by pressing Ctrl e 8 Press Down arrow key when Type Subject 1 3 is displayed Then Type E mail address string 2 3 will be displayed 9 Press a or press tab to move to the Add button and press Enter 10 Then the Add dialog box will be opened and E mail address string e mail address will be displayed The e mail address is the sender s e mail address that was focused 11 Press Enter on E mail address sting e mail address Or press Tab to move to the Confirm and then press Enter 12 Then Successfully added spam data will be announced and E mail address string Registered e mail address 1 1 will be displayed 6 7 eS Oe N NA If you set it once the e mails with the e mail ids will be downloaded from the e mail server but the Voice Sense QWERTY will delete those e mails automatically So those e mails will not be found in the inbox You can add an additional e mail address by modifying the e mail address that you have typed in If you type in
356. ill be played Current cell Ctrl Shift c It announces and displays the content of the current cell again Move to the previous cell in the upper level table Ctrl Left arrow key It moves to the previous cell from the current cell that contains the current table If the current table cell is the first cell of the highest level table it will show the starting line of the table It does not work on the highest level table Move to the next cell of the upper level table Ctrl Right arrow key It moves to the next cell from the current cell that contains the current table If the current table cell is the last cell in the highest level table it moves to the end line of the table It does not work on the highest level table 10 Move to the upper cell of the upper level table Ctrl Up arrow key It moves to the previous row within the same column to the table cell that contains current table If the cell that contains the current table is located on the first row of the upper level table the warning sound will be played It does not work on the highest level table 11 Move to the lower cell of the upper level table Ctrl Down arrow key It moves to the next row within the same column to the table cell that contains the current table If the table cell that contains current table is at the last row of the upper level table the warning sound will be played It does not work on the highest level table 12 Check the position Fn s It announc
357. in the Remote folder list to the File manager network list In the Remote folder list enter key execute as Add button Cancel button cancels the Setup Network connection dialog box Also Using Alt F4 or ESC cancel can be executed If Setup network connection dialog box is executed using hot key Alt e you will be focused on Computer name edit box After checking computer name which you want to search you should type computer name with or without signal and press Enter 90 For example if the computer name which you want to search for is hims type hims or just hims and press Enter If the shared computer is searched login box will be displayed according to the shared computer setting If shared computer is Windows vista or Windows 7 you have to enter folder address as bellow 13 Ex hims sharing hims music If you separately don t set up network user name and password in the computer searched type guest on the Login EB and press Enter If there are specific network user name and password you have to type correct user name and password If login information is correct you will locate on Remote folder list control and the shared folder list appears In the Remote folder list all folder lists shared with connected computer appear Move to the desired folder list and press Enter Shared folder route add
358. ind in the Global options The Global options contains different settings that can be changed in the Voice Sense QWERTY By pressing F10 you can open the Global options while you are anywhere in the Voice Sense QWERTY The Global options has five groups 1 Braille setting Braille cursor eight dot mode view grade and message display time 50 2 Note This function will appear when the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to SyncBraille 3 Voice setting voice Braille code punctuation level keyboard echo capitalization alert numbers abbreviations voice volume voice rate voice pitch and scroll voice 4 Note Voice and Scroll voice will appear when the Voice Sense QWERTY connected to SyncBraille 5 Display setting LCD flip LCD dsplay and LCD font size 6 Print setting printer port and print paper size 7 General setting audio alerts play power on off sound skip empty lines control information hide passwords hot key information announce shortcut keys power saving mode power saving kick in check today s schedule one handed mode automatic spell check default document type Automatically synchronize with time server progress indicator Bluetooth wireless LAN Ethernet port and mass storage device mode Let s take a look at each function in the Global options in more detail and look at the specific steps on how to change the various settings It is very importan
359. ing Alt and press Down arrow key repeatedly to move to the Go To menu Press Enter on Go To Then use Up arrow key or Down arrow key to move to Go To Next Heading Then press Enter on Go To Next Heading Or just press d in the submenu You can also activate this function without opening up the menu by pressing Alt f or Ctrl F4 while you are ina web page 11 4 6 Go to Previous Next Text This menu can be used to go to the next text or the previous text while you are reading the web page In order to execute the Go To Next Text menu do the following 1 Call up the menu by pressing Alt 2 Move to Go To by pressing Down arrow key 3 Press Enter on the Go To menu 4 Press Down arrow key until Go To Next Text will be displayed Or you can press a in order to move to Go To Next Text directly 280 5 Press Enter on Go To Next Text Or you can call up the Go To Next Text menu by pressing Ctrl F6 while the web page is being read In order to execute Go To Previous Text menu do the following 1 Call up the menu by pressing Alt 2 Move to Go To by pressing Down arrow key 3 Press Enter on the Go To menu 4 Press Down arrow key until Go To Previous Text is displayed Or you can press b in order to move to
360. ing tab You can skip an item by pressing Down arrow key if you don t want to change the default setting The following are the items that can be changed 1 Set characters per line This sets the number of characters Braille per line to emboss in Braille The default value is set to 32 Type in the number of characters per line if you decide you want to change the value Then you can move to the next setting by pressing Down arrow key Set lines per page This sets the number of lines per page to be embossed It includes the line that the page number is printed in For example if it is set to 26 the content of the document will be embossed with 25 lines and the page number is printed as the 26th line If you want to change the value type in the number of lines that you want to emboss Then you can move to the next setting by pressing Down arrow key Print type This sets whether the document will be embossed on a single sided or a double sided both sides The default value is set to double side embossing If you want to emboss using single sided embossing press Space until Print type Single sided isheard Then the setting will be changed to single side embossing If you want to go back to double side printing again pressed Space again and Print type Double sided will be displayed After setting your preference move to the next setting by pressing Down arrow key Pa
361. ing You can also tab or shift tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab or shift tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC Note If you change the Braille Code option while you are editing Braille in the Word Processor current written Braille would be changed to different meanings in text In order to avoid this situation the Braille Code option needs to be changed before launching the Word Processor 3 7 Punctuation Level You can choose how you want the Voice Sense QWERTY to read 13 punctuation marks The shortcut key is p The setting options are All Off Punctuation and Symbol The default setting is set to All in which the Voice Sense QWERTY will say all punctuation marks and symbols The Space allow you to cycle through all four of the setting values If you select Off the Voice Sense QWERTY will not say any punctuation marks The option Punctuation will make the Voice Sense QWERTY say only punctuation marks but the Symbol option will say all symbols without saying punctuation marks If you have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also tab or shift tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting
362. ings 10 Display network status where you can Display network status 11 Display power status where you can display power status 12 Backup Restore personalized settings where you can backup restore the personalized settings for each program in the Voice Sense QWERTY all at once 13 Menu manager 14 Format where you can format the flashdisk SD card and USB memory 15 Set Sleep Timer 16 Upgrade Voice Sense QWERTY Firmware where you can upgrade firmware To access the menu items 1 Press Up arrow key or Down arrow key in the program menu 2 Press Enter on the Utilities menu Or you can press u in the program menu to open the utilities menu 413 3 The Utilities menu has several submenus under each of the menu items The following sections will discuss each of these menu options and their functions in greater detail 17 1 Calculator Using the calculator on the Voice Sense QWERTY you can do simple math equations as well as complex scientific calculations The results and formulas will be displayed in LCD and spoken by the Voice Sense QWERTY While using the calculator you can refer to the help menu by pressing F1 The help menu is very useful as you can quickly access hot key information for the various programs on the Voice Sense QWERTY When you want to use the calculator you can press c from within the Utilities
363. ion This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures 1 Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna 2 Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver 3 Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected 4 Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help FCC Caution To assure continued compliance example use only shielded interface cables when connecting to computer or peripheral 4 devices Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate this equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation IMPORTANT NOTE FCC RF Radiation Exposure Statement This equ
364. ion to Backward when you used the Find function before The Find Again function only works in the Subject Date or From control To activate the Find Again function use the following steps 1 Press Alt to call up the menu 2 It will show the File 3 Press Down arrow key move to the Edit 4 Press Enter on the Edit 5 It will show the Select All 6 Press Up arrow key or Down arrow key move to Find Again 7 13 7 Press Enter on the Find Again Or press g To activate this function without calling up the menu press F3 212 8 4 3 Move to Next Unread Message The Move To Next Unread Message option allows you to move to the next message that is unread If you use this function on the last unread message in a list you will be sent to the first unread message in the list 33 ec 7 To activate this function while you are in the Subject Date or From control 1 Press Alt to call up the menu 2 It will show the Find 3 Press Down arrow key move to the Edit 4 Press Enter on the Edit 5 It will show the Select all 6 Press Down arrow key move to the Move to Next Unread Message 7 Press Enter on the Move to Next Unread Message Or press 13 u To use this function w
365. ipment complies with FCC RF radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment This equipment should be installed and operated with a minimum distance of 20 centimeters between the radiator and your body This transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter Congratulations on the purchase of your Voice Sense QWERTY The Voice Sense QWERTY is capable of doing everything that an ordinary PDA can do and more all without the need for a screen I You will find the following items when you open the Voice Sense QWERTY package 1 2 3 Voice Sense QWERTY Battery Carrying Bag 4 AC adapter 5 USB Cable 6 USB to Parallel Cable 7 Earphone 8 Sticker 2 9 User Manual CD 10 Braille User Manual Hot Keys List 11 External Battery Charger Optional Il How to use this manual Before using the Voice Sense QWERTY you should read the entire manual to familiarize yourself with the functions of the Voice Sense QWERTY Reading the entire manual will allow you to operate the Voice Sense QWERTY to its fullest potential The Voice Sense QWERTY has many functions Many of these functions operate in a similar manner so it is important to become familiar with all of the functions of the Voice Sense QWERTY You will see references to hot keys and shortcut keys These keys refer to ways to access menus and functions quickly by using a combination of keystrokes P
366. is set to its maximum 10 the actual volume is 5 If the volume level in the Media player is set to 5 the actual volume level is 2 5 9 3 2 9 Speed Up and Slow down You can use these controls to adjust the audio playback speed The speed level ranges from 1 to 10 You can also adjust the speed level by pressing Shift Left arrow key or Shift Right arrow key in the Media player dialog box Shift Right arrow key can increase the audio playback speed and Shift Left arrow key can decrease the audio playback speed 9 3 2 10 Pause This item is for pausing playback while you are playing a file If you use this command again the Voice Sense QWERTY will start playing again from the position where it stopped playing You can also do this by pressing Space in the Media player dialog box 9 3 2 11 Stop This is used to stop playing the file that is currently being played You can also do this by pressing Backspace in the Media player dialog box 244 9 3 2 12 Previous Section This is used to play the previous section while Audible file is being played You can also do this by pressing Ctrl Page up Fn Up arrow key in the Media player dialog box 9 3 2 13 Next Section This is used to play the next section while Audible file is being played You can also do this by pressing Ctrl Page down Fn Down arrow key in the Media player dialog box 9 3 3 Record
367. ist Ctrl h Check the address of the selected title in the history list Fn i Find Ctrl f Find again F3 Links list Alt i Set current as your home page Alt s Add to favorites Alt a Favorites list Ctrl l Options setting Alt o Clear Cookies Ctrl d 20 9 2 Hot Keys When Playing Audio Files in web browser Turn up the volume Shift Up arrow key Turn down the volume Shift Down arrow key Play play button of the front panel 473 Stop stop button of the front panel 20 9 3 Hot Keys for Reading Web Pages Move between controls Move to the previous control Shift tab Move to the next control Tab Select the next item in the combo box list box Alt Down arrow key Select the previous item in the combo box list box Alt Up arrow key Moving to the form Move to the previous form Ctrl F 1 Move to the next form Ctrl F2 Table navigation hot keys Move to the previous table Ctrl F7 Move to the next table Ctrl F8 Move to the previous cell Ctrl Shift Left arrow key Move to the next cell Ctrl Shift Right arrow key Move to the upper cell Ctrl Shift Up arrow key Move to the lower cell Ctrl Shift Down arrow key Read current cell Ctrl Shift c Move to the previous cell of the upper level table Ctrl Left arrow key Move to the next cell of the upper level table Ctrl Right arrow key Move to the upper cell of the upper level table Ctrl Up arrow key Move to the lower cell of the upper level table Ctrl Down arrow key Ch
368. it menu which is the short cut While editing a document press Ctrl a to activate this function 5 2 10 Insert from File This command will insert another file in the current document that is being edited If you want to run this command press Alt and press Enter on the Edit menu Move to insert from File by pressing Down arrow key repeatedly Then press Enter on insert from File or just press I in the Edit menu While editing a document pressing Ctrl i will activate this function When you use this option an insert dialog box will appear just like the open dialogue box Select a file that you want to insert in to the current document and press Enter on the file Then the selected file will be inserted at the beginning of the paragraph with your cursor When you execute insert from File the text inserted from the file will be converted to the file format of the current document Although the saved file that you pasted was in a different formatted document the same file format will be kept as the current document For example if you insert sample txt in sample hbl and save it the saved file will be sample hbl Note that if you are going to insert a Braille file in a text file the Braille document will be translated back into a text document You can read it in Braille but on rare occasions you might see differences in the transla
369. ith your contact online The instant message dialog box will be described in more detail in 14 3 16 4 2 2 Adding Deleting or Viewing Contact Information You can add a contact by doing the following 1 Press Alt to open the menu Move to Contacts by pressing Down arrow key and then press Enter Press Enter on Add Contact You could also press Ctrl a instead of using the menu 2 Then the Add Contact dialog box will be displayed and you will be placed in the E mail address edit box You input the email address of the person you want to add on keyboard 3 Press tab to move to the Confirm button and press Enter Then the contact information will be stored and you will be placed back in the contact list box If you want to cancel adding the contact information press tab to move to the Cancel button and press Enter The added contact will be displayed as offline until the person accepts your request for adding him or her to your contact list As soon as the request is accepted their status will be changed to online You can delete a contact that you have registered by doing the following 1 Move to the contact you want to delete by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key repeatedly 2 Press Alt to open the menu Press Down arrow key to move to Contacts and press Enter Move to Delete Contact
370. ithout calling up the menu press Ctrl u 8 4 4 Copy or Move to mailbox There are two methods how to copy or move an e mail to folder 1 You can copy and move e mails directly in Mailbox lists except Outbox In order to copy and move an e mail to folder follow there steps 1 Execute E mail program 2 Press Shift Tab move to the Mailbox lists 3 Press Up arrow key or Down arrow key move to the Mailbox including the e mail that you want to copy and move 4 Press Enter 5 It will show e mail lists 6 Press Up arrow key or Down arrow key move to the e mail that you want to copy or move Press Space Ctrl b or Ctrl a 213 select the e mail that you want to copy or move Or you can select the e mail using the Select All or Start Selection of the Edit menu 7 Press Alt to call up the menu 8 It will show the File 9 Press Down arrow key move to the Edit 0 Press Enter on the Edit 1 It will show the Select All 2 Press Down arrow key move to the Copy or Move 3 1 1 1 13 Press Enter Or without calling up the menu by pressing Ctrl c or Ctrl x you can execute functions directly 14 Press Shift Tab move to the Mailbox lists 15 Press Enter on the Mailbox that you want to paste th
371. iting press any key 5 4 8 Read Current Word This function will tell you information about your current word To execute this command press Alt and move to the Read menu by pressing Down arrow key Then press Enter Move to Read Current Word by pressing Down arrow key and then press Enter or you can press w in the read menu which is the short cut While editing a document you can press Fn x to activate this function In order to return to the document that you are editing press any key 5 4 9 Read Current Character This function will tell you information about your current character To execute this command press Alt and move to the Read menu by pressing Down arrow key Then press Enter Move to Read Current Character by pressing Down arrow key and then press Enter or you 125 bl mI can press c in the read menu which is the short cut While editing a document you can press Fn z to activate this function In order to return to the document that you are editing press any key 5 4 10 Read Status This function will tell you information about your current file If you activate this function Voice Sense QWERTY will tell you the file name edit mode insert or overwrite and file protection write or read only To execute this command press Alt and move to the Read menu by pressing
372. ition of the table the Voice Sense QWERTY shows the table number and the number of rows and columns on the table For example there are two big tables we call these upper level tables on one web page Each table has 3 sub tables we call these lower level tables with 3 rows and 2 columns on each In this case when the Voice Sense QWERTY shows the first sub table on the second big table it displays table 2 1 3 rows 2 columns At the end of the sub table the Voice Sense QWERTY will display table 2 1 292 If the table consists of only 1 row and 1 column or empty space that has only border or background such tables are not considered tables in the Voice Sense QWERTY The Voice Sense QWERTY provides a way to move table by table and cell by cell in order for the user to comprehend the structure of the table In order to move cell by cell the cell position and contents of the cell will be displayed However the position information will only be announced in voice For example if you have move to a cell that is positioned on the second row and third column and the content of the cell is news the Voice Sense QWERTY will announce row 2 cell 3 news In this case row 2 cell 3 will be announced in voice only If a table is included in the cell the Voice Sense QWERTY will announce table cell If there is not a table in the cell you will hear empty cell In the table cell
373. ject 1 3 Without calling the menu you can also execute to this stage directly by pressing Ctrl e Now you are in the Spam Settings menu Spam Settings contains the following 6 items 1 Type 2 List 3 Add 4 Modify 5 Delete 6 Close You can move among the items by pressing Tab or Shift Tab In order to exit from Spam Settings move to the Close button and press enter or press ESC or Alt F4 Type consists of 3 sub items Subject E mail address string and Host You can move among these sub items by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key The list will be displayed in a different form according to the sub item of the Type If you have selected Subject the list will be displayed as Subject Registered word 1 xx if you selected E mail address string it will be displayed as E mail address string Registered e mail address string 1 xx it will be displayed as no items if there is no registered word or e mail address string Now we will explain how to register modify and delete the spam settings 223 8 5 3 1 Add As Spam E Mail First we will explain how to set the e mail program to sort out spam by setting any specified words in the e mail subject 1 Press Alt to call up the menu while you are in the inbox 2 Press Down arrow key move to the tools
374. k You can delete a mark 1 Call up the menu and press Enter on Mark And then move to Delete mark 2 Press Enter on Delete Mark Or press Alt d without calling the menu 3 Input the mark number which will be deleted in the edit box of Enter mark name to delete and press Enter 4 If you input non existing mark number the edit box of Enter mark name to delete will be displayed again after Mark x does not exist message 9 3 5 4 Mark Manager You can open mark manager dialog box to check mark information of the current audio file by pressing Alt k You can also open dialog box 253 by using the menu Call up the menu by press Alt and move to Mark And then press Enter on Mark And move to Mark Manager and press Enter The dialog box consists of mark list Move button Delete button Close button You can go to each control by pressing tab or shift tab There are all marks of the current file in the mark list with information of name of mark setting time of mark You can go to the other information in the list by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key You can delete a mark in the list by pressing Enter or Del after going to Delete button by pressing tab Also you can play the contents from the specific mark by pressing Enter on the m
375. k and then press Enter The other is as follows You should execute Setup Network connection dialog box and move to the This Remote folder already registered and then Press Enter or tab Remove button will be displayed If you press Enter the folder will be removed Remote folder list informs Remote folder already registered indicating mark in front of the search list If you press Tab in registered remote folder list you can see Add button change Remove button According to whether the folder is already registered or not next control is changeable to Add or Remove button 4 5 Hot Keys in the File Manager 1 2 Open Ctrl o Open with Ctrl h 3 Zip Ctrl z 4 Unzip Ctrl u 5 Send Ctrl s 6 Copy Ctrl c 7 Cut Ctrl x 8 Paste Ctrl v 9 Delete DEL 10 Rename F2 11 New document Ctrl n 12 New folder Alt f 92 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 ee NSN N OT Ole eC NA File conversion Ctrl t Select all Ctrl a Sort files by Ctrl g Set file info Ctrl i Display only files of type Ctrl w Search for file Ctrl f Information Alt Enter Setup Network connection Alt e Remove remote folder on network Alt e 93 5 Word Processor When you launch the word processor on the Voice Sense QWERTY the Voice Sense QWERTY will place you in a new document that is ready for you to write in The menu can b
376. k is a streaming audio file While you play a streaming audio file in the Web Browser if you exit the Web browser program or you lost the internet connection the streaming audio file will be stopped playing You can use following playback commands in Web browser while playing any streaming audio file 1 Play play button on the front panel 2 Stop stop button on the front panel 3 Turn up the volume Shift Up arrow key 295 4 Turn down the volume Shift Down arrow key Playback of a streaming audio file does not stop if you switch to another program until you press the stop button on the front panel after you come back to Web browser You can download real audio files but not play them in the Web Browser 11 8 Hot keys in the Web Browser 1 File Menu Open URL Ctrl l Open Ctrl o Save as Alt s Information Alt Enter Exit Alt F4 2 Read Menu Read from beginning to cursor Alt g Read from cursor to end Fn Enter Auto scroll Up scroll button down scroll button This function executes when the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to SyncBraille 3 Edit menu Start selection Ctrl b Copy Ctrl c Add to clipboard Ctrl Insert Copy URL Alt d Copy link Alt l 4 Go to menu Go to the home page Alt h Go to the previous page Alt Left arrow key Go to the next page Alt Right arrow key Go to previous heading Alt b or Ctrl F3 Go to next heading Alt f or Ctrl F4 Go to previous text Ctrl
377. key Increase the volume Shift Up arrow key Decrease the volume Shift Down arrow key x Noe Ne N 12 2 2 3 Set to control information of contents You can use this function when you play the NIMAS Daisy The default setting value is On To change the setting value press Space or Backspace If you set On it shows symbol of controls and information while playing NIMAS Daisy NIMAS Daisy control includes image description caption prodnote 13 table mage is displayed on the braille display as img desc is for 13 description and prodnote cap is for caption tdt is for table 12 2 3 Book Info Using Book Info you can check the information on the file that is currently playing Press Alt and press Enter on File Press Down arrow key repeatedly to move to Book Info and press Enter on Book Info Or you can activate Book Info by pressing Alt Enter 303 Activating Book Info will open the Book Info dialog box without stopping the playing of the file In the dialog box you will find one state box that contains running time and pages another state box that contains the mark information and Close You can move between the three controls with tab or shift tab In the first state box you will find total time Read time
378. l Networking help 18 Utilities help Using the help menu Using activesync Command summary Command summary for USB keyboard Troubleshooting guide Accessories Information about the Voice Sense QWERTY The section Help overview gives an entire overview of the Voice Sense QWERTY This section covers all of the functions of the Voice Sense QWERTY To access the help file press Win key to go to the program menu and use Down arrow key repeatedly until you find 453 Help Then press Enter on Help Then press Enter on Help overview The navigation keys are the same as in the word processor When you are reading the manual on the Voice Sense QWERTY you can search for text in the various sections by pressing Ctrl f type the text you wish to find and then press Enter You can find the next occurrence of the particular text that you have previously searched for by pressing F3 The section Basic functions help gives an explanation of the Global options functions and common function and how to use them To access the help file press Win key to go to the program menu and use Down arrow key repeatedly until you find Help Then press Enter on Help Then press Enter on Basic functions help The navigation keys are the same as in the word processor Remember that when you are reading the manual on the Vo
379. l of the available commands When you cannot remember the exact hot key for the command that you want to execute you can press Alt to open the menu 6 3 Using Add Address This dialog box allows you to enter new addresses in the Address manager In order to use the Add Address function press Alt to bring up the Address manager menu and then press the Up arrow key Down arrow key to move to Add Address Then press Enter Or press Ctrl n which is the hot key in Address manager 6 3 1 Adding an Address Add address is a dialog box that contains a list of 22 input fields the Memo field a Confirm button and a Cancel button In the input fields you can enter the information corresponding to the 22 fields of a record Confirm is used to save the information entered and Cancel is used to discard the entry You can move among the input fields Memo Confirm and Cancel by pressing tab or shift tab Among the 22 input fields you can move from one field to the next by pressing the Up arrow key Down arrow key Here you should type in the appropriate information for each field and press the Down arrow key to move to the next field You do not have to fill in all of the fields If you want to skip a field press the down arrow and the field will be left blank You will then be prompted for the next f
380. l the information you specified By default only names are displayed in the file list If you have selected Name Size the name and size of files will be displayed But for folders size will not be displayed If you have set the Set File Info option it will be kept even after closing the File manager and the same information will be displayed when the File manager is started again 4 2 17 Display Only Files of Type This is used to specify what type of files will be displayed in the file list Press Alt to bring up the menu Then press Down arrow key repeatedly until you reach Display Only Files Of Type and press Enter You can also access this feature by pressing Ctrl w in the file list or press w in the menu Then you can select one of the following items All Files Sense Word Files MS Word Files Text Files Braille files HTML Files URL Files Media Files and Wave Files You can move between these items by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key If you press Enter after selecting the file type you want only the files of the specified type will be displayed in the file list Folders will be displayed for whatever type you have specified By default all files are displayed in the file list This option setting is not kept after closing the File manager so all the files will be displayed after
381. l up the Global options If you have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also tab or shift tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab or shift tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC You can also press F5 while turning on the Voice Sense QWERTY which will turn the Voice Sense QWERTY on without speech When resetting the Voice Sense QWERTY you can also press F5 when you press the reset button to reset the Voice Sense QWERTY and turn on the Voice Sense QWERTY without speech 3 6 Braille Code Braille code is a writing system which sets the Braille rule The Voice Sense QWERTY can be set either US or UEBC UEBC Unified English Braille Code is the original intent was to explore the possibility of bringing together three of the official Braille codes that are used for 54 Braille in those countries for various purposes viz literary material English Braille American Edition mathematics and scientific notation Nemeth Code and computer notation Computer Braille Code The short cut key of the Braille code is c The default setting is set to US If you want to change to UEBC you need to press Space If you have changed the setting press Enter to save the sett
382. laying a file You can open Open DAISY dialog box by long pressing stop button when play or pause the DAISY contents And if you long press the stop button again this dialog box will close And then return to the previous position Play button is same function as Enter in Open DAISY dialog box Also stop button record button previous button and next button is same function as Backspace Space Up arrow key and Down arrow key in open DAISY dialog box Namely you can move to up and down by pressing previous and next button in list of Open DAISY dialog box And you can select and unselect by pressing record button If you press stop button you can move to upper folder And if you press play button you can play the selected file in file list of Open DAISY dialog box 301 In order to use this function you must set the audio mode switch to DAISY mode 12 2 2 Voice Settings In the Voice Settings you can set the Daisy player voice parameters To execute voice settings follow these steps 1 Press Alt to call up the menu 2 Move to Voice Settings which is located under the File menu and press Enter Or press s 3 Also you can directly activate the Voice Settings by pressing Ctrl s It will open the Voice Settings dialog box In the dialog bo
383. ld like to use ActiveSync you will have to download it from the Internet on to your personal computer 19 2 Connecting the Voice Sense QWERTY to a PC Before connecting the Voice Sense QWERTY to your personal computer for the first time make sure that the Voice Sense QWERTY is turned off Once you have ActiveSync installed in XP and earlier version you will need to plug a USB cable in to the USB OTG port on the right panel of the Voice Sense QWERTY Then plug the other end of the USB cable in to a USB port on your personal computer Now turn on the Voice Sense QWERTY You will hear several sounds First on the Voice Sense QWERTY you will hear chimes Then you will hear a ding dong sound on your computer which lets you know the computer is connected properly to the Voice Sense QWERTY You will again hear chimes on the Voice Sense QWERTY and then on your computer In Vista You have to install Windows Mobile Device Center Once you have Windows Mobile Device Center installed in PC to executing it You will need to plug a USB cable in to the USB OTG port on the right panel of the Voice Sense QWERTY Then plug the other end of the USB cable in to a USB port on your personal computer 19 3 Setting up the Voice Sense QWERTY in the ActiveSync Program 456 After you have turned on the Voice Sense QWERTY and you have heard all of the sounds a screen will come up on your computer that has the heading Set Up a Partnership Y
384. lease note that not all hot keys and shortcut keys will work while you are in the Voice Sense QWERTY Some hot keys and shortcut keys require that you be within a program in order for specific hot keys and shortcut keys to work This user manual uses a specific notation of how to press keys When you see Fn B this means that you would press the Space and B simultaneously This is a very important concept to understand when using this manual In order to use the Voice Sense QWERTY you will need to understand what a menu is and how it works You will also need to understand what a text box is and how to type in information in a text box It is very important that you completely understand concepts such as this so that you are able to use the Voice Sense QWERTY to its fullest potential If you find that you are unable to find a solution to a problem within the manual or if you need assistance with the Voice Sense QWERTY please email us at support hims inc com Visit us on the web at www hims inc com or you can call us at 512 837 2000 Table of Contents 1 IATRO GUC TON oaaae eia a iA 23 1 1 What is the Voice Sense QWERTY cccceecceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 23 1 2 HardWare eee a eE EEEE e EEE e ECE A 24 2T Top Paneline EN O s 25 22 Right Side Paneler a A T 26 1 2 3 Eeft Side Panel errin na o E ieee srode 27 12 4 Rear Pane hed Quasi a e e E a 27 12 o MOn Pane e E E K RA Eea a 28 12 6 Bottomn Panel osne en
385. les in the play list Whenever you register an audio file using the File menu the file is added to the play list 9 2 3 Hot Keys in the Play Information Tab and the Play List Tab The hot keys that can be used in the playback information and the play list tabs are as follows 1 Hot keys in the Play Information Tab Hot key Function Down arrow key Move to the next information Up arrow key Move to the previous information Space Pause when it is play state and play when it is pause state X or Enter Start playing C or Backspace Stop playing B or Alt Right arrow key Play the next file Z or Alt Left arrow key Play the previous file Ctrl Fn Right arrow key Play the last file Ctrl Fn Left arrow key Play the first file Alt Down arrow key Play the fifth file after the current file Alt Up arrow key Play the fifth file before the current file 2 Ctrl Right arrow key Move to next position by time index and play Ctrl Left arrow key Move to previous position by time index and play Ctrl Up arrow key or Ctrl Down arrow key Change time index Shift Left arrow key Speed up Shift Right arrow key Slow down Shift Up arrow key Volume up Shift Down arrow key Volume down Alt Open menu F1 Open help Tab Shift tab Move to play list tab Alt F4 Exit Media pla
386. lete the item press Enter Otherwise press Space to switch to No and then press Enter If you want to exit Pronunciation dictionary you can press Enter on Close button or press Alt F4 17 8 Stopwatch When you press Enter on the Stopwatch you will show 00 00 00 If you press Enter the stopwatch will start If you press Enter again it will pause and the Voice Sense QWERTY will say the elapsed time and display it in LCD Pressing Enter again will restart the stopwatch from where it paused If you press Backspace on work or pause it will let you know the elapsed time and will clear into 00 00 00 While the stopwatch is working pressing Space will make the Voice Sense QWERTY say the elapsed time at the moment In this case the LCD is still just displaying the clock 433 While the stopwatch is running pressing Fn Space will stop displaying the time while the stopwatch is still running If you press Fn Space the time will be displayed again If you press tab or shift tab before the start of the stopwatch or while it is running you can switch to the Countdown timer If you activate the Countdown timer you will be asked to put in hours minutes and seconds If you press Enter without typing in any numbers the Countdown timer will start with the default which is set to o
387. list Then press Alt to open the menu and press Enter on Delete Schedule Or you can press its hot key Del in the find result list If the selected schedule is a recurring schedule Recurring appointment Delete type will be displayed This is asking whether you want to delete the recurring schedule or just the appointment for that day If you select This occurrence only the appointment on that day will be 170 deleted If you select The series the recurring schedule itself will be deleted You cannot select and delete multiple schedules at once You can delete only the appointment currently focused 7 8 Printing a Schedule After finding an appointment using the Search Schedule command you can print an appointment that you have found using the Print Schedule command In the search results list press Ctrl p or call up the menu by pressing Alt and press p or select Print Schedule Then press Enter The Voice Sense QWERTY will ask you to specify the beginning date of the appointments to be printed By default the current date is displayed You can specify a date that you want to search for Now press tab to set the end date of the appointments that you want to be printed Again you can enter the dates If you press Enter or tab you will be asked to select the type of printer you will use Printer is the default setting Press
388. ll appear 16 2 5 6 Tweet Information Tweet Information provides 2 functions One is a function to connect URL to web browser if tweets contain URL address The other is a function to copy tweets content In order to call up the Tweet Information press Enter on the desired tweet Tweet from User Id dialog box consists of 3 controls You can move to the next control pressing Tab Tab or to the previous control by pressing Shift Tab Shift Tab 1 Content As a status control this represents message content 2 URL As alist this represents URL address contained in tweet Using Down arrow key or Up arrow key select URL as you desire and press Enter And then web browser is launched to access to the URL address 360 3 Close As a button this closes Tweet from User Id dialog box and go back to the Timeline Also you can use Esc key in order to close The followings are editing hot keys used in Contents box 1 Start selection Ctrl b 2 Select all Ctrl a 3 Copy Ctrl c 16 2 5 7 Add to Favorite Add to Favorite is a function to add specific tweet to Favorite List and it is similar to Favorites function You can add tweets as favorite Later you can see the tweets quickly calling up the Favorite list The followings are how to add tweets to favorite 1 In Timeline move to the tweet which you want to add to favorite 2 Press Ctrl v Or using
389. ll replace the text that is found After you type in Text to find and Replace with the Voice Sense QWERTY will find the text and replace it in the direction that you have specified If you want to change the direction press Tab to move to the next field 3 Search direction The default direction is Forward If you would like to change the search direction you should press Space Pressing Space will toggle between Forward and Backward The Search direction has the same function as the Search direction After you set the searching direction press Enter to start the replacement of text or press Tab to set the Match case or Replace 4 Match case 116 This field display only when you execute the Replace command in text file This field does not display in Braille file The default value is No If you want to change the value press Space Pressing Space will toggle between No and Yes 5 Replace You may want to replace only one piece of text Or you may want to replace all the texts that coincides with the text that you typed in the Text to find field You can set it in the Replace field There are two choices Once and All You can toggle between the two choices by pressing Space 6 Confirm and Cancel Pressing Enter on Confirm will start finding and replacing text If there is no tex
390. llow As a button this will delete focused follow unfollow 5 Close As a button you can close Following dialog box and will go to the previous status Or you can use Esc 16 2 6 3 Remove Follow Remove Follow is a function to make your follow unfollow Remove Follow can be launched when Following is called up The followings are how to delete follow 1 Press Alt l on Tweet Window Following appears 2 Move to the follow which you want to delete using Down arrow key or Up arrow key 3 Press hot key Delete Or move to the Remove Follow button using Tab and press Enter 4 Do you want to delete Yes message appears If you press Enter selected follow will be deleted Unfollow If you want to cancel to remove follow change Yes button to No button by pressing Space key Or press Esc After canceling the delete it is located in following 16 2 6 4 Followers Followers indicates Users who follow you 363 In order to call up Followers press hot key Alt e Or by calling up menu and moving to sub menu of Follow you can launch Followers Followers dialog box consists of 5 controls You can move to the next control pressing Tab or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab 1 Followers As a list it lists your followers 2 About me As a status box it displays self introduction of focused user
391. llow these steps below 1 Press U or Enter on the Utilities 2 Press the short cut key m or Enter on the Menu manager 3 The dialog box of the Menu manager will be displayed The dialog box of the Menu manager consists of following items 1 The 6 lists of the Voice Sense QWERTY program 2 Confirm button 3 Cancel button To navigate between each program you need to press Up arrow key or Down arrow key And press Tab or Shift tab to navigate between Confirm and Cancel button To hide unused program follow these steps below 1 When executing Menu manager the list of the Voice Sense QWERTY program will be displayed 444 2 Pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key to move to the program that you want to hide and press the Space to change to off 3 When checking all the programs as off you need to press Enter Or pressing Tab to move to Confirm and press Enter 4 Setting is complete Press the Reset button which is located at the back of the Voice Sense QWERTY 5 And when navigating between each program off program will not be displayed If you want to use the program again execute the Menu manager and press the Space to change to on And press the Reset button to reset the Voice Sense QWERTY When the Voice Sense QWERTY reboots itself the program will be displayed 17 14 Forma
392. lose key help mode press Ctrl ESC Then it will be announced Key help mode off with voice to return to the executing program 2 19 Using Typing Mode While typing in document you can execute Typing Mode 46 In order to execute the Typing Mode follow these steps 1 Press Fn Ctrl t while typing in document 2 It shows Start typing mode If you press Ctrl ESC while executing the Typing Mode it will be typed Ctrl and ESC instead of executing the Key help mode In order to cancel the Typing Mode follow these steps 1 Press Fn Ctrl t in the Typing Mode 2 It shows End typing mode After canceling the Typing Mode it will execute Key help mode when you press Ctrl ESC 2 20 Input Search for Control character Control character is a code in a character set which does not in itself represent a written symbol in computing For example all entries in the ASCII table below code 32 such as Form Feed FF TAB and Carriage Return CR In the Voice Sense QWERTY you can input or search the control character in the Braille documents 1 Inputting the Control character The control character can be input only in the Braille documents Inputting the control character in the Braille documents follow these steps below 1 While opening the Braille document press Ctrl Space and control character will be announ
393. lue in voice Delete is used to get rid of your registered item If you want to delete an item first you should select the item that you want to be deleted and then press Enter on Delete You can find the deleted item in item list by pressing tab Or you can press Del on what you want to delete in the item name list If you want to delete all of the items you can select all of them by pressing Ctrl a and press Del If you only want to delete some of them you can select the items by pressing Space and press Del on the selected items 17 1 2 2 Delete All Saved Items 416 When you use this function you can delete all of the saved items that are stored in the Recall Items To activate it you can call up the menu by pressing Alt Then use the Up arrow key or Down arrow key to get to the Variable Functions menu and press Enter Next use the up and down arrows to go to Delete All Saved Items and press Enter You can also press Ctrl d while you are in the calculation line 17 1 2 3 Save Items Save Items is a dialog box that has an edit window for typing in the item name a Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move between the control items by pressing tab or shift tab In the Variable Functions menu you can access Save Items by pressing s When you are in the calculation
394. ly and then press Enter on Paste or press v in the Edit menu which is the short cut to paste the selected text from the clipboard While editing a document press Crtl v to paste the text from the clipboard 5 2 5 Delete To delete text that has been selected press Alt and then press Enter on Edit to enter into the Edit menu Move to Delete by pressing Down arrow key repeatedly and then press Enter on Delete or press d as a short cut in the Edit menu to delete the selected text When you are editing a document you can press DEL to delete text that you have selected 5 2 6 Delete Blank Lines In order to delete blank lines you must select the area of the document where you want the blank lines to be deleted from Once this has been 106 done press Alt and press Enter on Edit to enter into the Edit menu Then use the up and down arrows and press Enter on Delete Blank Lines or press I as a short cut while in the Edit menu If you want to delete an empty line while you are editing a document press Alt e which is the hot key for Delete Blank Lines 5 2 7 Add to Clipboard When you have selected the text you want to select in your document you should press Alt and then press Enter on Edit to enter into the Edit menu Move to Add to Clipboard b
395. ly recommend using Bluetooth 2 0 headset If you use below Bluetooth 2 0 headset discontinuous playing might be occurred 13 2 8 Bluetooth Printer service You can print the documents connecting the printer to Voice Sense QWERTY through the Bluetooth To use this function you need to use the printer that supports Bluetooth or has a capability connecting Bluetooth receiver To set follow these steps below 1 Press F9 to turn on the Bluetooth 2 Execute Bluetooth program 3 Bluetooth device has been detected 4 By pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key move to Bluetooth printer device 5 Press Enter 6 It will show Service list after scanning service 7 By pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key move to Printer 8 Press Enter Then the printer will have been connected to Voice Sense QWERTY 13 2 9 Using Multiple Services Simultaneously You can use the LAN FTP and ActiveSync Bluetooth services all at the same time However if you plan to use any of these services at the same time you should connect the FTP service before connecting the LAN and ActiveSync services Otherwise you may experience problems However if you want to connect to the Serial Port you should not connect to any of the other Bluetooth services in the Bluetooth Service list 13 3 Hot keys in Bluetooth Manager 330 1 Hot keys in Bluetooth manager Scanning Bluetooth devic
396. m 8 Ee ee ee eee ee 98 De Ve DNG vai ilare a a a AE E Vener sait 101 S ofl sa 4 CRUE eee PE RPE re ener ERT Cece tee merry 103 SZ EdC MENU a erate eee eee eee Meer nr E re ere ee eae ee 103 Bez 2 CODY EE A T E odds deedudtnca cance hao as is aaatnlhs al 104 DDO Ue aascared idee conse EEE EEE E EE EEE 105 DZ Ae PASI toi lela AAAA ES AREA NO ch eels 105 SPAS DIE gt E RRR RAE PENNER APAIN ATEAREN 105 5 2 6 Delete Blank LINCS wiiecvsecccsciethscceeyaxrneveueisdowseheetuehaareeneendees 105 5 2 Add to Clipboard siir a a ee aa 106 5 2 8 Clear Clipboard teeessanua ny aicecetesuuie decetucsdosse aaah caetccsteccisen 106 5 2 O Select All s iors ance ena aa a 107 5 2 10 Insert from File niressan a 107 52i ISO Date neii aa a aa 108 S22 Nse ITC a a T a ae AERO AA 108 5 2 13 Toggle Insert Overwrite Mode cccccceesseeeeeeeeeaeeeeeees 108 5 2 14 Check SpewING wistiecersenncennsaia sw telat 109 5 SGO TOs IVC er i tk eres da chug ts hea ETELA LE TEETE a 113 S NEMA ee a e a e One at 113 53 2 Find AGAIN ave sta conccdasaanst eea ii ea R a aaa RERA inta eden 114 5 39 39 REpla CE E E aan 115 534 Go fo LOCHA a aa A a 116 5 3 5 Go to Previous Sentence ccc ccc eee ees cess eeeeeseeeeueeaeeaes 118 5 3 6 GO to Next Sentent ecce ats er cers a 118 5 3 7 Go to Previous PAGE sists sssanasoanesenessiceuverercnceevindaanevatex 119 5 3 8 Go to Next Page sicccsiesvsnsiscccceuaaveninesaaniidrennscnnsnaaas 119 5S OSet MaK e re uta aa aE a a e aa
397. m the cursor to the end of the current page To execute the Auto Scroll function press Enter on Auto Scroll in the Read menu Or you can press the up and down scroll buttons simultaneously when you open a web page If you quit this function before the end of current page you can press Ctrl If you execute this function the Braille display change to correspond with the voice output For a faster scroll during scrolling press Right arrow key For a slower scroll during scrolling press the Left arrow key 11 3 Edit Edit menu is used to copy any part of the web page or add it to the clipboard In order to call up the Edit menu press Alt and press Enter on Edit or press e 11 3 1 Start selection This command cannot be used on the controls in the web page but can be used on the text or on the edit box This means that it cannot be used 276 on the links when setting the block but it can be used to make selection to make a block on the text or on the edit box of the bulletin board In order to use this command press Alt move to Edit menu by pressing Down arrow key and press Enter at the starting point of selection And press Enter on the Start Selection Then move to the end of selection that you want to select You can also set the starting point of the block by pressing Ctrl b without calling up the menu
398. me Page The home page is the web site that you connect to automatically when the Web browser is opened The user can set any web site as the home page In order to set the home page you have to go to the web page that you want to register as the home page While the web page is displayed press Alt and move to Favorites by pressing Down arrow key Then press Enter Then Set Current As Your Home Page will be displayed he LCD and press Enter Then the current web site will be registered as your home page automatically and the Voice Sense QWERTY will say Saved as home page and it displays the current web page Or you can press Alt s without calling up menu 11 5 2 Add to Favorites You can add the web page that you are reading now to the Favorites list In order to add the web page to the Favorites list press Alt and move to Favorites by pressing Down arrow key Then press Enter Then move to Add to Favorites by pressing Down arrow key and 284 then press Enter You can activate Add To Favorites by pressing Alt a when the Web browser is running Add to Favorites is a dialog box that contains the following a list box that shows the current favorites list including the folders and files of your favorites an edit window for the web page address where you can enter type confirm and cancel You can
399. me to open the file with the appropriate application For example if you type in flashdisk download in the address window and press Enter the Voice Sense QWERTY will show you the list of the files in the download folder If you type flashdisk My Documents sample txt in the address window and press Enter the Voice Sense QWERTY will first load the word processor and then open the file sample txt After the file opens you can read or edit the file sample txt 4 3 3 Opening the History List The history list contains paths folders and files that you have opened previously You can access this history list within the address window by pressing the down arrow Use the up and down arrows to review the history list You can also use the arrow keys to move around on this list Simply open or visit the file and path by pressing Enter on the item The files that are supported by the Voice Sense QWERTY will open with the appropriate applications see section 4 2 3 During the navigation of the history list you can still type in new path names or file names that you want to access 4 4 Network share function Network file share is function to share files between computers connected to the network and means commonly using shared files with other computers just like your files 88 With network files share in File manager also you can use files like your files sharing files between Voice Sense Qwerty and
400. memory of the Voice Sense QWERTY If you want to delete this setting you press Del on Bluetooth device name in the Bluetooth Device List The Voice Sense QWERTY will say Device settings removed Removing this setting will apply only to the current device Once the Voice Sense QWERTY has finished searching for other Bluetooth devices you can access the menu by pressing Alt The Bluetooth Device List menu has the Rescan for Devices Device 316 ot Name Delete Pair Information and Exit You can navigate the menu items with Up arrow key or Down arrow key The first menu item is Rescan for Devices This item allows you to rescan for other Bluetooth devices To activate this item press Alt and then press Enter on Rescan for Devices You can also access this option by pressing r while you are in the Bluetooth Device List menu or you can activate it directly without calling up the menu by pressing Ctrl e You can access the next item in the menu by pressing Alt and then Up arrow key or Down arrow key until you get to Device Name and press Enter You can also press n while you are in the Bluetooth Device List menu to activate Device Name This item allows you to give the Voice Sense QWERTY a specific name The default name for the Bluetooth device name is Voice Sense QWERTY You can activate this item by
401. n Ctrl b Find Ctrl f Find again F3 Invitation Ctrl i 481 20 15 Utilities 20 15 1 Calculator Calculator clear Alt c Delete numbers or operators Backspace General function Ctrl g Plus Minus Division Multiplication Percent Power Square Root Ctrl q Decimal Point Left Parenthesis Right Parenthesis Pl Ctrl p Exp Ctrl e Recall Items Alt r Delete all saved items Ctrl d Save Items Alt s Trigonometric Function Ctrl s Sine Ctrl s s Arc Sine Ctrl s a Hyperbolic Sine Ctrl s h Cosine Ctrl c c Arc Cosine Ctrl c a Hyperbolic Cosine Ctrl c h Tangent Ctrl t t Arc Tangent Ctrl t a Hyperbolic Tangent Ctrl t h 482 Logarithm Function Ctrl Natural Logarithm Ctrl l e Common Logarithm Ctrl l n Copy to Clipboard Ctrl Insert Option Setting Ctrl o 20 15 2 Setting Date and Time Move to the next day Right arrow key Move to the previous day Left arrow key Move to the next week Ctrl Right arrow key Move to the previous week Ctrl Left arrow key Move to the next month Down arrow key Move to the previous month Left arrow key Move to the next year Ctrl Down arrow key Move to the previous year Ctrl Up arrow key Move to 1 hour after Down arrow key Move to 1 hour before Up arrow key Move to 10 minutes after Ctrl Right arrow key Move to 10 minutes before Ctrl Left arrow key Move to 1 minute after Right arrow key Move to 1 minute before Left ar
402. n power status is checked 3 Fn that is pressed down is canceled Switch to next program 45 1 2 3 Press the Alt Then Alt is pressed down Press the Shift Then Shift is pressed down Press the Tab Then program is changed next program 4 Alt and Shift that is pressed down is canceled No SN N The operation of the function keys audio buttons remains the same as in two handed mode If one handed mode is on the Voice Sense QWERTY will advise this each time it is turned on and will also advise what to do to return to the two handed mode 2 17 Open Txt Help It opens txt help of current program in Voice Sense QWERTY Press Win key and F1 Then txt help of current program is open By pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key you can open the txt help of the program to read By pressing Win key F1 you can read each help mode of the program while executing If you want to close txt help press Alt F4 2 18 Key Help Mode When you press each key on the keyboard it describes key with voice to learn easily the position of keys In Voice Sense QWERTY To execute the key help mode press Ctrl ESC regardless of location Then it will be announced Key help mode on with voice For example if you press Shift it announces Shift with voice And if you press Tab it announces Tab with voice If you want to c
403. n press Enter ot 33 ht 33 ec 12 3 1 Play and Pause You can access Play Pause in the menu by pressing Alt and then press Enter on Document Then use Down arrow key to move to 304 Play Pause and press Enter You can also activate Play Pause without calling up the menu by pressing Space While playing you can move to the beginning of a document by pressing Fn Left arrow key You can move to the last phrase by pressing Fn Right arrow key 12 3 2 Move by Phrase You can access this command in the menu by pressing Alt and then press Enter on Document Then use Down arrow key to move to Previous Phrase or Next Phrase and press Enter You can move to the next previous next fifth or previous fifth phrase without calling up the menu by pressing Right arrow key Left arrow key Ctrl Up arrow key or Ctrl Down arrow key respectively Also you can move to the previous or next phrase without calling up the menu by a short pressing previous button or next button in the front panel In order to move by phrase with previous or next button you must set the audio mode switch to daisy mode 12 3 3 Move by Page You can access this item in the menu by pressing Alt and then press Enter on Document Then use Down arrow key to move to Previous Page
404. n also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC Note that there are three types of cursors 1 dots 7 8 2 blinking dots 7 8 3 blinking dots 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 The blinking dots 7 8 will be displayed when you are in the overwrite mode in the word processor The blinking dots 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 will appear when you are using the Start Selection setting in the word processor and when you are in an edit box In all other situations the cursor will be displayed as dots 7 8 3 2 Eight Dot Mode Note This function will appear when the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to SyncBraille You can choose to use a 6 dot Braille or 8 dot Braille display when using ASCII text mode The shortcut key is e By default the 8 dot Braille display is set to off You can switch this option to 8 dot Braille mode by pressing the Space You can toggle this option on off by pressing Fn F4 while you are using another program in the Voice Sense QWERTY without having to pull up the Global options If you have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also tab or shift tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab or shift tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC 52 3 3 View
405. n input the correct word in edit box directly 3 Recommendation word list if the word to be checked is not in the dictionary the Voice Sense QWERTY will recommend words You 112 can move from one recommended word to the next by pressing Up arrow Key or Down arrow key 4 Skip once s if you press Enter on this button when a word is encountered that is not in the dictionary the word will not be modified Note When Voice Sense QWERTY connected to SyncBraille you can also press the down scroll button in order to skip the word 5 Skip all i if you press Enter on this button the word that is the same word as the currently focused word will not be modified and skipped throughout the spell check range 6 Add to custom dictionary a if you press Enter on this button the word that is currently focused is added to your Custom dictionary 7 Modify once c focus on the modified word and select the desired word on the recommendation word list and then press Enter 8 Then the currently focused word that is on your document will be replaced by the recommended word 9 Modify all m focus on the modified word and select the desired word on the recommendation word list and then press Enter The same words with the same spelling will be replaced by the new word throughout the document 10 Cancel if you press Enter on the Cancel button the Spell Ch
406. n offline status To end this program press Alt F4 at any time in the program Or pressing Enter on the exit button will close the program too You can also press Fn n while you are in the program menu to open display network status 17 11 Display power status You can activate Display power status function by pressing b or press Enter on the Display power status in the Utilities menu You can move to it by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key in the Utilities menu Anywhere in the Voice Sense QWERTY you can activate this function by pressing Fn b In display power status you can check two kinds of information regarding the Voice Sense QWERTY s power It will let you know the recharging percentage and if the Voice Voice Sense QWERTY is using the AC adapter or the battery If you activate this function you will see xx charged using battery or AC power After checking it you can exit by pressing Alt F4 which will return you to the menu 17 12 Backup Restore Personalized settings Backup Restore Personalized settings settings is a program where you can backup restore the option settings for each program in the Voice Sense QWERTY all at once This program can be found in the Utilities 442 menu You can run this program by pressing k in the Utilities menu If you run this program a dialog box will be opened This
407. n registering your information please contact the dealer whom you purchased your Voice Sense QWERTY product from for help Do not take apart the Voice Sense QWERTY by yourself Do not have anyone else who is not authorized by HIMS take apart the Voice Sense QWERTY If an unqualified person disassembles the unit serious damage may occur to the Voice Sense QWERTY If an unauthorized person disassembles the Voice Sense QWERTY the unit will be excluded from any free maintenance and the warranty will become void If any liquid or external force damages the unit it may also be excluded from free maintenance even if the damage occurred during the warranty period 10 If you let your Voice Sense QWERTY remain for a long time at the closed or high temperature places like inside of car the battery attached to the Voice Sense QWERTY may be defected or fired So please don t keep your Voice Sense QWERTY at those places 11 If you have any complaints or suggestions please provide us with your comments on our website We will improve our product based on your comments and suggestions Thank you for using the Voice Sense QWERTY and we value any comments or suggestions you have for our product 12 This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installat
408. n set the download path using the following method 1 Press Alt to call up the E mail menu in the inbox 2 Press Down arrow key move to the tools 3 Press Enter 4 It will show Accounts manager 5 Press Down arrow key move to Set Path 6 Press Enter on Set Path 7 It will show Save attachments path flashdisk download You can move to this stage by pressing Ctrl p without calling the menu 8 Press Enter on Save attachments path flashdisk download or press m Or press Tab to move to the Modify button and then press Enter 9 It will show download folder xx yy Move to the desired folder by pressing move keys below 1 Move to the upper level folder Backspace 2 Move to the previous item Up arrow key 3 Move to the next item Down arrow key 10 When you encounter the desired folder press Space to select it and then press Enter 219 If you press Enter to set the path the Voice Sense QWERTY will show the changed path If you changed the path to the My Documents folder that is one of the lower level folders located in flashdisk Save attachments path flashdisk My Documents would be displayed 8 5 1 2 Set the Send Attachments Path Send attachments path is the path where the files to be attached are saved The default path is flashdisk upl
409. names Name Symbol Comments Menu MN It means the menu that has submenus Menu item MI It means the menu that does not have a submenu List item LI The item name after this symbol represents the name of the item in any list Ex LI database or LI sample txt in the file list of the file manager Edit box EB The item name after this symbol represents the edit box name You can find the edit box after the edit box name In the web browser the symbol EB may be followed by an edit box without an edit box name Edit boxes that begin with the symbol EB are one line Ex EB Last name cursor in the address manager program or EB cursor Multi edit box MEB This also represents the edit box But you can type in more than one line in the edit box Ex MEB Subject cursor in the e mail program Computer edit CE The edit box after this symbol box should allow ASCII to be typed in Ex CE To cursor in the email program 38 Combo box CB It represents the combo box in which you can choose an item by pressing the up arrow key or the down arrow key Ex CB Type in the Open dialog box of the word processor program Edit combo box ECB You can choose the desired item by pressing the up or down arrow key or by directly typing in the item name Ex ECB File name cursor in the Open
410. navigate through the file list just like you do in the file list in the File manager The audio files that can be played in the Media player are files that have the extensions ac3 asf asx mM3u Mp2 mp3 ogg pls wav wax wma flac and wmv If you select all the files you want to play and press Enter the Voice Sense QWERTY will register the files in the play list and start playing the first file You can select more than one file in the Open File dialog box by pressing Space on the file you want to play and then move to another file to be played and press Space Once you finish selecting all the files you want press Enter When you open the Open File dialog box files in the default folder will be displayed The default folder is set to flashdisk media You can also open the Open File dialog box by pressing Ctrl o in the Media player dialog box 9 3 1 2 Open Folder This Open Folder menu item is used to select all of the audio files in the selected folders to the play list and play them one after another 1 If you press Enter on Open Folder in File menu Or press Ctrl f in the Media player dialog box 2 Open Folder dialog box will be opened The Open Folder dialog box is almost the same as the Open File dialog box The difference is that only folder names and not file names will be displayed in the O
411. nd press enter 10 Then the Voice Sense QWERTY will display There are xx messages to receive Now receiving xx yy mail received Successfully received x out of y message will be displayed When the e mail messages are downloaded from the server the e mail list is displayed in the inbox Ex Subject subject of the email received xx xx If the e mail size is more than the Voice Sense QWERTY can handle it announces This message is too large to download Skipping and then the Voice Sense QWERTY will begin downloading the next e mail message If you want to cancel the download press Tab to move to the Cancel and press enter or you can press ESC 8 2 2 Reading the Received E mail Messages If you downloaded e mail from your server the e mail messages will be listed in the inbox Each e mail in the inbox has the following items 1 2 3 4 C Subject Date Piki Sender 5 eee 6 Attach this will be displayed only for an e mail that has an attached file You can move from one item to the next item or previous item by pressing Tab or Shift tab respectively 190 8 2 2 1 Subject Control Subject shows the title of the e mail Subject subject of the e mail xx yy After the subject of the email you will find xx yy which shows the number xx of the current e mail out of the total number yy of received e m
412. nd then press Enter You can find the next occurrence of the particular text that you have typed previously by pressing F3 The information about the Voice Sense QWERTY section gives the copyright and version of the Voice Sense QWERTY as well as the version of Windows CE that the Voice Sense QWERTY is using To access information about the Voice Sense QWERTY section press Win key to go to the program menu and use Down arrow key repeatedly until you find Help Then press Enter on Help Then press Enter on information about the Voice Sense QWERTY If you want to save the information about the Voice Sense QWERTY press Enter on information about the Voice Sense QWERTY of Help and press tab Voice Sense QWERTY will display Save button You press Enter on this button Then Voice Sense QWERTY will display Successfully saved and return to Save button The saving file is named bs information txt And this file is stored in flashdisk 455 19 Using ActiveSync 19 1 What is ActiveSync ActiveSync is a program that allows mobile devices to connect to a personal computer This program enables file transfers from a personal computer to a mobile device and vise versa Also this program is able to synchronize the Voice Sense QWERTY with Microsoft Outlook ActiveSync is not shipped with the Voice Sense QWERTY If you wou
413. ne minute When started the Countdown timer will display count down xx minute and it will start running If you press Enter in the Countdown timer the Voice Sense QWERTY will tell you the remaining time and then it will pause If you press Enter again it will restart Pressing Backspace will clear the Countdown timer If the timer reaches zero you will hear a 10 second alarm and the Countdown timer will clear If you press Ctrl while the alarm is sounding the alarm will stop and your timer will clear and will be ready to accept a new time If you press tab or shift tab again anywhere in the count down timer the stopwatch will be ready If you want to exit the Stopwatch or Countdown timer press Alt F4 anywhere within the Stopwatch or Countdown timer and you will return to the Stopwatch menu 17 9 Setup Internet The Setup internet function is used to set up your IP configuration 17 9 1 Setup internet list 1 LAN 2 Wireless LAN 3 Bluetooth DUN 4 ADSL You can move between the four items by pressing Down arrow key or Down arrow key The LAN setup should be used if you are 434 connecting to the Internet via a network or router The Modem setup should be used if you are connecting to the Internet via a dial up modem The ADSL setup should be used if you are connecting to the Internet via
414. nformation the new information will replace the old information If you want to modify part of an item press the Right arrow key or Left arrow key at the desired position and type in the new information If you made a typo in an item account name logon username password you can modify it using the following process 1 You can delete the current letter by pressing Del 2 Press Backspace i order to delete the previous letter 3 In order to delete the current line press Alt c Then Delete line yes will be displayed Press enter i order to delete the line Otherwise press Space to change from Yes to No and then press enter 8 1 2 4 Deleting registered service list The following is the method to delete the registered service information 188 1 2 3 4 Press Alt to call up the menu Press Down arrow key move to tools Press Enter on the tools or press T It will show Accounts manager Press Enter on the Accounts manager Press Down arrow key or Up arrow key to move to the desired service in the service list 7 When the desired service is displayed press Del or Or press Tab to move to the Delete and then press Enter 8 Then Are you sure you want to delete the Registered account name service Yes will be displayed 9 Press
415. nformation list It is displayed like Receive complete XX File file name If you want to cancel in the middle of receiving move to the desired file on the Receiving File Information list and press Esc key or Alt F4 key Then file transmission is canceled and Receiving File Information list is displayed like Receive Me canceled XX file name If contact wants to cancel sending files in the middle of receiving Receiving File Information list is displayed like Receive To canceled XX File name 16 3 6 Other functions GoogleTalk Program supports additional features such as Save conversation and Export Import Contact list and so on The following is a detailed explanation of additional features 16 3 6 1 Save Conversation Save Conversation is a function to save messages exchanged with contact as text file In order to execute this function press Alts within the Chat window or press Enter on the Save Conversation menu located on sub menu of File by calling up the menu Save Conversation dialog box consists of 4 controls 1 File Name Edit combo box Control 2 Confirm Button Control 3 Cancel Button Control 4 File List List Item Control 385 The following is a detailed explanation about each control of Save Conversation dialog box You can move to the next control pressing Tab or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab 1 File Name It is a combo edit box
416. ng direction will appear As in any other dialog box you can press the tab or shift tab to move from one 282 control to another Enter the text to search for and select the search direction Then press Enter The Voice Sense QWERTY will then find the text and move the cursor position to the text The default search direction is set to Forward This means that the Voice Sense QWERTY will search for the specified text from the current cursor position to the end of the page If you want to change the search direction select Backward and then press Enter The selected search direction will remain until the Web browser is closed unless you choose the other direction 11 4 10 Find Again The Find Again function searches the text again in the direction that you have selected In order to enter into Find Again press Alt and go to the Go To menu by pressing Down arrow key Then press Enter Move to Find Again by pressing Down arrow key Then press Enter Or you can press F3 which is the hot key for Find Again while the Web browser is running Find Again finds the text that you have entered in Find There is no edit box in Find Again 11 4 11 Links list This function will list all the links in the current page If you want to activate it press Alt and press Enter on Links list in Go To menu O
417. ng keys Following are the move keys in the search result list 1 2 3 Move to a previous field in a record Ctrl Left arrow key Move to the next field in a record Ctrl Right arrow key Move to the first field in a record Fn Left arrow key 4 Move to the last field in a record Fn Right arrow key 5 Move to the previous record Up arrow key 6 Move to the next record Down arrow key 7 Move to the first record Ctrl fn Left arrow key 8 Move to the last record Ctrl fn Right arrow key 9 Move to previous same field different record Left arrow key 10 Move to next same field different record Right arrow key You can also search records using not only name field but also the other fields If you want to find records with a company name press Down arrow key repeatedly until company name is heard Then type the 142 company name and press Enter The first record that has the company name will be displayed When you enter text to be searched for you do not have to type the entire content of a field For example if you want to find a record about Edward type in ed in the search name field Then all the records whose name field contains ed will be found 6 4 2 Setting Searching Address Fields This option enables you to select the fields that you want to search Press Alt to bring up the menu and select Set Address Search Fields Then press Enter Or you can press
418. ng up the menu by pressing Ctrl f in Remote folder Also you can activate pressing Alt f without calling up the menu in Locol folder 326 3 You will then see an edit box that says New folder name Type in the new folder name and then press Enter If the folder is created successfully you will hear Folder successfully created You will then be automatically returned to the list that you were in whether it was the remote or local folder list 4 To cancel any changes that you made press Alt F4 and you will be returned to the previous list 13 2 3 5 Delete File Folder This function will allow you to delete files or folders in the remote or local folder list Note that if a folder contains folders you will not be able to delete the folder To activate this function perform the following steps 1 After you have connected to the FTP service navigate to the local or remote folder list and select the file s or folder s that you want to delete by pressing the Space on them The navigation keys are exactly the same as when using the file manager You can move to between remote folder list and local folder list by pressing Ctrl o 2 Once you have selected the file s or folder s press Alt and then use Up arrow key or Down arrow key to move to Delete File Folder and press Enter You can also activate this function without
419. nnection succeeds when activating it by pressing Enter on ActiveSync you will hear the sound that ActiveSync makes when there is a successful connection Just as with all of the Bluetooth services the remote Bluetooth device may need to authorize the Voice Sense QWERTY You will then be returned to the Bluetooth Service list Just like using ActiveSync via USB you can copy and paste files from the Voice Sense QWERTY from the remote Bluetooth device to the Voice Sense QWERTY and visa versa If you want to disconnect the service you can press Ctrl d while in the Bluetooth Manager and the Voice Sense QWERTY will say Disconnect from service and you will be returned to the Bluetooth Service list You will no longer see the word Connected after ActiveSync in the Bluetooth Service List You cannot use ActiveSync via USB and Bluetooth at the same time If the remote Bluetooth device is connected via USB and using ActiveSync you must disconnect the remote Bluetooth device in order to use the ActiveSync service via Bluetooth 328 13 2 5 Serial Port If you connect this service you should not connect the other services The Serial Port service is used with GPS receiver Through this service the Voice Sense QWERTY brings required information from GPS receiver Please refer to Sense Navigation Manual for more information 13 2 6 Bluetooth keyboard service If you use this service you can connect a Bluetooth keyboa
420. not want to save the setting tab or shift tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC 3 11 Abbreviation You can turn the translation of acronyms on off in Voice Sense QWERTY For example when the Voice Sense QWERTY reads Ala it announces Alabama But if using Abbreviations set to Off it will announce Ala To change the setting value follow these steps below 1 Move to the Global option by pressing short cut key o or navigating key in the main program 2 The short cut key is a Press the short cut key or move to the Abbreviations by pressing Down arrow key 3 The default setting is On Press the Space to change to Off 4 Pressing Enter allows you to change and save the setting 3 12 Voice Volume You can set the volume level of the voice on the Voice Sense QWERTY The shortcut key is Il The setting value is 1 through 21 with the default set on 6 When you have set this option to 1 the volume will be set at the lowest level If you set this option to 21 the volume is the loudest If you set the volume level to 1 you will almost not be able to hear The 57 Space increases the volume and the Backspace decreases the volume by one number at a time Please note that if you are at volume level 21 and increase the volume by one
421. ns Or you can press Enter on Confirm by moving to it by pressing tab The default backup mode is set to Prompt to backup changes when exiting 14 6 Backup Database If a cold reset occurs or if your battery goes dead all of the data in the Database manager will be lost So it is very important that you make a backup file every time you make a change to the Database file To go to Backup Database open the menu by pressing Alt Then use the Up arrow key or Down arrow key and find Backup Database Then 13 press Enter You can also press u while you are in the menu to get to 342 Backup Database Or you can press Ctrl u to activate this function without calling up the menu If you already have a backup file you will hear the message Backup changes Yes If you have made any changes to your database file you need to press Enter to create a new backup file If you want to keep the previous backup file press Space locate No and press Enter on it When you make a backup file in your database manager you will always have a new backup file with the extension SDF The name of backup file is UserDatabase sdf 14 7 Restore Database If you want to restore the database file after a cold reset press Alt to call up the menu and use the up and down arrow keys to find Restore Database Then press Enter on
422. nse QWERTY has finished searching service you can access the menu by pressing Alt The Bluetooth Service List menu has the Device Name Open FTP Disconnect and Exit You can navigate the menu items with Up arrow key or Down arrow key 318 How to use Device Name and Exit in the Bluetooth Service List menu are the same as how to use them in the Bluetooth Device List menu The Open FTP menu item allows you to open a direct FTP connection with a remote Bluetooth device without having to select the device and then the service However you must have connected the service first before the Voice Sense QWERTY will allow you to transfer files If you have not connected the FTP service already and you activate this function you will hear FTP service disconnected You can access Open FTP by pressing Alt and then Up arrow key or Down arrow key to navigate to Open FTP Once you are at Open FTP press Enter to activate it and the Voice Sense QWERTY will say Connecting service You can also activate it by pressing t while you are in the Bluetooth Device List menu or by pressing Ctrl t without calling up the menu This chapter will cover connecting various Bluetooth services later in more detail The Disconnect menu item will allow you to disconnect services that are connected to other Bluetooth devices Yo
423. nt item press Space You can make more than one selection If you don t select any day it will be 165 set to the today s day of the week Press tab after selecting the days of the week when the appointments recurs Then the focus will move to Set recurrence end date check box 7 4 9 3 Monthly If you press tab after setting the Recurrence to monthly the focus will move to the Recurring type combo box Here you can set the recurring type as Date or Day of the week to move between the two options you can use Up arrow key or Down arrow key Date is used when you want to set an appointment recurring on the same day of a month for example on the 17 of every month or every other month On the other hand Day of the week is used when you want to set an appointment recurring on the same week and the day of the week of a month for example on Wednesday of the second week of every month After selecting the Recurring type press tab to move to the Recurring interval In this field you set after how many months the appointment will recur You can type a number between 1 and 999 If you press tab after setting Recurring interval different fields will be shown depending on what you have selected in Recurring type If you set the Recurring type to Date an edit box will be shown where you can type the day of the month when the
424. nter 8 1 2 1 1 Signature and Advanced While registering your account you can register signature and set advanced options in Advanced menu 1 Press Alt to call up the menu 2 Press Down arrow key move to tools 3 Press Enter on the tools or press T 4 It will show Accounts manager i LCD 5 Press Enter on the Accounts manager 6 It will show Account name Without calling up menu by pressing Ctrl m you can move to this menu 7 Press Tab move to Add 8 Press Enter on the Add or press A 9 Press Tab move to Advanced 10 Press Enter on the Advanced 11 It will show Use secure POP3 POP SSL The default value of this check box is unselect If the Incoming POP3 server uses the SSL select the check box by pressing Space _ 184 12 Press Down arrow key to move to POP3 port number 110 by default Here you can type in another POP3 port number in the computer edit box 13 Press Down arrow key to move to SMTP encryption type The setting values are None SSL and TLS If the type of Outgoing SMTP server uses the SSL or TLS change the value by pressing Space 14 Press Down arrow key to move to SMTP port number 25 Here you can type in another SMTP port number 15 Press Down arrow
425. o select the desired file format When you press Enter on the file format you want the Voice Sense QWERTY will start converting files to the file format you have chosen The Voice Sense QWERTY will keep the original file names for the files you have converted except for the file name extension The Voice Sense QWERTY will change your file extension to the extension that you have selected If there is a file with the same file name and format already date and time will be added to the file name You can always use the letter t after calling up the menu to invoke the file conversion feature Also Ctrl t is the hot key that activates this feature without calling up the menu 4 2 13 Select All This feature selects all the files and folders in the current path You can use this feature through the menu or by using a shortcut key Press Alt to call up the menu Press the down arrow to go to Select All Press Enter to execute the Select All function You can use the letter a after calling up the menu to use this feature Ctrl a is the hot key to select all of the files and folders in the current path When Select All is 83 activated the Voice Sense QWERTY will say x objects selected The Voice Sense QWERTY will return to the file list in the current path after this brief announcement You will see in front of each file name you have selected When Voice Sense Q
426. o use 24 Press Tab move to Confirm 25 Press Enter on the Confirm 185 26 This will save the signature and you will be returned to the Signature button You can cancel by pressing Enter on Cancel by pressing tab after typing in a signature 27 Press tab and press enter on Confirm If you execute like the above you can use signature when you send an email And also you can use different server when you send or receive emails 8 1 2 2 Checking registered service list The following is the method to check the registered service information 1 Press Alt to call up the menu 2 Press Down arrow key move to tools 3 Press Enter on the tools or press T 4 It will show Accounts manager 5 Press Enter on the Accounts manager 6 Press Down arrow key or Up arrow key to move to the desired service in the service list 7 If the desired service is displayed press Enter Or Tab to move to the information and then press enter 8 The information dialog box will be opened and Account name Registered account name will be displayed Ex account name Voice Sense QWERTY 9 Press Down arrow key or tab and check the registered information for each item Pressing enter on the Close will return you to the service list 4 5 6
427. o when you press Tab it will show synchronized date in Data edit combo box After you have completed the necessary information you can press Enter on Confirm by moving with tab and then you will return to set time and date Or you can press Enter when you have completed entering all of the information because the default is set to Confirm 17 4 Display time and date You can check the current date and time here To activate this function press Down arrow key or Up arrow key in the Utilities menu and then press Enter on Display time and date Or you can activate this function by pressing d in the menu Anywhere in the Voice Sense QWERTY you can press Fn t to check the time If you press Fn t the Voice Sense QWERTY will say the time and the Voice Sense QWERTY will display the current time in LCD Then if you press tab the Voice Sense QWERTY will say and display today s date 427 17 5 Wake up alarm If you have set up the Wake up alarm function an alarm will sound on the Voice Sense QWERTY at the specified time every day If you want to open Wake up alarm 1 Go to the program menu move to Utilities and then press Enter 2 Then use the Up arrow key or Down arrow key to find Wake up alarm and then press Enter on Wake up alarm If this is the first time you have opened
428. oad You can change this path to a different path using the following method 1 Press Alt to call up the E mail menu in the inbox 2 Press Down arrow key move to the tools 3 Press Enter 4 It will show Accounts manager 5 Press Down arrow key move to Set Path 6 Press Enter on Set Path 7 It will show Save attachments path flashdisk download 8 Press Down arrow key move to Send attachments path flashdisk upload 9 Press Enter or m on Send attachments path flashdisk upload Or press Tab move to the Modify button and then press Enter 10 It will show upload folder xx yy Move to the desired folder by pressing the following keys Move to the upper level folder Backspace Move to previous item Up arrow key Move to next item Down arrow key 11 Press Space to select the desired folder and press Enter If you finish setting the path by pressing Enter the Voice Sense QWERTY will show the changed path If you changed the path from upload folder to music folder in the flashdisk it would display Send attachments path flashdisk music 220 8 5 1 3 Set the Disk to save E mail The e mail messages that are downloaded from your network are saved in the Email folder which is a lower level folder of flashdisk if the size of
429. ocation put the minus sign in front of the 117 number and letter If you want to move to the previous page type f and if you want to move to the next page type f If the page number you type in is not valid the Voice Sense QWERTY will say Move range error You can also use this function to move to a specific paragraph First select Go to Location in the Go To menu or just press Ctrl g Then the Voice Sense QWERTY will say Move to page number Before you type in the number of the paragraph that you want to go to type p and then type the number of the paragraph that you want to go to By typing in the letter p the Voice Sense QWERTY will know that you are looking for a paragraph and not a page or line If you want to move forward from your current location put the plus sign in front of the number and letter If you want to move backward from your current location put the minus sign in front of the number and letter For example if you want to move backward two paragraphs you would type p2 If you want to move to the previous paragraph type p and if you want to move to the next paragraph type p If the paragraph number you type in is not valid the Voice Sense QWERTY will say Move range error You can also use this function to move to a specific line First select Go to Location in the Go To menu or just press Ctrl g Then
430. odify Table Modify table is used to modify the name or structure of a registered table It contains the same controls as in the Add Table dialog box To modify a table press Alt to open the menu and press Enter on Table Manager Or you can just press the hotkey for Table Manager Ctrl t The table name list will be focused when the Table Manager dialog box is opened Press Up arrow key or Down arrow key to move to the table that you want to modify and press m the shortcut key for the Modify table button Or you can press tab repeatedly to move to the Modify table button and press Enter Then a dialog box where you can modify the table will appear This table is same as the Add Table dialog box The only difference is that the Table name edit box and registered fields list contain the information already stored in the table You can not change the name of table If you want to add additional fields press tab to move to Add field and press Enter And then type in the new field name and press Enter If you want to delete an already registered field press Up arrow key or Down arrow key repeatedly in the registered fields list to move to the name of the field you want to delete And then press tab repeatedly move to Delete field button and press enter or press d the shortcut
431. of this option by pressing Space on Repeat The next option is Playlist option When you want to play audio files from File Manager you can select multiple files by pressing Space and then play files by pressing Enter At this time if the play list has had a list of audio files you will be asked if you want to overwrite the play list or you want to append the selected files into the play list The default value is Overwrite and it means the play list will be filled with the selected files And if you press Space then the value will be set to Append and the play list will be appended with the selected files The Shuffle option allows you to set the audio playback order The default value is set to Off and you can play audio files in the playlist in order but if you set Shuffle to On The playlist is reorganized in random If you have just one audio file in the playlist and you switch the option to On you will encounter message saying Shuffle mode not available 256 Times to repeat the specified track allow you to set how many times you wish to repeat when you execute section repetition Times to repeat the specified track can be selected the value from 1 to 10 or unlimited The default setting is 3 Pressing Space increases the times to repeat the specified track and Backspace decreases the times to repeat the specified track The
432. og box You can move to the next control by pressing Tab or to the previous control by pressing Shift Tab 1 My State It is a list You can select one of the 6 statuses for example On line Away Idle DND Chat Off line using Up arrow key or Down arrow key 2 Confirm It is a button You can save setting 3 Cancel It is a button If you execute cancel you will go to the Contact list the status right before calling up the menu 16 3 7 2 Action Options Action Options Allows you to setup auto reply idle time Display the Contact List and so on In order to call up Action Options dialog box press Alt a on the contact list or press Enter on the Action Options menu after entering sub menu of Setup by calling up the menu Action Options dialog box consists of 5 controls 1 Action setting List control Display the contact list When request add contact When request chat When request receive file When request voice chat When request chat auto replay Auto reply message Edit control Show me as Away when I m inactive for Edit control Confirm Button control Cancel Button control N x Noe Ne N 3 4 5 The following is a detailed explanation about each control of Action Options dialog box You can move to the next control by pressing Tab or to the previous control by pressing Shift Tab 392 1 Action setting It is a list You can set up these functions
433. oldface Abstract2 Times New Roman Font size 14 Boldface Sub title Courier New Font size 16 Italic Boldface Enter aligned Title Times New Roman Font size 20 Boldface Enter aligned 7 Confirm cancel In order to apply a setting press Enter on Confirm In order to cancel a setting and move to edit mode press Enter on Cancel You must press Tab or shift Tab to get to the Confirm and Cance buttons 5 6 Keys for Text moving and deleting While reading a document you can use the following commands to read Braille or hear speech You can move character by character word by word or paragraph by paragraph The previous character Left arrow key The next character Right arrow key The previous word Ctrl Left arrow key The next word Ctrl Right arrow key The beginning of line Fn Left arrow key The end of line Fn Right arrow key The previous sentence Ctrl Alt Right arrow key The next sentence Ctrl Alt Left arrow key The previous line Up arrow key The next line Down arrow key 133 The next paragraph Ctrl Down arrow key The previous paragraph Ctrl Up arrow key The top of document Ctrl fn Left arrow key The bottom of document Ctrl fn Right arrow key In addition if you use the following commands you can read the part of a document where the cursor is For example if you activate the read the current paragraph function you will hear the entire paragraph w
434. ollow Follow User dialog box consists of 3 controls You can move to the next control pressing Tab or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab 1 Follow User id As a edit box you can type the desired User Id 2 Confirm As a button you can follow the user 3 Cancel As a button you will go to the status right before calling up the menu The followings are how to follow the user 1 Once Follow User dialog box is launched Follow User id edit box appears 2 On this box you can input the desired User Id and then press Enter 3 Adding Follow message is displayed and Voice Sense QWERTY tries to follow 4 If following is successful Follow complete message will be displayed and you will go to the status right before calling up the menu 16 2 6 2 Following Following represents your follows 362 In order to call up Following dialog box press Alt I Or launch Following on the sub menu of Follow after calling up the menu Following consists of 5 controls You can move to the next control by pressing Tab or to the previous control by pressing Shift Tab 1 Following As a list it lists your follows 2 About me As a status box it displays self introduction of focused user 3 Next list Whenever you launch this function it can load lists by 32 follows This function is launched when you press Ctrl n or Enter key on this button 4 Remove Fo
435. ols by pressing tab or shift tab The Advanced common dialog box contains profile list Add common dialog button Remove button Properties common dialog button and Close button controls 1 profile list Here you will see the profile lists that you have added You can move through the list by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key 2 Connect button It tries to connect the wireless using the selected profile by pressing the button 3 Add common dialog button You can add a profile here Add common dialog has the 10 controls Setup IP Automatic combo box You can switch between automatic and manual by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key If you select Manual you will need to enter your IP address subnet mask gateway IP address and DNS IP address by yourself You can move between these computer edit boxes by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key Press tab to move to the next control Network name SSID computer edit box The edit box is empty and you can type in network name you prefer 437 1 Network mode combo box Here you can select between infrastructure and 802 11 ad hoc mode by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key 2 Network authentication mode combo box Here you can select between Open Shared WPA PSK and WPA2 PSK b
436. on Fn s 136 Set reading unit Ctrl 3 Set read only Ctrl 2 Auto scroll up don scroll buttons This function executes whenthe Voice Sense is connected to SyncBraille Set view format character Ctrl 5 This function executes when the Voice Sense is connected to SyncBraille Set reading mode Ctrl 4 This function executes when the Voice Sense is connected to SyncBraille 137 6 Address Manager 6 1 What is the Address Manager The Address manager is a program that you can use to keep track of your contact information and schedule information such as names company addresses home addresses as well as other information Address manager has two main dialog boxes Add Address and Search Address In the Add Address dialog you can enter contact information such as names company addresses home addresses and so on The information that you have entered can be saved for later use In the Search Address dialog you can look for information that is stored in the Address manager You can edit or delete information that you find You can also select addresses to be printed using an ink or Braille printer You can also connect to a web site by pressing Enter on a homepage address field if the field contains an address for a web site In the program menu you can start Address manager by typing a or by selecting Address manager Press Down arrow key or
437. on by pressing Ctrl t or Enter key on the button 6 Reply button you can write reply on the focused tweets You can launch the function pressing Ctrl y or Enter key on the button 354 7 Remove button You can delete tweet that you posted You can launch the function pressing Delete or Enter key on the button This button appears only when focus is on tweet which you posted If other s tweet is focused this button can t appear 8 Retweet button You can repost another user s tweet You can launch the function by pressing Ctrl e or Enter key on the button Retweet button can t appear when focus is on your tweets 9 Add to Favorite button You can add focused tweet to the Favorite list You can launch the function by pressing Ctrl v or Enter key on the button 10 Tweet Information You can view detailed information of the focused tweet You can execute this function by pressing Enter on Tweet Information button or Alt i 16 2 4 Timeline Voice Sense QWERTY Twitter Program assists a variety of Timeline list On Twitter Window Timeline displays tweets corresponded to each timeline With hot key you can display the desired tweets switching Timelines quickly In other words it is possible to display given mentions and specific user s tweets 16 2 4 1 A kinds of Timeline 1 Home Timeline Home Timeline is displayed when you sign in Twitter at first
438. oot the unit via a hard reset Pressing the reset button is a hardware reset When the reset button is pressed the Voice Sense QWERTY will reboot It will take about fifteen seconds for your unit to complete the reboot process 28 1 2 4 2 LAN Port On the left side of the rear panel you will find the local area network LAN port If you connect the Voice Sense QWERTY to an Ethernet interface through this port you will be able to connect to the Internet allowing you to browse websites as well as send and receive email 1 2 5 Front Panel Finally let s take a look at the front panel of the Voice Sense QWERTY 1 2 5 1 Internal Microphone On the far left of the front panel you will find a internal microphone You can record in the media program using it 1 2 5 2 Key Lock Switch To the right of internal microphone is key lock switch This switch will be explained in more detail in the next section 1 2 5 3 Microphone Jack and Headphone Jack To the right of the key lock switch is microphone jack You can plug in microphone To the right of the microphone jack is headphone jack You can plug in stereo headphone jack 1 2 5 4 Audio Mode Switch The audio mode switch is located on the right of headphone jack This switch will be explained in more detail in the next section 1 2 5 5 Media Buttons To the right of the slide switch is five buttons in different shapes The five buttons are for playback audio and recording sound
439. ooth device you want to connect to press Up arrow key or Down arrow key to navigate to the device you want to connect to in the Bluetooth Device List and then press Enter on the device name You will then hear Scanning for service Please wait Please note that no keys will work during scanning the devices The Voice Sense QWERTY will begin scanning services that are available from the remote Bluetooth device The Voice Sense QWERTY supports the services LAN FTP ActiveSync Serial port USB port stereo Headset and Bluetooth DUN In order to access all of these functions you must make sure that the remote Bluetooth device is in Discoverable mode and that all services are enabled It is possible to have certain services enabled on your remote Bluetooth device while having other services that are disabled For example you could have LAN and FTP enabled while having ActiveSync and Serial Port disabled If this is the case then the Voice Sense QWERTY will only display LAN and FTP Once the Voice Sense QWERTY has found all of the available services it will display the services in a list in the following format service name xx yy where xx is the number of the service that you are on and yy is the number of total available services You can move through the available services by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key You can press Backspace to return to the Bluetooth Device List Once Voice Se
440. ose from are Stand by Ignore and 1 to 10 seconds The default is 3 seconds The Space increases the option by one second and the Backspace decreases the option by one second You can set the unit to standby mode by pressing the Space until you reach Stand by In this mode the message will remain until you press a key The higher value you select the longer the message remains If you read the message before setting the number of seconds you can clear the 53 message by pressing any key If you choose Ignore then messages will be ignored and won t show on the display If you have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also Tab or Shift Tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting Tab or Shift Tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC 3 5 Voice Note This function will appear when the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to SyncBraille This menu will allow you to turn the Voice Sense QWERTY voice on or off The shortcut key is v By default the voice is set to on so you will hear the Voice Sense QWERTY speak You can turn off the voice with the Space You can toggle it on and off by pressing F5 while you are using another program in the Voice Sense QWERTY without having to cal
441. other computers connected to the network In other words you can access to other shared computers and copy files to the Voice Sense Qwerty or edit files with word processor and in case of media files you can play immediately In addition you can share folder of Voice Sense Qwerty connected to the network and then access to the shared files of Voice Sense Qwerty with other computers There are 2 ways to use LAN wireless LAN in order to connect Voice Sense Qwerty to the network So you can set connection easily and quickly In case of using LAN once you connect LAN to the Voice Sense Qwerty you can find and access the shared files of other computers connected to the network But in case of using wireless LAN it is possible to the access to the shared files only your computer and the connected computer are in same layer It means that you can t search for the computer connected to A router if you are connected to B router wireless LAN which is sub connection of A router If you want detailed LAN wireless LAN setting refer to Setup Internet of Utilities in this user manual 4 4 1 Search for shared computers and add the network list When you execute File Manager you will see network list on disk list Network list consists of the shared folder list of computer registered On network disk you can access to the registered computer s shared folder or remove the registration If there are no shared computers registered before you can
442. ou can paste it to a document or wherever you can paste text on the Voice Sense QWERTY 11 3 5 Copy Link The Copy Link function allows you to copy a link in the web page that you are on For example if you tab to a link and select the Copy Link function then the link will be copied to the clipboard In order to copy a link in the web page you press the Alt move to Edit menu by pressing Down arrow key and press Enter And press Down arrow key to move to the Copy Link and press Enter Or you can copy to link by pressing Alt I without calling up the menu The link will then be placed on the clipboard so that you can paste it to a document or wherever you can paste text in the Voice Sense QWERTY 11 4 Go To In order to enter the Go To menu press Alt And go to Go To by pressing Down arrow key Then press Enter The sub menus are explained in the following sections 11 4 1 Go to Home Page The first page that your Web browser loads when the Web browser opens is called the home page You can set your favorite site as your home page As soon as your home page is set your Web browser will show you the same home page every time you start the Web Browser The default home page is www Hims inc com In order to move to the default home page while you are reading another web page press Alt and go to the Go To menu by
443. ou press Enter on the folder you can get into the folder In the favorite list you can find only the files with the file format that was selected in the Type combo box Press tab to move to Type combo box In the type combo box there are two kinds of file formats and url Press Up arrow key or Down arrow key select one out of these two file formats If you select then all types of files will be shown 286 11 6 Options Using the Options menu you can set the type that is gets the web page and change default download folder Also you can clear cookie in the Options menu In order to execute the Options menu 1 Press Enter on Web browser 2 Press Alt to call up the menu 3 Move to Options pressing Down arrow key 4 Press Enter Or you can press Alt o while the Web browser is executing 11 6 1 The Structure and Movement When you execute the Options menu the below components consist of the structure User agent list Show visited links 3 Default download folder Clear cookies Confirm button Cancel button 13 i By pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key you can move to option items User agent Show visited links Default download folder and Clear cookies And by pressing Tab or Shift Tab you can move among controls
444. ou can subscribe other user s tweets which you are following 6 Followers This means other users following you in other words who subscribe your tweets 7 Unfollow This means to stop following other users 8 Retweet This is to delivery other user s tweet to your Follower It is similar to recommendation used in general message Also RT is abbreviation 9 Friend This is users who follow each other In other words you follow A user and also A user follows you 10 DM DM is Direct Message which allows you to send and receive Direct Message with just one person You can only send a Direct Message to Follower Also only users who exchange message can see Direct Message Other users can t see their Direct Message 11 Timeline This appears tweets which your follows posted in the newest registration order ow N NE 16 2 2 Launch Twitter 351 In order to use Twitter program you need a Twitter account Visit Twitter web site and create Twitter account If you have a Twitter account you can use Twitter program after login If you want to use Twitter the Voice Sense QWERTY needs to be connected to Internet 16 2 2 1 Sign In If you launch Twitter Sign In dialog box appears You can move to the next control pressing Tab Tab or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab Sign In dialog box consists of
445. ou have a Yes option and a No option on this screen If you select Yes on this screen the next time you connect the Voice Sense QWERTY to your computer you will be able to have it synchronize with Microsoft Outlook automatically If you select No the Set Up a Partnership screen will come up every time you connect the Voice Sense QWERTY to your computer If you want to be able to synchronize the Voice Sense QWERTY with Microsoft Outlook select Yes and then press the next button Then you will be asked to select a name that you want to call the mobile device You can only use the following characters _ A Z or 0 9 You cannot use spaces Once you have entered an appropriate name press next Then a list of functions will appear on your computer Each function has a check box located next to it Make sure that only the Contacts check box that corresponds with Microsoft Outlook is checked Then press next Then the next dialog box that appears will say setup complete Then press finish ActiveSync will then look for changes and synchronize with Microsoft Outlook For more information on how to use ActiveSync or Microsoft Outlook please visit www microsoft com In Vista a screen will come up on your computer that has the heading Windows Mobile Device Center You have a Connect without setting up your device option and a Set up your device option on
446. ours to fully charge the battery Do not keep discharge battery a long time If you want to keep the discharge battery it means the battery life will decrease If you want or need to take the battery out of the unit turn the power off and then take the battery out of the unit Before putting the battery back in to the unit make certain that the power switch is turned off 6 When you are using the Voice Sense QWERTY on battery power only without the AC adapter the status of the remaining battery power will be announced when the battery power is low When the battery s charge falls below 15 percent connect the AC adapter to the unit for recharging If the remaining battery power drops to five percent and the unit is not connected to the AC adapter the Voice Sense QWERTY will shut down one minute after the announcement of the battery s status The amount of battery life per charge will vary depending on the options you have set Your Voice Sense QWERTY needs to be handled with care The Voice Sense QWERTY is a very delicate machine You should make sure to handle the unit in a proper manner Also the Voice Sense QWERTY is very sensitive to dust Make sure to keep the Voice Sense QWERTY away from dusty environments You will need to register your Voice Sense QWERTY in order to ensure further maintenance service and upgrade information Please visit www hims inc com to register your information If you have any trouble whe
447. out me Search result button represents only when there are search results 4 Follow User As a button you can follow the focused user with this button Follow User button represents only when there are search results Or press Alt a and then you can follow focused user 5 Confirm As a button you can execute search 6 Cancel As a button you can close User Search dialog box and return to the status right before calling up the Menu Or you can use Esc The followings are way to follow User using User Search dialog box 1 If Global search dialog box is launched Search word edit box appears You can type the desired User Id or name on this edit box 2 If you press Enter searching tweet starts with Searching message 3 If search is successful immediately search results appear When there is no search result No search results message will be displayed and you will go to the Search word edit box 368 4 In the search result list you can move to user whom you want to follow by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key 5 Press Alt a and then you can follow focused user 16 2 8 3 Use Search word list dialog box Search word list saves search word used frequently and help you search tweets and User Id quickly To call up the Search word list dialog box press Alt w or call up the menu enter sub menu of Search move to the Search word list an
448. ove between these 417 variables by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key In order to select a variable to be used in the calculation press Space on it This list is the same as the one in the Recall Items dialog box The only difference is that this dialog box always displays variable names and values regardless of the value of Detail display option After you select all of the variables to be used in the calculation you can press tab to move to the result list The result list displays the sum average variance and standard deviation of selected variables You can move between these items by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key If you want to copy some results in the list to the clipboard first press Space on the items to be copied and then press Ctrl Insert However Copy To Clipboard in the menu cannot be used Only this hotkey will work Once they are copied to the clipboard they can be pasted in the Word processor or other programs To close the dialog box press Alt F4 or press Enter on the Close button To get the statistics about another set of variables after reading the result press shift tab to go back to the variable list Then press ESC to cancel all the selections Now select all the variables to be calculated in the same way as you did before and press tab to read the result 17 1 3 Sine Functions T
449. ove to folder or disk that you want by using the moving keys and press Enter after press Space If you completed the settings you move to Confirm button by press tab and press Enter If so you can change the settings and return to the current editing document If you do not want to save the setting you press Enter on Cancel button If so it will cancel the setting and return to the current editing document 5 1 8 Exit This command will close the word processor In order to execute this command select Exit in the file menu or press Alt F4 If the document has been changed or edited and Exit is selected without saving the document a dialog box will ask you if you want to save the current document You can select Yes with the space and press Enter to exit the word processor 5 2 Edit Menu In the Voice Sense QWERTY you can edit all files regardless of what the view mode is set to In the Edit menu you will find the following items Start Selection Copy Cut Paste Delete Delete Blank Lines Add To clipboard Clear Clipboard Select All insert From File insert Date toggle Insert Overwrite Mode and Check Spelling If you want to open the menu press Alt and then press 104 Enter on Edit Or you can press e in the menu Now lets explore th
450. ove to the Close button and press Enter Or you can just press ESC Then the dialog box will be closed and the contact list box will appear again 16 4 2 3 Changing Your Nickname Status and Viewing Your Information You can change your nickname as follows 401 1 Press Alt to open the menu Press Down arrow key repeatedly to move to tools and press Enter Press Enter on Nickname Or instead of using the menu just press Ctrl p 2 Then the Change Nickname dialog box will appear and the Nickname edit box will be focused Type the nickname you like You can use alphabets numbers and other symbols in the nickname 3 Press tab to move to the Confirm button and press Enter Then your nickname will be changed and you will be placed back in the contact list box To view your nickname or email address you can use my status as follows 1 Press Alt to open the menu Press Enter on File Then move to My Status by pressing Down arrow key and then press Enter Or instead of using the menu just press Ctrl m 2 Then the dialog box will appear and your nickname will be displayed Press tab to move to your email address and tab again to move to Status and so on 3 When you have read through all of the information you can press tab to move to the Close button an
451. ox you will hear the warning sound to notify you of the error 8 4 4 3 Changing Mailbox name You can t change mailbox name of the inbox and the Storage box In order to change the mailbox name follow these steps 1 Execute E mail program 2 Press Alt to call up the menu in mail lists of inbox 3 It will show File 4 Press Down arrow key move to Edit and Press Enter Or Press e 5 It will show Select All 6 Press Up arrow key or Down arrow key move to Copy to mailbox or Move to mailbox 7 Press Enter Or press Alt c or Alt x without calling the menu 8 It will show Folder lists 9 Press Up arrow key or Down arrow key move to the folder that you want to change 10 Press Tab move to Rename folder 11 Press Enter 12 It will show Mailbox name 13 Type the mailbox name that you want to change 14 Press Enter Or press Tab move to Confirm and press Enter If you attempt to rename the inbox and storage box you will hear the warning sound to notify you of the error 217 8 5 Use the Tools Menu You can set path and option of the E mail The tools menu has the following four sub menus 1 Accounts manager 2 Set path 3 Set options 4 Set spam Each sub menu except the Accounts manager will be explained in
452. pen Folder dialog box 238 3 When you open the Open Folder dialog box the default folder name will be displayed The default folder is set to media folder in Flashdisk 4 Using Up arrow key or Down arrow key move into the folder that you want to play When you want to move into the folder of External memory Using the Backspace move to disk Move to folder that you want to change 5 Pressing Space select a folder 6 Press Enter Then the Voice Sense QWERTY will add all of the audio files with the extensions wav mp3 and wma from the selected folders to the play list and start playing the first file 9 3 1 3 Add File The Add File menu item is used to add audio files to the play list If you press Enter on Add File in the File menu or press Alt o in the Media player dialog box the same dialog box that is used for Open File will be displayed If you select all of the files that you want and press Enter as in the Open File dialog box then the Voice Sense QWERTY will add the selected files to the play list However the Voice Sense QWERTY will not start playing these files If you want to start playing the files in the play list press the play pause button on the front panel of the Voice Sense QWERTY Or you can press Enter on play in the play menu 9 3 1 4 Add Fold
453. phrases found 2 Press Tab move to Search direction The default setting is Next The options that you can choose from for this setting are Next and Previous To change setting value press Space Next It will find phrase from the next direction of current location Previous It will find phrase from the previous direction of current location 3 After setting the Search direction press Enter Or press Tab move to Confirm Press Enter on the Confirm 4 It will play from the searched phrase If you want to cancel the Find Phrase press Enter on the Cancel Or press Alt F4 12 6 Hot Keys in the DAISY Player 1 Play Play Pause Space Move to the beginning of document Fn Left arrow key Move to the last phrase Fn Right arrow key Increase the speed Shift Right arrow key 312 Decrease the speed Shift Left arrow key Increase the volume Shift Up arrow key Decrease the volume Shift Down arrow key 2 Move by Phrase Move to the next phrase Right arrow key or short press next button Move to the previous phrase Left arrow key or short press previous button Move to the next fifth phrase Ctrl Down arrow key Move to the previous fifth phrase Ctrl Up arrow key 3 Move by page Move to the next page Page down Move to the previous page Page up Go to the page Ctrl g 4 Move by level Move up Alt Left arrow
454. pressing Enter on it or you can access it without calling up the menu by pressing Ctrl n After you activate this item you will find a computer edit box that contains your current device name To modify the name type the new name and then press Enter Once you have entered the new name you should close all programs and reset the Voice Sense QWERTY by pressing the reset button with your finger on the rear panel To cancel your changes press ESC You will then be returned to the Bluetooth Device List The next menu item is Delete Pair Information This item allows you to remove the device setting To activate this item press Alt and then press Enter on Delete Pair Information You can also access this option by pressing d while you are in the Bluetooth Device List menu or you can activate it directly without calling up the menu by pressing Del The next item in the Bluetooth Device List menu is the Exit item This item will exit the Bluetooth manager program To activate this item press Alt and then press Up arrow key or Down arrow key to navigate to Exit Then press Enter on Exit You can also access the 317 iio item while in the menu by pressing z while you are in the Bluetooth Device List menu or at any time without calling up the menu by pressing Alt F 4 13 2 Bluetooth Service List Once you know which remote Bluet
455. pressing Tabor to the previous control pressing Shift Tab 1 Contact Information As a Status bar this shows information respectively You can move to each item using Up arrow key or Down arrow key 2 Contact Information contains information as follows 3 Display name It displays on line ID set on the My Status Options 4 E mail It displays E mail account 378 5 Chat It displays whether chat is possible or not as Enable or Disable 6 File sharing It displays whether it is able to send receive file or not as Enable or Disable 7 Voice Chat It displays whether voice chatting is possible or not as Enable or Disable 8 Status contact It displays current contact relation status such as acceptance or standby 9 Close As a button once you execute this function it will close the View Contact Information dialog box and you will go to the contact list the status right before calling up the menu 16 3 2 6 Manage Block List When you log in with on line status if some people request you to add as contact dialog box asking whether you accept addition or not will appear If some people request you to add as contact when you re Off line status request adding information will be saved in server Then when you execute Google Talk Program request adding information will appear on the Manage Contact List menu Manage Contact List is a function to accept or reject contact requestin
456. previous frequency Ctrl Up arrow key Auto previous frequency Ctrl Left arrow key Auto next frequency Ctrl Right arrow key Go to frequency Ctrl shift f Move to previous preset Alt Left arrow key Move to next preset Alt Right arrow key Registry preset Ctrl s Call up the record dialog box Ctrl r Mute on off Space Volume up Shift Up arrow key Volume down Shift Down arrow key 21 9 Web Browser 21 9 1 Hot keys for the command Open URL Ctrl l Open Ctrl o Save as Ctrl s Page information Alt Enter Exit Alt f4 Read from beginning to cursor Alt g Read from cursor to end Ctrl Shift Enter 497 Auto scroll Up down scroll buttons This function executes when the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to SyncBraille Copy selection Ctrl b Copy Ctrl c Add clipboard Ctrl Insert Copy URL Alt d Copy link address Alt Go to the home page Alt h Go to the previous page Alt Left arrow key Go to the next page Alt Right arrow key Go to previous text Ctrl F5 Go to next text Ctrl F6 Go to previous heading Alt b or Ctrl F3 Go to next heading Alt f or Ctrl F4 Refresh Ctrl r Open the history list Ctrl h Check the address of the selected title in the history list Ctrl shift i Find Ctrl f Find again F3 Links list Alt i Register as your home page Ctrl s Add to favorites Alt a Favorites list Ctrl l 21 9 2 Hot Keys When Playing Audio Files in web browser Turn up the volume Shift Up arrow key
457. q For example to calculate the square root of 16 you press Ctrl with q 16 Y Then press enter Your answer will be given as 4 8 Exponential For Exponential you can press Ctrl with e 422 For example to calculate the Exponential of 2 you would press Ctrl with e then 2 followed by the and Enter That is exp 2 which gives the result 7 3890561 9 Trigonometric Functions Sine Functions For Sine press Ctrl with s and then s This is shown on the LCD as sin 13 For Arc Sine press Ctrl with s then a This is displayed as asin For Hyperbolic sine press Ctrl with s then h This is displayed as sinh In order to calculate the sine of a 30 degree angle you would type the following Ctrl with s then s 30 and then Press Enter and your answer is displayed as 0 5 Cosine Functions For Cosine you would press Ctrl with i and then you would press c This is displayed as cos For Arc cosine press Ctrl with i then a This is displayed as acos For Hyperbolic cosine press Ctrl with i then h This is displayed as cosh For example to calculate the cosine of the 30 degree angles you press Ctrl with i 30 and then Then press Enter Your answer will be given as 0 8660254 Tangent Functions For Tangent press
458. r tweet will be removed If you want to cancel removing the tweet you have to press Space to change the button to No and press Enter Or Press Esc After canceling delete you will go to the Timeline 16 2 5 3 Retweet Retweet is a function to deliver tweets which your follow posted to your followers It is used on the tweets such as notification and sympathizing tweet You can t recommend tweet you posted The followings are how to retweet 1 Within Timeline move to the tweet you want to repost 2 Press Ctrl e If retweet is successful Successfully retweet message will appear and you will go to the Timeline 358 16 2 5 4 Send Mention Mention is tweets which would be sent to more than one specified user You can use Mention function when you want to communicate with specific users intensively How to send mentions is similar to way to post tweet Just enter at sign in front of User Id and type mention you want to send The following examples show the way to send mention 1 Launch Tweet dialog box pressing Ctrl t on the Timeline 2 If Tweet dialog box is launched Tweet message is displayed 3 As following examples enter at sign in front of the User ID and type your message Example 1 Robin Hello teacher Example 2 Bill Robin let s have dinner together this evening Example 1 sends Hello teacher mention to Robin Example 2 sends Let s have dinner
459. r If the remaining battery power is not sufficient the Voice Sense QWERTY will indicate that the battery power is low In this case you need to check the remaining battery power especially when you are using the Voice Sense QWERTY without plugging it into an AC power supply To check the battery power status press Fn b You will find the following 2 items 1 Battery power level 2 Power source battery or AC supply The battery power level represents the percentage of the remaining battery power The power source indicates whether power is coming from the battery or the AC power supply If the battery power level drops under 15 percent the Voice Sense QWERTY will display the battery status on the LCD and it will announce through the speakers that the battery has less than 15 percent of its power left If the battery power level falls below five percent the Voice Sense QWERTY will give you a warning indicating that your battery power level is under five percent and the Voice Sense QWERTY will be automatically turned off in one minute unless you connect the Voice Sense QWERTY to an AC power supply 32 2 3 Controlling the Voice You can change the volume rate and pitch of speech used on the Voice Sense QWERTY To change the volume 1 Press F6 to raise the volume 2 Press Shift F6 to lower the volume You can utilize F5 to turn the voice on and off To make changes in the reading rate 1 Press
460. r a a EEEE r 29 1 3 Voice Sense QWERTY Battery cc ccceccceecseeeeseeeeeesenseeeeeees 29 1 4 Hardware Specifications of the Voice Sense QWERTY 30 2 Basic Functions of the Voice Sense QWERTY31 ZA OWEN OIC ccccascassh dmniacssoatsdzacnad wana E ee AeA EnA 31 2 2 Charging Battery and Check Battery StatuS cceeeeeeeeees 31 2 3 Controlling the Voice sesiriik oc aiceccnsdeavsewdldd uusasaaecvccetwe nai veddeesauion 32 2 4 Switching Audio mode cccccceceeessseeeeeeeeesseeeeeeecaaaeseesenseaassees 32 2 5 Switching Key lock sinc rrcocastsccssanuiaydibesiedapeceus Avpereasiebesaaestheatdth 33 2 6 Execute and Exit Programisccsacsssusensrpiodddddecctcalvslecececdvussaa cannnvyetes 33 2 7 Concept of the Menu and go to Menu ccceesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 34 2 7 1 Move between Program Menus cscseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 34 2 7 2 Move the menu item in executing Program 20 35 2 8 Using the Shortcut key and Hotkey cccccceesssseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 36 2 9 Control Symbols on the Voice Sense QWERTY eeeeees 36 2 10 Basic Explanation of Disks folders and fileS 008 39 2 11 How to type the Character ccccccccccceeesssseeeeeeeeeeseeeeenseeeesees 40 2 12 How to use the Virtual Cursor cccccesesssseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeseeeesees 40 2 13 Using the Function key ccccccsssssecceeeeessseeeeeecseeseeeeen
461. r without calling up the menu press insert Tab Then you will see Links list dialog box In the dialog box you can find the following controls links list Focus link button Activate link button and Cancel button You can move control by control by pressing Tab or Shift tab In the links list you can move by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key If you want to move to the selected page in links list press Enter on the link of focus in links list Or move to Activate link button by pressing Tab or Shift tab and press Enter there 283 If you want to go to the link position selected in links list move to Focus link button by pressing Tab and press Enter there To close the dialog box move to Cancel button and press Enter there Or just press Alt F4 or press ESC 11 5 Favorites In order to enter into Favorites press Alt and move to Favorites by pressing Down arrow key and press Enter If there are web sites that you frequently visit it would be very inconvenient to enter the long address every time In such a case you can add these web site addresses in the Favorites list Then you can visit the web sites that are stored in your Favorites list by simply selecting the address in the Favorites list 11 5 1 Set Current as Your Ho
462. ram Once the FM radio program is executed your Voice Sense QWERTY will announce the FM radio frequency If you had executed the FM radio program the Voice Sense QWERTY will tune to the frequency that you listened to and announce the frequency For your reference the frequency range of the Voice Sense QWERTY is from 87 5MHz to 108MHz 10 1 Listening to FM radio via internal speakers When you execute FM radio program after connecting the headphone to the headphone jack sound from the FM radio will output through the headphone If you want to listen to the FM radio through not only the headphone but also internal speakers please set as follows 1 Press Fn x or x while outputting sound from the radio it enables to output through the internal speakers To set enabling the internal speaker using the menu as follows 1 Press Alt to call the FM radio menu and press Enter at File menu and then press Enter at Settings 2 Or without calling menu press Ctrl e in order to call the dialog box 3 Then the dialog box will be opened and internal speaker No is announced in voice 4 Press Space once to switch from No to Yes and press Enter 263 Then you can hear the FM radio sound from both headphone and internal speakers This setting is valid only in the FM radio program If you exit from FM radio program and hear the sound through speakers you have to unpl
463. rd In order to use this service you must turn on the Bluetooth keyboard You can connect a Bluetooth keyboard by doing the following 1 Move to Bluetooth keyboard and press Enter in device list 2 And then Keyboard service will displayed 3 Press Enter on Keyboard service 4 And then you will be prompted to input PIN code if Bluetooth keyboard require you to input PIN code Otherwise you don t need to input PIN code 5 Input PIN code on the Voice Sense QWERTY and press Enter And then you need to input PIN code on the Bluetooth Keyboard The PIN code of Bluetooth keyboard may be referred to the Bluetooth keyboard manual 13 2 7 Bluetooth Headset Service Using Bluetooth headset you can hear the voice of Voice Sense QWERTY through the Bluetooth headset To use a Bluetooth headset you need to turn on the Bluetooth headset first And by executing the Bluetooth program Voice Sense QWERTY search for Bluetooth headset through the device search From the list of device press Enter on the Bluetooth headset Then it will search service of Bluetooth headset If Bluetooth headset supports A2DP it will show headset in service list Press Enter on headset It will be proceeded authorization to use between the Bluetooth headset and Voice Sense QWERTY 329 Once the authorization is completed you can hear the Voice Sense QWERTY through the Bluetooth headset Note We high
464. rd the top of chat by pressing space key After then the input is changed to Forward 388 16 3 6 4 Export Contact List Export Contact list is a function to save Contact list which you registered as CSV file In order to call up the Export Contact list dialog box press Alt x on the Contact list or press Enter on the Export Contact list menu after entering sub menu of File by calling up the menu Export Contact list consists of 4 controls 1 File name Combo Edit control 2 Confirm Button control 3 Cancel Button control 4 File list List control The following is a detailed explanation about each control of Export Contact list dialog box You can move to the next control by pressing Tab or to the previous control by pressing Shift Tab 1 File name It is a combo edit box You can type in the file name to be saved in this edit box 2 Confirm It is a button You can execute Export Contact list 3 Cancel It is a button You can exit Export Contact list dialog box and return to the Contact list the previous status right before calling up the menu 4 File list It is a list You can set path to save Contact list The followings are move keys used in file list Move to the previous list Up arrow key Move to the next list Down arrow key 3 Move to the top of the list Ctrl Home key Home key Move to the bottom the list Ctrl End key End key Enter into selected
465. rded audio file will be saved If you press the pause button during recording the pause button will be changed to the continue button Please press the continue button to continue recording Pressing previous button or next button will move among controls in the record dialog box 10 4 1 Changing record folder If you want to change the folder for saving recorded files please do as follows 1 Press Alt to call menu and press Enter at File 2 Press Enter at Record Settings Or press Alt s without calling menu 3 Then the record dialog box will be opened and Recoding type mp3 is announced 4 Press Tab to move to Record folder 5 Then Record folder flashdisk media radio is displayed Press Enter 6 Then the list in the FM radio folder will be displayed Press Backspace to move to upper level folder and press Up arrow key or Down arrow key to move to desired folder 7 Press Space at the desired folder and press Enter 268 8 Then Record folder Changed folder is announced 9 Press Tab to move to Confirm button and press Enter In the Record Settings dialog box you can set recording type sample rate bit per channel and channel In order to change the recording type you press the Space And then you can select between wav and mp3 In order
466. rds which you are searching After you type in the keywords and press Enter then all schedules with the keywords will be displayed If you press Enter without typing in any word in Search subject edit box the Voice Sense QWERTY will display all schedules in your Voice Sense QWERTY In order to move to the next or previous schedule you need to press Down arrow key or Up arrow key respectively Pressing Fn Left arrow key will move to the first item of the schedule list and pressing Fn Right arrow key will move to the last item of the schedule list For the recurring appointment and multi Voice Sense QWERTY will show the schedules of the first day only if you search the schedule with subject For example if you registered any appointment on January 1 2007 and made it recur the first day of every month the Voice Sense QWERTY will show this schedule on January 1 2007 only when you search it with searching with subject If you want to read the schedule in detail you can press Enter at the schedule that you want to read in detail After you read the schedule in detail and return to the schedule list press ESC And if you want to 169 search with the other keywords press tab to move to Search subject edit box 7 6 Modify Schedule You can modify an appointment that you have scheduled First move to the appointment you want to modify in the find result list Pres
467. re not using the Bluetooth function to save battery power 3 37 Wireless LAN You can decide whether Voice Sense QWERTY will turn Wireless LAN on The shortcut key for this option is w You can choose between On and Off by pressing Space By default it is set to Off You can toggle it on and off by pressing F11 while you are using another program in the Voice Sense QWERTY without having to call up the Global options If you have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also tab or shift tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab or shift tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC For your reference in order to use wireless LAN function of the Voice Sense QWERTY please turn it on And please turn it off when you are not using the wireless LAN to save battery power 3 38 Ethernet port You can decide whether the Voice Sense QWERTY will turn Ethernet card Ethernet port on or off The shortcut key for this option is I You can switch to On or Off by pressing Space By default it is set to 70 Off You can toggle it on and off by pressing Fn F11 while you are using another program in the Voice Sense QWERTY without having to call up the Global options
468. requency Ctrl Down arrow key Auto previous frequency Ctrl Left arrow key or short press pevious button Auto next frequency Ctrl Right arrow key or short press next button Go to frequency Ctrl f Move to previous preset Alt Left arrow key or long press previous button Move to next preset Alt Right arrow key or long press next button Registry preset Ctrl s or long press record button Delete the preset Del or long press stop button Call up the record dialog box Ctrl r Record start pause short press record button Record stop short press stop button Mute on short press stop button or Space Mute off short press play button or Space Volume up Shift Up arrow key Volume down Shift Down arrow key 20 9 Web Browser 20 9 1 Hot keys for the command Open URL Ctrl l Open Ctrl o Save as Ctrl s Information Alt Enter Exit Alt F4 Read from beginning to cursor Alt g 472 Read from cursor to end Fn Enter Auto scroll Up scroll button down scroll button This function executes when the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to SyncBraille Start selection Ctrl b Copy Ctrl c Add to clipboard Ctrl Insert Copy URL Alt d Copy link Alt l Go to the home page Alt h Go to the previous page Alt Left arrow key Go to the next page Alt Right arrow key Go to previous heading Alt b or Ctrl F3 Go to next heading Alt f or Ctrl F4 Go to previous text Ctrl F5 Go to next text Ctrl F6 Refresh Ctrl r Open the history l
469. res soak eens eRe 320 13 23 FTP SeN CEs erin cause eee i EEA 320 13 2 4 ActiveSync Service ceeececceceeeeeseeeeeeeeesseeeeeenaaaeeeeeeeees 327 13 25 Senal POM concssaxiccsidudussasshcvinnacvwesattnesanitrmaaetidedbetenswbenastis 328 13 2 6 Bluetooth keyboard service cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeees 328 13 2 7 Bluetooth Headset Service cccccseeessseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeees 328 13 2 8 Bluetooth Printer SCrviCe ccccecccecceeeessseeeeeesaeeeeeeeeees 329 17 13 2 9 Using Multiple Services Simultaneously 00 329 13 3 Hot keys in Bluetooth Manage ccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeees 329 14 Database Manager cccccssesssessseeeeeseeeeeees 331 14 1 Table Manager siciemcisisihvelessaredtvdinevar tania eee uaa 332 M Add kl bc gt an Rrra m Re a a aA aO 333 14 1 2 Modify Table sce cncbeatnasices cs eludaedad Geneaceconeueuutiurcensseaters 335 141 3 Delete r a gt ee rn eee 336 i a es eyo al Bo 7218 i Tabletes ee eee 336 142 Add REGCONG enaere pn ee econ tsa E EE Nada 337 14 3 Search IRECOPOS eaan aca ea ead at iin nh ata scant od 338 14 4 List of Records FOUNG icscevecenessdsiccyevianctancesonneicasciudedezateevetearehs 340 14 5 Setting Backup ODtion ccccccscceccecsssseceeeseeeeesseeeeessaseeees 340 14 6 Backup Database ini a E an A 341 14 7 R store Database sine a E AEE a 342 14 8 Hot Keys for Database Managel ccccccceseeeeeeea
470. ress tab 9 The Set primary key check box will be focused If you want to set the current field as the primary key press Space in order to check it 10 Press tab to move to the Confirm button and press Enter Now the name field has been added to the address book table If you want to cancel adding the field press tab once more to move to the Cancel button and press Enter If you have added a new field you will get a message saying that a new field has been added Then the registered fields list will be shown again Now name field appears in the list with the form name edit box pri 1 1 Since only one primary key exists in a table if you have set a field as the primary key the Set primary key check box will not be shown in the Add field dialog box when you add another field Add the telephone address and memo fields by repeating the step 5 through 10 above Once you have added all of the fields you want press tab to move to the Confirm button and press Enter If you need to change a name of a field that is registered move to a field name that you want to change on a registered fields list Then press m or tab and enter on a Modify field It appears as Field name selected filed name here you type the Name you want and press Enter Even though you can chang
471. ress Alt to call up the menu 3 Move to Options pressing Down arrow key 4 Press Enter Or you can press Alt o while the Web browser is executing 5 Pressing Tab move to Default download folder 6 It will find Flashdisk list 288 7 When you change the different folder in Flashdisk Using the Space select the folder that you want 8 When you change the different folder of External memory Using the Backspace move to disk Move to folder that you want to change and select it using Space 9 Press Enter 10 Press Tab move to Confirm button 11 Press Enter If you want to cancel the change press Enter on Cancel button Or press Alt F4 regardless of location 11 6 5 Clear cookies Cookie contains information which can be read in web application whenever user visits the web site You can clear cookie in Options menu in Voice Sense QWERTY To clear cookie follow these steps 1 Press Enter on Web browser 2 Press Alt to call up the menu 3 Move to Options pressing Down arrow key 4 executing 5 Pressing Tab move to Clear cookies 6 Press Enter on Clear cookies 7 It will announce Successfully cleared cookies and clear cookie Without calling menu pressing Ctrl d it will clear cookie in web page
472. ressing Down arrow key The file names that were opened recently are displayed one by one by pressing Down arrow key If the file open that you want to open is selected press Enter to open it In order to move to the previous file name in the list press Up arrow key In order to open a file with a different file format press tab to move to the file format selection and then press the up arrow or down arrow to select a desired file format You can find and open a desired file from the file list without typing in the file name directly in the File name box Press tab several times to move to the file list and then select a desired file You can also move to the file list by pressing shift tab when you are at the File name dialog box The files in the file list have the file format that was selected in file type You can select a file that you want by using the up and down arrow keys and you can open the file by pressing Enter If you select a folder and press Enter you will see the list of files in that folder If you want to access a file that is on a SD card or USB memory stick you can access the file in the Open dialog box by first moving to the file list by pressing shift tab Then press Backspace until you hear the USB stick memory or the SD card Then press Enter to open the memory The Voice Sense QWERTY will choose the
473. rf and txt file format Use Down arrow key or Up arrow key to select the file type that you want Press tab to move to Confirm and press Enter to save as the file name and type as selected Or press tab again to move to Cancel and press Enter to cancel Save As If you do not want to save with a new file name press ESC or Alt F4 11 1 4 Page Information Page Information shows how many frames tables controls and forms are in the current page In order to enter into Page Information press Alt to call up the menu and press Enter on File Move to Page Information by pressing Down arrow key a few times and then press Enter Or you can press the letter I Page Information can be shown in one line However if there are too many characters to be displayed you will need to press the arrow keys to read the additional lines 11 1 5 Exit This command terminates the Web Browser and returns the Voice Sense QWERTY to the program list You can exit from the Web browser 274 by pressing Alt F4 or by selecting Exit from the Web browser file menu 11 2 Read The Read menu can read the page generally In order to call up the Read menu press Alt and press Enter on Read or press r The Read menu has three submenus 1 Read From Beginning To Cursor 2 Read F
474. rned on you will hear no item when you press Enter on Wireless LAN When you first open the Wireless LAN dialog box the focus is on the access point list The list has the information of wireless access points which is searched Access point list will let you know the access point name encryption and sensitivity of each item Ex linksys encryption WEP sensitivity good If there is more than one access point in the list you can move between them by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key Move to the access point that you want to connect to And press Enter And then you will hear the Trying to Connecting with access point name message and connecting sound If you are using network key in Access Point when you press Enter Network key edit box will 436 be displayed In edit box you have to input the encrypted key and press Enter And if your settings are correct then you will hear Completed setting profile with connecting sound The Advanced common dialog box is used to modify the added profile or add new profile or check the existed profile If you press Enter on the Advanced button while wireless LAN turned off no item will be displayed Pressing Enter on the advanced button while wireless LAN turned on The Advanced dialog box has 5 controls You can navigate among these contr
475. rom Cursor To End 3 Auto Scroll Note Auto Scroll will appear when Voice Sense QWERTY connected to SyncBraille You can move between the menus by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key To execute the menu press Enter 11 2 1 Read from Beginning to Cursor This function will read the current page from the beginning to the cursor location To execute this function press Enter on Read from beginning to cursor in the Read menu Or you can press Alt g when you open a web page If you want to quit this function before the cursor location press Ctrl Note If you execute this function when Voice Sense QWERTY connected to SyncBraille the Braille display change to correspond with the voice output 11 2 2 Read from Cursor to End This function will read the current page from the cursor to the end of the current page 275 To execute this function you need to press Enter on Read from cursor to end in the Read menu Or you can press Fn Enter when you open a web page Note When Voice Sense QWERTY connected to SyncBraille if you want to quit this function before the end of the current page press Ctrl If you execute this function the Braille display changes to correspond with the voice output 11 2 3 Auto Scroll Note Auto Scroll will appear when Voice Sense QWERTY connected to SyncBraille This function will scroll the current page fro
476. rom the front of the unit on the right side panel and move our way toward the back 1 2 2 1 USB OTG Port Toward the front of the Voice Sense QWERTY on the right side panel you will find the USB OTG port If you connect the unit to a personal computer by using this USB port you can transfer files that are stored in the Voice Sense QWERTY to your personal computer and vice versa 27 1 2 2 2 USB Port Continuing toward the back of the unit on the right side panel you will find the USB port You can connect a USB stick memory in this USB port for auxiliary storage 1 2 2 3 AC Adapter Jack The last thing you will find on the right side panel of the unit is the AC adapter jack The AC adapter will plug in to this hole and then plug in to a standard AC electrical outlet so that you can use the Voice Sense QWERTY with electricity instead of using power from the battery 1 2 3 Left Side Panel Now let s take a look at the left side panel of the unit 1 2 3 1 SD Slot If you move your finger to the left side of the Voice Sense QWERTY you will find the SD port You can insert SD card secure digital card in SD slot 1 2 4 Rear Panel Next let s take a look at the rear panel of the Voice Sense QWERTY 1 2 4 1 Reset Button On the far rightof the rear panel you will find a small button in round groove This is the reset button If your unit is not responding properly you can press this button with your finger which will reb
477. row key Go to next page Page down Fn Down arrow key Set mark Ctrl m Go to mark Ctrl j Go to previous document Shift tab Go to next document Tab 4 Read menu 135 Read selected text Alt b Read beginning of selected text Ctrl u Read from beginning to cursor Alt g Read from cursor to end Fn Enter Read status Fn Layout menu Braille document layout Alt F5 Print document layout Alt F6 Braille paragraph layout Alt F7 Print paragraph layout Alt F8 Miscellaneous hot keys Move to previous character Left arrow key Move to next character Right arrow key Move to previous word Ctrl Left arrow key Move to next word Ctrl Right arrow key Move to the beginning of the line Fn Left arrow key Move to the end of the line Fn Right arrow key Move to previous sentence Alt Ctrl Left arrow key Move to next sentence Alt Ctrl Right arrow key Move to previous line Up arrow key Move to next line Down arrow key Move to previous paragraph Ctrl Up arrow key Move to next paragraph Ctrl Down arrow key Move to the beginning of the document Ctrl fn Left arrow key Move to the end of the document Ctrl fn Right arrow key Read current paragraph Fn v Read current line Fn c Read current sentence Fn n Read current word Fn x Read current character Fn z Delete current paragraph Alt Del Delete current line Ctrl Backspace Delete current word Alt Backspace Delete current character Del Confirm current cursor positi
478. row key Switch Between a m and p m Fn x 20 15 3 Checking Date and Time Checking date and time Fn t 20 15 4 Calendar Move to the previous item Tab Move to the next item Shift tab Move to the next day Right arrow key Move to the previous day Left arrow key Move to the next week Ctrl Right arrow key 483 Move to the previous week Ctrl Left arrow key Move to the next month Down arrow key Move to the previous month Up arrow key Move to the next year Ctrl Down arrow key Move to the previous year Ctrl Up arrow key 20 15 5 Pronunciation dictionary Move to the previous control Tab Move to the next control Shift tab Move to the previous item in entry Up arrow key Move to the next item in entry Down arrow key Add word Alt i Modify word Alt m Delete word Del 20 15 6 Stopwatch Stopwatch start pause restart enter Check the elapsed time Backspace Switch between stopwatch and count down timer tab or shift tab Count down timer pause or restart enter Count down timer Clear Backspace Exit stopwatch or count down timer Alt F4 20 15 7 Display Networg Status Display Networg Status Fn n 20 15 8 Display power status Display power status Fn b 20 15 9 Backup Restore personalized settings 484 Move to previous item Up arrow key Move to next item Down arrow key Move to previous control Shift tab Move to next control Tab Select unselect check box Space 20 15 10 Format Disk format Fn
479. rrow key Move to the next 32 list Fn Down arrow key Move to the previous list Up arrow key Move to the next list Down arrow key Move to the top of the list Ctrl Fn Left arrow key Fn Left arrow key Move to the bottom the list Ctrl Fn Right arrow key Fn Right arrow key Enter into selected folder or open the selected file Enter Move to the upper level folder Backspace 478 20 14 2 Google talk File Menu Commands Sign out Ctrl l Export Contact Lists Alt x Import Contact Lists Alt i Exit Alt F4 Action Menu Commands Start Chat Ctrl s Start Voice Chat Ctrl h Send File Ctrl f Move to Recently Chat Ctrl t Manage Chat Ctrl m Contact Menu Commands Add Contact Alt q Delete Contact Delete Block Contact Alt b Manage Block List Alt m Contact Information Ctrl i Manage Contact List Ctrl p Option Menu Commands My Status Options Alt u Action Options Alt a Alert Options Alt o Path Options Alt p Chat Window Menus File Menu Commands Save Conversation Alt s Close Chat Alt F4 Edit Menu Commands 479 Cut Ctrl x Copy Ctrl c Delete Delete Paste Ctrl v Start Selection Ctrl b Select All Ctrl a Find Ctrl f Find Again F3 Action Menu Commands Start Chat Ctrl s Start Voice Chat Ctrl h Stop Voice Chat Esc key Send File Ctrl f View Contact List Ctrl t Manage Chat Ctrl m Move to Previous Chat Ctrl Shift Tab Move to Next Chat Ctrl Tab The move keys in Google Talk Move to
480. rst open the Web Browser you connect to your home page Then you connect to the web site of Google and next you connect to the Lycos web site In this case the next page from the Google web site is the Lycos web site In order to move to the next page press Alt to call up the menu and then go to the Go To menu by pressing Down arrow key Then press Enter Go to the Go To Next Page by pressing Down arrow key and press Enter or you can press Alt with Right arrow key This command does not work on the last page because there is no page after the last page 279 11 4 4 Go to Previous Heading If you activate the Go To Previous Heading function you can go toa heading that is located before your current location To execute the Go To Previous Heading function open the menu by pressing Alt and press Down arrow key repeatedly to move to the Go To menu Press Enter on Go To Then use Up arrow key or Down arrow key to move to Go To Previous Heading and press Enter Or press u in the submenu To activate this function without opening up the menu press Alt b or Ctrl F3 while in a web page 11 4 5 Go to Next Heading If you activate the Go To Next Heading function you can go forward to a heading from your current location To execute the Go To Next Heading function open up the menu by press
481. rt one of the three cosine functions by pressing the first letter of each in the list 17 1 5 Tangent Functions You can activate the Tangent Functions when you press Enter on Tangent Functions or if you press t in the menu You can also open the menu by pressing Alt Or in your calculation line you can open the Tangent Functions by pressing Ctrl t The tangent functions list consists of Tangent Arc tangent and Hyperbolic tangent If you press Enter on one of the three functions while moving with Up arrow key or Down arrow key or if you press Enter on Confirm on one of the functions while moving with tab you can insert it into your calculation line after selecting one of the three tangent functions Or you can insert one of the three tangent functions by pressing the first letter of each in the list 17 1 6 Logarithm Functions The Logarithm Functions is a dialog box which contains the following function list a Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move between the three items by pressing tab or shift tab The function list consists of Common logarithm and Natural logarithm in which you can move by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key You can activate the Logarithm Functions menu by pressing Enter on Logarithm Functions or if you press I in the men
482. s 197 If there are any files attached to an e mail the Attach item will be displayed after the Message body item like the following Attach attached file name xx yy file size yy is the total number of attached files and xx means the xxth file out of yy files You can move and check the attached files by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key if there is an undesired file in the attached file list you can delete it from the list by pressing Del If you press Del delete file name file Yes will be displayed If you press Enter this file will be deleted from the attached file list If you press Space to switch from Yes to No and then press Enter your selection will be cancelled and the file will remain on the attached file list 8 2 3 2 Sending E Mail to Multiple Recipients You can type in more than one recipient carbon copy recipient or hidden recipient If you type in more than one e mail address in those items the same e mail will be sent to all of them at the same time For example sense hims inc com hims hims inc com 8 2 3 3 Searching the Address List You can type in the recipient at to CC and BCC from the address list without typing in the e mail address directly The following are the steps to search for e mail addresses 1 Press Alt to call up the E mail menu at to
483. s Alt or open the menu by pressing Alt and press Enter on Modify Schedule or press the shortcut key m in the menu Or you can press its hot key Ctrl m in the find result list If the appointment is a recurring schedule a prompt is displayed Recurrence appointment Open type will appear This is asking whether you want to modify the recurring schedule or the schedule for a specific day If you select This occurrence you will make changes for the appointment of the day but the recurring appointments on other days will not be changed If you select The series you will make changes for all the recurring appointments of the schedule If you select Cancel Modify Schedule dialog box will not be opened and go back to the previous status You can select these values by pressing Space or Backspace Press Enter to open the Modify Schedule dialog box This dialog box contains the same controls as in the Add Schedule dialog box The only difference is that each field has the value entered previously You can make changes in these fields If you change a recurring schedule all the instances of the schedule will be changed according to the new values Once you finish modifying the schedule the information shown in the find result list will be updated accordingly 7 7 Deleting a Schedule If you want to delete a schedule move to the schedule in the find result
484. s From left to right 29 there are previous button record button stop button play pause button and next button These five buttons will be explained in the FM Radio Daisy and Media program sections in this user manual 1 2 5 6 Power Switch To the right of the five buttons is power switch This switch will turn the unit on and turn the unit off To turn on the unit push the switch to the right To turn off the unit push the switch to the left 1 2 6 Bottom Panel You will find in the center on the bottom panel of the Voice Sense QWERTY is rectangular hole that is for the detachable battery How to use Battery will be explained in more detail in the below Congratulations You are now familiar with the very basic functions of the buttons and ports that are located on the Voice Sense QWERTY The rest of the manual will discuss each function in greater detail to allow you to maximize the potential of your Voice Sense QWERTY 1 3 Voice Sense QWERTY Battery The battery is separated from the unit when the Voice Sense QWERTY is shipped Insert the battery into this rectangular slot until you hear a click sound When you hear this sound you will know that the battery is inserted correctly When you use the Voice Sense QWERTY with the battery the battery status may not be displayed accurately In order to avoid this connect the Voice Sense QWERTY to the AC adapter for about seven hours with turn on To remove the battery from th
485. s if this option is set to On the words that contain an address will not be checked The default is set to On and you can change it by pressing Space 5 Skip a word which includes numbers if this option is set to On the words that include the numbers will not be checked The default value is set to Off and you can change it by pressing Space 6 Confirm if you press Enter on Confirm the changes that you made above will be saved and the Voice Sense QWERTY will exit from the Options dialog 7 Cancel if you press Enter on Cancel the changes that you have made above will be canceled and the Voice Sense QWERTY exit from Options dialog In order to move between the items 1 through 5 press Up arrow Key or Down arrow key But in order to move to Confirm or Cancel press Tab or shift tab If you press Enter on the Begin button after you set all of the settings the Voice Sense QWERTY will start to check spelling If you press Enter on the Cancel button the Spell Check will be canceled Once Spell Check is executed the following dialog box will be displayed 1 Window to show the text it shows the sentence with the word to be checked currently The cursor will be located at the word that is to be checked currently 2 Change word edit box it shows the word to be checked currently You ca
486. s connected to SyncBraille If this option is set to Yes all of the format characters are displayed If you want to change this option use Space to toggle Formatted characters will be marked with the carriage return p and the mark sign pl Whenever you press Ctrl 5 settings will change 5 1 7 2 Reading unit It sets the moving unit when Up arrow Key or Down arrow key is pressed while you are reading a document If this option is set to Line Up arrow key moves line by line If this option is set to Paragraph Up arrow key moves paragraph by paragraph In order to toggle between Line and Paragraph press Space Whenever you press Ctrl 3 settings will change 5 1 7 3 Read only 102 If this option is set to Yes the document cannot be modified This setting is used in order to protect the document from any unintentional modifications If you want to change it to No press Space When you choose to select Compressed on the option you set Read only to Yes Whenever you press Ctrl 2 settings will change 5 1 7 4 Reading mode Note This function will appear when the Voice Sense is connected to SyncBraille This option sets the reading mode Reading mode original will show the document in its original format If the Reading mode is set to Compressed The Voice Sense QWERTY will con
487. s from the Voice Sense QWERTY to a computer or use the Internet connection your computer is using Voice Sense QWERTY Voice Sense QWERTY Please note that Bluetooth is currently an evolving standard and you may experience different functionality depending on the operating system that you are using The Voice Sense QWERTY uses the built in Bluetooth manager program to allow the user to use the Bluetooth functionality in the Voice Sense QWERTY You can access the Bluetooth manager in several ways To access Bluetooth manager from the program menu you can either press Up arrow key or Down arrow key until you hear Bluetooth manager or press the Space until you get to Bluetooth manager When you hear Bluetooth manager press Enter to activate it Or you can press I to open the Bluetooth manager from the program menu without having to press Enter on it 13 1 Bluetooth Device List After the Bluetooth manager has been activated it will begin scanning for other Bluetooth devices that are in range and for the services available from the other Bluetooth devices For example if you have a computer with Bluetooth enabled nearby then the Voice Sense QWERTY will attempt to find it It may take a while to find all of the Bluetooth devices in range so expect to wait about 30 to 40 seconds for this process to complete You will hear Scanning for devices Please 315 wait message and beep sound wh
488. s many of these features as you want on the Voice Sense QWERTY 17 You can use the Database Manager to create your own Database for keeping and storing important information 18 You can use MSN messenger to communicate in real time with others who are running the MSN messenger program 1 2 Hardware In order to get the most out of your Voice Sense QWERTY you will want to become familiar with the Voice Sense QWERTY by learning where the buttons and ports are located as well as the function of each of these buttons and ports This section explains the hardware configuration of the Voice Sense QWERTY The dimensions of the Voice Sense QWERTY are 8 6 inches long by 4 9 inches wide by 0 7 inches high On the bottom of the unit there are rubber feet in order to prevent slipping while you are using the Voice Sense QWERTY The input keys are keyboard of QWERTY type The first thing you should do is place the Voice Sense QWERTY ona level surface that you can use to examine the Voice Sense QWERTY such as a table or desk When the Voice Sense QWERTY is placed on a level surface the shape of the entire unit will resemble a small thin rectangular box The Voice Sense QWERTY has six sides You should feel for the LCD and keyboard The side that the LCD and keyboard are on should be facing up The side that is now facing up is referred to as the top of the Voice Sense QWERTY The side that is facing to your right is called the right side panel The
489. s you want to delete and then select them as explained in section 4 1 2 Call up the menu by pressing Alt to choose the Delete function Press Enter on Delete to complete the deletion of the selected files and folders You can also press the letter d after calling up the menu to have the same result as above You can delete selected files or folders even without calling the menu by using hot keys Del is the hotkey assigned to perform the delete function When you delete only one file or one folder it is not necessary to use the select function Instead just use the navigation keys to go to the file or folder you want to delete and then you can use the delete function from the File manager 4 2 9 Rename You can change the name of a file or folder To change the name of a file or folder move to the file or folder you desire to rename Call up the menu by using Alt to choose Rename from the menu list Press r after calling up the menu to activate the rename function quickly Otherwise you can use the down arrow until you reach Rename on the list Press Enter on this menu Then the Voice Sense QWERTY will ask for a new name You must type in a new file name and folder name in ASCII characters And if you type the file extension you can change the file extension Pressing Enter after entering a new file name will 81 complete the process of changing a file or folder
490. sc The followings are the way to follow user 1 If Global search dialog box is launched Search word edit box appears You can type the desired word on this edit box 2 If you press Enter searching tweet starts with Searching message 3 If search is successful immediately search results appear When there is no search result No search results message will be displayed and you will go to the Search word edit box 4 In the search result list you can move to user whom you want to follow by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key 5 Press Alt a and then you can follow focused user 367 16 2 8 2 User search User search is a function to search for entered words among user s profile id and name registered in Twitter In order to call up the User Search dialog menu press Alt f or launch User Search menu located on the sub menu of Search menu after calling up the menu It is similar to Global search dialog box User Search dialog box consists of 5 controls You can move to the next control pressing Tab or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab 1 Search word As a edit box you can enter word which you want to search 2 Next list Whenever you launch this function it can load lists by 20 results You can launch Next list by pressing Ctrl n or Enter key on this button 3 Search result In the list search results appear such as User Id Ab
491. schedule registered will be announced Otherwise the first appointment on that day will be announced in the form of date time and subject If the appointment lasts for more than one day continuous schedule will be announced If the appointment recurs recurring schedule will be announced If you registered more than one appointment for that day you can move between the appointments on that day by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key If you want to move to the first appointment on a day you can press Fn Left arrow key and if you want to move to the last appointment on the day press 168 Fn Right arrow key To move to the appointments on another day press Ctrl Left arrow key or Ctrl Right arrow key Then the previous next appointment occurring within four months will be displayed If you want to move to the first appointment registered in the schedule manager press Ctrl Fn Left arrow key and if you want to move to the last appointment registered in the schedule manager press Ctrl Fn Right arrow key If you want to Know more about a registered appointment press Enter on the desired appointment item Then if you press Up arrow key or Down arrow key you can hear the Start date start time end date end time subject and memo 7 5 2 Searching with subject If it is executed the Voice Sense QWERTY will say Search subject Type in the keywo
492. se sites When you want to launch the Web browser goes Web browser in the program menu and press Enter Or you can press b in the program menu You can also launch the Web browser by pressing Fn w while you are in the program menu When you press these keys the Voice Sense QWERTY will open up a computer edit box You can then type in the URL that you want to go to After you type in you re the web page address press Enter to open the web page Then the Web browser will open and take you to the specific URL that you typed in The Voice Sense QWERTY will connect to the web page that is registered as the home page in the Web browser Please note that the Web browser supports SSL 1 0 to 3 0 A more detailed explanation of the Web browser can be found within this chapter 11 1 File The File menu can be executed by selecting File after pressing Alt which calls up the Web browser menu File will appear on the LCD When you press Enter on File you can enter into the File menu To move from one submenu to another submenu press the Up arrow key or the Down arrow key The following is a detailed explanation of the Web browser File menu 11 1 1 Open URL Press Alt to open the Web browser menu Then move to File and press Enter The first item that is displayed on the LCD is Open URL 271 Press Enter to g
493. se QWERTY 8 1 Executing E mail and E mail service management To use the e mail program you have to register your e mail service information The following is a detailed explanation of how to execute e 180 mail how to register e mail service information how to check e mail service information how to modify e mail service information and how to delete e mail service information 8 1 1 Executing e mail In order to execute e mail follow these steps 1 Move to the E mail i program menu pressing Up arrow key and Down arrow key 2 Press Enter on the E mail or press E When you launch the e mail program for the first time the Voice Sense QWERTY will say Menu You must create at least 1 mail account from the accounts manager in the Tools menu Then the inbox will be opened The inbox is the main window of the E mail program When you run the e mail program for the first time this inbox is empty and the Voice Sense QWERTY displays no items Press Shift Tab It will show mailbox lists of e mail Mailbox lists 1 Inbox It is stored received mail 2 Sent It is stored sent mail after sending mail successfully 3 Outbox It is stored Outbox when user saves mail in Outbox or sending mail fails By pressing Up arrow key and Down arrow key you can move between mailbox lists If there are any e mail messages that the Voice Sense QWER
494. seeassees 41 2414 M lti PAS MAING ieee haa ee aa GN a ae 41 2 14 1 Open the Task Name cccccccssssseeeeesseeesseeeeeesasseeeeeees 42 2 14 2 Switch the Executing Program cccccssseseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 43 ZNO Pnt Spool eere a eaaa E EE E a bidatiendeaiaasetinay eran 43 2 16 One Handed Mode ccccccccccsccseseeeeeeeeessseeeeeeeseaseeeseeseeessees 44 217 Open Txt Helpen naa E E dbbee tales 45 2 18 Key Help MOda e a 45 2 19 Using Typing Mde isien e a a e es 45 2 20 Input Search for Control character ccccceesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 46 2 21 Common Combination KeyS ccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeseeaeeeees 47 3 Global Options ccccceesseeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeneeeenesenees 49 3 Brahe CursSOn iisi eaea EEEa ISSE DESEE 50 3 2 Eight DOC MOUS ferete r E a 51 3 9 View Grad enine e EEEa EEEE da 52 3 4 Message Display Time ccccccssssesseeeeceeeeseseeeeeceaeeseeseesenessess 52 7D VOICE AAEE EE E ETEA EEEE TTEA 53 3 0 Braille CGode ea aeae A aaa AA EEE E a 53 3 7 Punctuation LOVE va ccaceasshantanencaxerrs tien tnvetessetadsanbien aaaamcconcladde 54 3 8 Keyboard Echea a R EE EEE aala 55 3 9 Capitalization lO saescccssanaveven cosavouniiesvusvacasceutinaanaenedenuaececassess 55 Oc LONNUMBGMS maiia era Tira a T 56 SAMTADDreviatiON sisne a a Seetuetundachs 56 312 VOICE VOLUME ienee eaaa A a EE 56 313 Voice Rate eoero bobs eh eeen ves SEEE e a a Ra E o aaaea 57 g VEN O
495. sfer to next track automatically If this is set to On you can hear the track title The default value is set to Off namely you can t hear the track title when move to previous next track You can change the on or off by pressing Space The Store position of file if longer than option allows you to set the last position of audio file which have playing time more than you designated The default is set to Off and it means the last position will not be saved You can set the value to 5 10 30 60 minutes If you set the value to 30 minutes when you move to another audio file or you exit the Media program you can save the last position of currently playing audio file if the audio has playing time over 30 minutes Sometimes when you don t want to save the position of music but want to save the position of audio books this option is very useful Once the last position is saved from that time you can play the audio from the last position To save the changed settings and exit press Enter after you change an option or move to the Confirm button by pressing Tab repeatedly If you want to cancel the changes you made and exit this dialog box press ESC or Alt F4 You can also press Enter on the Cancel button to close the dialog box without changing any options The options set in this dialog box only have an effect in Media player If hold is set to Off yo
496. side facing to your left is called 25 the left side panel The side that is facing away from you is called the rear panel The side that is facing toward you is called the front panel and the side that the Voice Sense QWERTY is sitting on is called the bottom panel This section of the manual describes each side of the Voice Sense QWERTY and the basic function s of each button and port We will discuss each of the panels in the following order top panel right side panl left side panel rear panel front panel and bottom panel 1 2 1 Top Panel 1 2 1 1 Keyboard Starting with the top of the Voice Sense QWERTY you will find keyboard of QWERTY type that is located close to the front panel on the Voice Sense QWERTY The Voice Sense QWERTY keyboard is composed of 77 keys 6 lines the keyboard is composed of an array of keys such as a computer keyboard but there is part that consists to be different General keyboard consists from F1 to F12 but it is Voice Sense QWERTY keyboard consists from F1 to F11 in first line So that can find easily position of F1 F5 F9 tactile point on frame Next to F11 consist of Left square bracket Right square bracket insert DEL in a first line Beginning from number 1 in second line tactile point is situated so that can find position of number 5 and number 0 There is tactile point on second line right frame there is backspa
497. six items File Play 33 t 33 t Record Position Mark and Settings Using the File menu you can add or delete files in the play list The Play menu lists all of the commands related to playing files The Record menu opens the Record dialog box in which allows you to record sound and play it The Position menu contains commands related to bookmark and go to position The Settings menu allows you to set various Media Player options 9 3 1 File When you want to use the File menu you can press Alt to call up the Media player menu and then press Enter on File or press P A submenu will appear which contains Open File Open Folder Add File Add Folder Save Playlist Save as Playlist Delete Item 237 Open URL and Exit You can move between these items by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key Press Enter on the item you want to execute If you want to go back to the menu that is one level up you can press ESC Then press Alt F4 which will close the menu and take you back to the Media player dialog box 9 3 1 1 Open File You can use the Open File menu item to add files to the play list and start playing If you press Enter on Open File a dialog box will open just like the file list in the File manager You can
498. size of the selected files and folders 3 Date and time This will show you the time and date when the folder and file was created or modified 4 Attribute This will show you whether the file is write protected or not You can change this attribute by using the up and down arrows or space When multiple files or folder are selected you won t be able to see this attribute 5 Confirm In order to change the attribute press Enter when Confirm is displayed 6 Cancel In order to cancel the change press Enter while Cancel is displayed 4 3 Using the Address Window This window provides you with the ability to type in the file name you want to open Also this window provides you with the opportunity for you to type in the path name you want to go to This window contains the history list you can use for opening a file or for moving to a directory The history list contains file names and directory paths you have used recently 87 4 3 1 Editing When you are in a file or folder list you can press tab to get into the address window The Voice Sense QWERTY will show you the current path including the current disk name such as flashdisk download The address window is only valid when you are in a file or folder list When you are in the disk list the address window is not available 4 3 2 Type in Path File Name If you know the exact path and file name you can type in the path and file na
499. ss Enter In order to exit from the preset manager dialog box press Enter at the Close button or just press ESC Adding the channel and move among the added channels are available using audio buttons on the front panel too In order to use the audio buttons audio mode switch should be set to FM radio If you press record button more than 2 seconds Add dialog box will be opened In order to move to the previous channel to be added press previous button for more than 2 seconds Pressing next button for more than 2 seconds will move to the next channel to be added 266 Pressing stop button for more than 2 seconds will delete the selected channel 10 4 Recording FM radio sound If you want to record the FM radio press Alt to call menu move to Record rY and press Enter Or just press Ctrl r without calling menu Then the record dialog box will be opened and the Voice Sense QWERTY starts recording The record dialog box consists of as follows 1 Record status status bar 2 Pause Continue button 3 Stop button 4 Cancel button 6 You can move among these controls by pressing Tab or Shift Tab While recording the radio if you press Tab and Enter on Pause 13 button or press a recording will pause And the name of button is changed to Continue If you press Continue
500. ss Enter Or press Alt F4 6 7 2 4 How to change storage path In order to change storage path follow these steps 1 Execute Address manager 2 Press Alt to call up the menu 3 Press Up arrow key or Down arrow key move to Export to CSV 4 Press Enter Or press x 5 It shows File name 154 6 Press Tab move to File storage list It shows Flashdisk list When you want to save folder in Flashdisk Press Enter on folder that you want to save in Flashdisk When you want to save folder in external memory Press Backspace move to disk list Press Enter on the folder that you want to save in external memory 7 Press Tab move to Confirm 8 Press Enter on the Confirm It will be saved in the changed path If you want to cancel this function press Tab on Confirm Move to Cancel and press Enter Or press Alt F4 6 8 Synchronizing With Microsoft Outlook In XP and earlier version the Address manager can be synchronized with Microsoft Outlook on your personal computer to help you keep track of your information Please take the following steps in order to synchronize the Voice Sense QWERTY with Microsoft Outlook 1 Download and install ActiveSync on to your personal computer 2 Connect the Voice Sense QWERTY to your personal computer using a USB ca
501. ss a in program list 2 Press Alt to call up the menu 150 3 Press Up arrow key or Down arrow key to move to Import from CSV and press Enter Or press c Without calling the menu you can move to it by pressing Alt i 4 It shows File name 5 Typing file name that you want to import For example if you want to search the address CSV type address or address CSV in the File name 6 Pressing Shift Tab to move to Path Search list Move to the folder that contains CSV file For example if the CSV file is located in the download folder under the flashdisk press Enter on the download folder to get inside 7 After saving the route press Enter Or press Tab move to Confirm and press Enter 8 Importing CSV file is complete If you don t know file name of CSV file 1 Press Tab on the File name 2 Move to File search list 3 It shows lists of Flashdisk If CSV file is inside of a Flashdisk Press Up arrow key or Down arrow key move to CSV file and press Enter on the CSV file If CSV file is inside of an external memory Press Backspace move to disk list Press Up arrow key or Down arrow key move to CSV file and press Enter on the CSV file If you want to cancel this function press Tab on Confirm Move to Cancel and press
502. sted chat You are able to change the setting by using Space or Backspace 2 Auto reply message It is edit box You can type message when using auto reply function 3 Show me as Away when I m inactive for When there is no input during the setting time your status will be displayed as Idle You can enter time by the minute 4 Confirm It is a button You can save the setting 5 Cancel It is a button If you execute cancel you will go to the Contact list the previous status right before calling up the menu 16 3 7 3 Alert Options Alter Options menu will allow you to setup whether you use Message Sound Notification While in Current Window and play keyboard sound or not In order to call up the Alert Options dialog box press Alt o 394 within the contact list or press Enter on the Alert Options menu after entering sub menu of Setup by calling up the menu Alert Options dialog box consists of 3 controls 1 Setting list List control Play keyboard sound Message Sound Notification While Messenger is In the Background Message sound Notification 2 Confirm Button control 3 Cancel Button Control The following is a detailed explanation of each control on Alert Options dialog box You can move to the next control by pressing Tab or to the previous control by pressing Shift Tab 1 Setting list The followings are items which you can setup You can move among list using Up arrow key
503. steps 1 To set start point press the p at the point where you want to start the section while playing 2 Also press Alt and move to Position by pressing Down arrow key Press Enter on Position Move to Set start point by pressing Down arrow key and press Enter 3 You will hear Set start point and the file will keep playing 4 To set end point press p at the point where you want to end the section Also you can execute A B repeat mode by using Record button while playing 251 1 Press Record button at the point where you want to start the section while playing 2 To set end point press Record button at the point where you want to end the section But it executes record when you press Record button while pause and stop After Set end point message A B repeat mode allows you to play a specific part of an audio file as many times as you wish To set how many times a specified region go to playback settings under the settings menu 9 3 4 7 Release point To release point press ESC Also press Alt and move to Position by pressing Down arrow key Press Enter on Position Move to Release point by pressing Down arrow key and press Enter After stop playing specified region the file will keep playing 9 3 5 Mark You can insert a mark while listening to music or an a
504. sts form where each associated item member in a group is in association with others also separated by the commas of its set It will import CSV file from contacts of MS outlook or contacts of some cell phones In Address Manager of Voice Sense QWERTY 1 Import from CSV allows you to import the data of CSV file in Address Manager 2 Export to CSV allows you to export the data of address manager as CSV file 149 6 7 1 Import from CSV You can import the data of CSV file in Address Manger using this function You can execute this function regardless of Add address or Search address 6 7 1 1 Executing the menu of the Import from CSV In order to execute Import from CSV follow these steps 1 Press Enter on the Address Manager Or Press a in program list 2 Press Alt to call up the menu 3 Press Down arrow key move to Import from CSV and press 6 mI Enter Or press c Without calling up menu you can move to this menu by pressing Alt i 6 7 1 2 The Structures of the Import from CSV menu 1 File name ECB 2 Confirm Button 3 Cancel Button 4 File search list You can move between the controls by pressing Tab or Shift Tab 6 7 1 3 Importing the CSV file In order to import the CSV file follow these steps 13 1 Press Enter on Address Manager Or pre
505. sxhetareesaseensielice aaa ec baat ieede 304 TZ2 358 MOVE Dy PaGe isc rrcsaivannvuseuinureec aE R E a 304 12 3 4 Move DY Level r a acer 304 12 3 5 Move by Time Index cccccssssssseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeesaeeeeeesees 305 12 3 6 Move by Text Index sisicasiiiivivreossticveeesssiniadiaveedasetaveennanns 305 T24 MarK neri eA ea eee eee 306 12 41 PREVIOUS Mark ia a a waa eeexad 307 124 2 Net Mao e nce r A EERE eect 307 124 3 SOU MaK eses irira a AIEE EELE AE naa 307 12 4 4 Move LOA n Kates nn laveucesasel vans lode secsacerhinh ae vedany 308 12 4 5 Deleting a Marky ccccnsseeaccccsprirreiaaiiesaunnehincae senna 308 129 TAC AGI ai e eE piiavmaaaiccceane ii seeoaeveutuaad 308 12 5 1 Move by ACACING ii ccstecsicecs tate devnd ihtcriadacitindessunceeeecdscacasss 309 12 5 2 Move to Specific Heading cceceececeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 309 1259 8 Find BAG ING ac r eaae aa ER E 309 12 5 4 Scan Heading and Read Heading ccccsseeeeeeeeeees 310 12 020 ING Phrase moie a a a a 310 12 6 Hot Keys in the DAISY Player ccccssccceecesesesseeeeeeeeeseeees 311 13 Bluetooth Manager cccccessseesesseeeenseeeenees 314 13 1 Bluetooth Device LIStieiciict weeaeaial ccc tudinal aie eeauss 314 13 2 Bluetooth Service LIST scicsssnniesansactnsaiedex avvestiarsagsthsGaneinandeccccdeas 317 13 2 1 Connecting SCIVICC caisclscastuanstevderrsactreiabieoyyy enue caacyeucaastt 319 13 22 LAN SeNi E Sst onto he co a Gus areca te
506. t To use the Voice Sense QWERTY you may need to format This program can be found in the Utilities menu You can execute this program by pressing f in the Utilities menu When you format Voice Sense QWERTY all information is erased Therefore before you format Voice Sense QWERTY you are advised to backup important data 17 14 1 Formatting the disk To execute format the disk two methods are discussed separately below First you can format the disk in utilities program 1 Go to the Format in utilities program 2 Pressing Enter it will be focused in the Disk flashdisk 3 Press Enter 4 Format flashdisk memory Yes will appear on the LCD 5 Press Enter 6 All data will be lost Continue Yes will appear on the LCD 445 7 Now formatting flashdisk memory will appear on the LCD and format is started 8 After you have completed the format return to the Disk list If you want to cancel the format press the Space press the Enter on No in step 4 or 6 Also Format of SD USB memory is available in the same method If you inserted the SD card or USB memory in SD card slot or USB port SD card and USB memory will be listed on Disk list Any of the disks can be moved by using the up and down arrows As above you can format in the same process Second you can format the disk in program menu 1 Press Fn f in pro
507. t to open the menu Move to Exit by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key ie repeatedly and press Enter Or you can type z in the menu The major navigation keys that can be used in this program are as follows 1 Moving by controls Move to the previous control Shift Tab Move to the next control Tab 2 Moving in a list box Move to the previous list item Up arrow key Move to the next list item Down arrow key 3 Changing the selection in a prompt box Select the next value Space or Down arrow key Select the previous value Backspace or Up arrow key The menu in the database manager consists of the following items You can open this menu by pressing Alt 332 1 Table manager Here you can create delete and modify tables records and their fields When you run the database manager for the first time the table manager dialog box will appear 2 Add record You can add records to the current table 3 Search records You can search records in the current table You can also search each field in the table 4 List of records found You can use this menu item to go through a list of records found in the table by the previous search Here you can delete or modify each record in the list If you didn t search for anything before you use this function the message no items will be displayed 5 Setting backup option You can select the method to back up the database 6 B
508. t Ctrl n Open Ctrl o Save Ctrl s Save as Alt s Close current document Ctrl F4 Print Ctrl p Settings Ctrl e Exit Alt f4 Start selection Ctrl b Copy Ctrl c 488 Add to the clipboard Ctrl Insert Clear clipboard Ctrl Del Delete Del Cut Ctrl x Paste Ctrl v Delete blank lines Alt e Select All Ctrl a Insert from file Ctrl i Insert date Ctrl w Change insert overwrite mode Insert Check spelling Ctrl k Check spelling of the current word Alt k Find Ctrl f Find again F3 No use Ctrl f Replace Ctrl r Go to location Ctrl g Go to previous page Page up key Go to next page Page down key Set bookmark Ctrl m Go to bookmark Ctrl j Go to previous document Shift tab Go to next document tab Read selected text Alt b Read beginning of selected text Ctrl u Read from beginning to cursor Alt g Read from cursor to end Ctrl Shift enter Auto scroll Ctrl shift a This function executes when the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to SyncBraille Read status Ctrl shift Braille document layout Alt F5 Print document layout Alt F6 Braille paragraph layout Alt F7 Print paragraph layout Alt F8 489 21 3 2 Miscellaneous Hot Keys Move to previous character Left arrow key Move to next character Right arrow key Move to previous word Ctrl Left arrow Move to next word Ctrl Right arrow Move to the beginning of the line Home key Move to the end of the line End key Move to previous line Up
509. t Delete Retweet Ctrl e Reply Ctrl y Add To Favorite Ctrl v Favorite List Ctrl l Send Direct Message Ctrl s Sent Direct Message Alt m Received Direct Message Alt r Follow User Alt a Following Alt l Followers Alt e Global Search Ctrl f User Search Alt f Search Word List Alt w Next List Ctrl n Refresh Ctrl r Exit Alt F4 Escape Esc key Move to the next tweet Down arrow key Move to the previous tweet Up arrow key Move to the first tweet on the refreshing list Ctrl Fn Left arrow key Move to the last tweet on the refreshing list Ctrl Fn Right arrow key Move to the previous 32 list Fn Un arrow key Move to the next 32 list Fn Down arrow key Move to the previous list Up arrow key Move to the next list Down arrow key Move to the top of the list Ctrl Fn Left arrow key Fn Left arrow key Move to the bottom the list Ctrl Fn Right arrow key Fn Right arrow key Enter into selected folder or open the selected file Enter Move to the upper level folder Backspace 409 16 5 2 Google talk File Menu Commands Sign out Ctrl l Export Contact Lists Alt x Import Contact Lists Alt i Exit Alt F4 Action Menu Commands Start Chat Ctrl s Start Voice Chat Ctrl h Send File Ctrl f Move to Recently Chat Ctrl t Manage Chat Ctrl m Contact Menu Commands Add Contact Alt q Delete Contact Delete Block Contact Alt b Manage Block List Alt m Contact Information Ctrl i Manage Contact List Ctrl p
510. t In Add you can manage the connect names in the list It has three controls edit field a Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move between the three controls by pressing tab or shift tab The edit field contains the following Connect name ID and Password You can move between the controls by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key When in the Connect name control type in the server host name After completed filling in the appropriate information press Enter or press Enter on Confirm after pressing tab moving To cancel everything that has been typed in to the edit field go to Cancel and press Enter In Modify you can modify a connect name If you want to modify a connection in the connect list select the connect name you want to modify in the list Then press Enter on Modify Or after you have selected the connect name press Ctrl m Modify contains the same items as Add and the text is typed in the same way Using Delete you can delete selected connect names If you want to delete a connect name in the connect list select the connect name you want to delete in the list and then press Enter on delete Or after you have selected the connect name press Del If you want to exit the ADSL setup press Alt F4 or press Enter on Close 17 10 Display network status
511. t F7 Print paragraph layout Alt F8 20 3 2 Miscellaneous Hot Keys Move to previous character Left arrow key Move to next character Right arrow key Move to previous word Ctrl Left arrow key Move to next word Ctrl Right arrow key Move to the beginning of the line Fn Left arrow key Move to the end of the line Fn Right arrow key Move to previous line Up arrow key Move to next line Down arrow key Move to previous paragraph Ctrl Up arrow key Move to next paragraph Ctrl Down arrow key Move to the beginning of the document Ctrl fn Left arrow key Move to the end of the document Ctrl fn Right arrow key Read current paragraph Fn v Read current line Fn c 464 Read current word Fn x Read current character Fn z Delete current paragraph Alt Del Delete current line Ctrl Backspace Delete current word Alt Backspace Delete current character Del Confirm current cursor position Fn s Set view format character Ctrl 5 Set reading unit Ctrl 3 Set read only Ctrl 2 Set reading mode Ctrl 4 20 4 Address Manager 20 4 1 Move keys for adding an address or in the menu Move to the previous field or menu item Left arrow key Move to the next field or menu item Right arrow key Move to the first field or menu item Fn Left arrow key Move to the last field or menu item Fn Right arrow key 20 4 2 Move Keys in the Search Result List Move to the previous field Ctrl Left arrow key Move to the next field Ctrl Right arrow key
512. t list file CSV 390 The followings are move keys used in file list 1 Move to the previous list Up arrow key 2 Move to the next list Down arrow key 3 Move to the top of the list Ctrl Home key Home key 4 Move to the bottom the list Ctrl End key End key 5 Enter into selected folder or open the selected file Enter 6 Move to the upper level folder Backspace The following is how to import contact list 1 Press Alt i on the contact list 2 Move to the file list by pressing Shift Tab 3 Select the import contact list press Enter You can add the contact to contact list by importing contact 3 4 _ Noe NS N 16 3 7 Setup Options Voice Sense QWERTY Google Talk Program supports options setting such as My status options on line ID auto reply notification and sound You will get detailed information of each option setting from this chapter wo 16 3 7 1 My status Options This menu will allow you to setup your status and on line ID to show to other contact In order to call up the My status options dialog box press Alt u on the contact list or press Enter on the My Status Options after entering sub menu of Setup by calling up the menu My Status Options dialog box consists of 3 controls 1 My State List control 2 Confirm Button control 3 Cancel Buttons control 391 The following is a detailed explanation about each control of My Status Options dial
513. t list of mail And press Down arrow key move to the 5 mail 8 Press Alt to call up the menu 9 Press Enter on the File menu 10 Press Up arrow key or Down arrow key move to Send menu 11 Press Enter on the Send menu 12 It will execute sending mail Without calling the menu press Ctrl s on the mail that you want to send of mail lists of the Outbox After sending the mail of the Outbox there is no the mail in Outbox The mail will move to Sent item Then the Voice Sense QWERTY will return to inbox 8 2 3 7 Setting Default E mail account You can set default e mail account when you registered two or more e mail accounts in Voice Sense QWERTY The following describes how to set default e mail account 1 Execute E mail program 2 Press Alt to call up the menu in mailboxes except Outbox 3 Press Down arrow key move to tools 4 Press Enter on the tools menu or press T 5 It will show the Accounts manager 6 Press Enter on the Accounts manager 203 7 It will show Account name lists 8 Press Up arrow key or Down arrow key move to the e mail account that you want to set the default account 9 Press Tab move to Add Press Enter on the Add or press A Press Tab move to Advanced
514. t of a list you can move from one item to the next item or previous item by pressing the up or down arrow key Note If ECB EB CB or MEB are displayed on the display you will have to find the cursor and input the desired letters at the cursor position when the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to use with SyncBraille If BT is displayed you can press Enter to push the button 2 10 Basic Explanation of Disks folders and files The flash memory in the Voice Sense QWERTY is similar to a big bookshelf in a library The piece of hardware in the Voice Sense QWERTY that is called the disk is similar to the idea of a bookshelf in a library You can make partitions on a bookshelf in order to organize books into categories Each category can be compared to what are called folders on the Voice Sense QWERTY The books in each section can be compared to what are called files on the Voice Sense QWERTY You can save files into any folders at your convenience If 40 you make the proper folder names for files you are saving it will make it easier to find saved files when you need to access them later When the Voice Sense QWERTY is shipped from the factory the name of the flash memory in the Voice Sense QWERTY is called flashdisk You can create mailboxs on this flashdisk in any way that you prefer You can also expand your memory space by using additional memory devices thro
515. t that coincides with the text that was typed in Not found is displayed and the function is canceled Pressing Enter on Cancel will cancel the Replace function 5 3 4 Go to Location The Go to Location command moves rapidly to a specific location You can move to a specific page paragraph or line To execute this command press Alt and move to Go To by pressing Down arrow key Then press Enter on Go To Move to Go to Location by pressing Down arrow key and then press Enter While editing a document press Ctrl g to activate this function If Go to Location is executed the word processor says Move to page number If you type in a number here Voice Sense QWERTY will take you to the page number that corresponds with the number you have just typed in You can also type the letter f before the number This will tell the Voice Sense QWERTY that you are looking for a page number and not a paragraph or line number Type in the number of the page you want to move to without the plus sign or minus sign and then press Enter The word processor will jump from start of the document to the specific page at once If you want to move forward from your current location put the plus sign in front of the number and letter For example if you want to move forward five pages you would type f5 If you want to move backward from your current l
516. t to insert between 1 1 000 308 12 4 4 Move to Mark Without using the menu you can move to the next or previous mark by pressing n or v during play pause You can also move to the mark you want by pressing Ctrl j You can also access this feature in the menu by pressing Alt You can then use Down arrow key to move to Mark and press Enter Or you can press j when you are in the Mark menu If you activate the Move To Mark function you will find the edit box asking Mark name to move to Here you can type in the mark name that you want to go to Make sure that you have already set a mark Otherwise you will not be able to move to a mark 12 4 5 Deleting a Mark Without using the menu you can activate the Delete Mark function by pressing Del You can also activate this function by pressing Alt Then use Down arrow key to move to Mark and press Enter Then use Down arrow key to move to Delete Mark and press Enter on Delete Mark If you activate the Delete Mark function an edit box will appear asking Enter mark name to delete Make certain that you want to delete the mark that you have entered If you type in a mark in this edit box the mark name will be deleted without pressing Enter 12 5 Heading When in the Heading menu you can move in a document by your text heading or you can s
517. t to note that there are duplicate shortcut keys therefore pressing a shortcut key will move the focus to the next setting that has a matching shortcut key and pressing the same shortcut key will move the focus to the next setting that has the same shortcut key If there are no more settings that have the same shortcut key the Voice Sense QWERTY will wrap around and move to the first match Pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key moves the focus to the previous setting or the next setting Pressing page up Fn Up arrow key or page down Fn Down arrow key will move the focus to the beginning of the previous group of settings or to the beginning of the next group of settings 3 1 Braille Cursor Note This function will appear when the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to SyncBraille 51 You can choose how you want the Braille cursor to show up on the Braille display The shortcut key is c By default the cursor is set to Always up If you do not want the cursor set to Always up you can press the Space to turn the cursor Blinking and one more press the Space to turn the cursor Off If you have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also tab or shift tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab or shift tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You ca
518. tab repeatedly to move to the Delete table button and press Enter Then Delete table Yes will be displayed If you want to delete press Enter and if you want to cancel press Space to select No and press Enter 14 1 4 Set Default Table When you set a table as the default table whenever the database manager is started the table will be activated and you will be placed in the search dialog You can search and add fields on this table If you have registered more than one table and there is a table you use more 337 frequently than the others it may be convenient for you to set this table as the default table However if no table has been set as the default table the table that was used the last time will be activated when the database manager is started To set a table as the default table press Alt to open the menu and press Enter on table manager Or you can also press Ctrl t the hotkey for Table Manager Then the Table Manager dialog box will appear and the table name list will be focused In this list press Down arrow key or Up arrow key repeatedly to move to the name of the table you want to set as the default table Then press s the shortcut key for the Set default table or press tab repeatedly to move to the Set default table button and press Enter Or you can press Enter on the name of the table in
519. taining DAISY formatted files by pressing Enter on the name of the disk After opening the disk you will find all of the folders that are on the disk and any DAISY file titles that are on the disk that you have opened Once you find a DAISY file that you want to open press Space to select it Then press Enter to play the file If you have DAISY files in a folder on a disk you can go in to the folder by pressing Enter on the folder Make sure that you do not press Space on the folder You will find all of the folders on the disk and you can navigate through the disk by using the same navigation keys that are used in the file manager Then you can go to the folder that has the DAISY files that you want to read or listen to Press Space to select the folder and press Enter to play the DAISY file If you only have one DAISY file it will automatically start playing after showing the title You can play the DAISY file by pressing Enter on the selected file after navigating the file list with Up arrow key or Down arrow key If you replay a file that you have listened to before you can start listening to the file at the location where you stopped earlier While playing Text Daisy with voice off Read from cursor to end won t work To stop playing a file you need to press Alt F4 which will move you to the prompt box Once there you can select Yes or No with Space
520. te a new table This dialog box contains Table name edit box registered fields list Add field button Modify field button Delete field button Previous field button Next field button Confirm button and Cancel button You can move between these controls by pressing tab or shift tab Suppose you want to create a table called address book which contains 4 fields name telephone address and memo You can create this table as follows 1 In the Table Manager dialog box press tab to move to the Add table button and press Enter Or you can just press a in the dialog box 2 Then the Add Table dialog box will appear and the Table name edit box will be focused 3 Type address book and then press tab 4 Then the registered fields list will be focused At first no items will be displayed in the list As you add fields to this table they will be added to this list box 5 Press tab to move to the Add field button and press Enter Or you can just press its shortcut key a 6 Then the Add field dialog box will be opened and the Field name edit box will be focused 334 7 Type name here and then press tab 8 Then the Field type combo box will be focused Press Down arrow key or Up arrow key to move to edit box and p
521. te this function without calling up the menu by press Ctrl r 4 Just like copying and pasting you will hear a sound that indicates that the Voice Sense QWERTY is working If the file is larger than 300 KB you will also hear the progress meter each time an additional 10 has been completed If the file is less than 300 KB then you will only hear the sound and not the progress meter When the transfer has completed you will hear xxx file retrieved where xxx is the name of the file If the file does not transfer you will hear xxx file not retrieved Once all of the files have been transferred completely you will hear Retrieve completed and you will be returned to the remote folder list 13 2 3 4 New Folder The New Folder function will allow you to create a new folder in the local folder list or the remote folder list To create a new folder perform the following steps 1 After the FTP service has connected navigate to the local or remote folder list and move to the folder where you want to make new folder You can move between the remote folder list and local folder list by pressing Ctrl o And how to move among the items in the folder list is the same as how to move in the File manager 2 Press Alt to open the menu and then use Up arrow key or Down arrow key to navigate to New Folder and press Enter Or you can activate this function without calli
522. ted 3 Saving download path As a button you can set path saving files transmitted If you press Enter on the button Set path dialog box will appear If you move to folder as you desire using following move keys and press Enter setting will be completed 4 Confirm As a button you can save setting 5 Cancel As a button if you execute cancel you will go to the Contact list the previous status right before calling up the menu 16 4 MSN messenger The MSN messenger program on the Voice Sense QWERTY is very similar in its operation to that which runs on a Personal computer This is because we have made every attempt to keep the structure and features the same as those that are found in the MSN messenger program that runs on a PC Using MSN messenger you can chat online with other registered users of MSN messenger Note that you will need to setup your MSN messenger account with Microsoft before using this service To start MSN messenger executing the social networking and press the short cut key n Or pressing UP arrow key or Down arrow key to move to the MSN messenger and press Enter 16 4 1 Getting Started with MSN Messenger When you first launch MSN messenger the Voice Sense QWERTY will display for the network status and if a network connection is available a log in dialog box will be displayed 397 1 When the log in dialog box appears you will be placed in the E mail compu
523. ted text 5 2 11 Insert Date 108 To insert the date into your document press Alt and then press Enter on Edit to enter into the Edit menu Move to insert Date by pressing Down arrow key repeatedly Then press Enter on insert Date or press w which is the short cut in the Edit menu Then you can insert the current date and time where the cursor is located in your document If you want to insert part of the current date and time you can modify what you want to change after completing the insert Date command When you are editing a document you should press Ctrl w to activate this command 5 2 12 Insert Time To use this function press Alt and then press enter on edit to enter into the edit menu Move to insert time by pressing Down arrow key repeatedly Then press enter on insert time or press t which is the short cut in the edit menu Then you can insert the current time where the cursor is located While you are editing a document press Alt w to activate this function 5 2 13 Toggle Insert Overwrite Mode There are two ways of editing documents in the Voice Sense QWERTY If you start the word processor or open a document the insert mode is the default This will write text while pushing back other words that are already in the document However you can overwrite text while
524. ted you will return to the Sending Receiving File Information list It is displayed like Send complete XX File file name If you want to cancel in the middle of sending move to the desired file on the Sending Receiving File Information list and press Esc key or Alt F4 key Then file transmission is canceled and Sending File Information list is displayed like Send Me canceled XX file name If contact wants to cancel receiving files in the middle of sending Sending File Information list is displayed like Send To canceled XX file name 16 3 5 2 Receive file Receive File is a function to receive file from other contact to your Voice Sense QWERTY It allows you to receive a lot of files at one time and exchange messages on the Chat dialog box in the middle of receiving files The following is how to receive files 1 If contact requests to send file XXX send to file message will be displayed Chat window will be activated and Receiving File Information list is focused on 2 Receiving File Information list shows Receiving Pending acceptance XX file name XX means the number of files which request to receive 384 3 If you want to accept file transmission press Enter key And Receiving File will start Once sending starts progress rate and file name is displayed on the receiving file information list 4 If Receiving File is completed you will return to the Receiving File I
525. ter Press Enter on Computer 458 Then press the letter m until you hear Voice Sense QWERTY and press Enter After you have opened Voice Sense QWERTY you will get into the file and folder list on the Voice Sense QWERTY Then another file and folder list will open In this list you will find the folder called flashdisk This is the same flashdisk that you hear under file manager Press f until you hear flashdisk and then press Enter You will notice that all of the folders that you find in the flashdisk under file manager are located here You can paste the file s here directly by pressing ctrl v or you can paste the file s in to one of the folders by pressing enter on one of the folders and then pressing ctrl v to paste the file s If you want to copy folders from the Voice Sense QWERTY to your PC via ActiveSync follow the same steps except you will need to copy files from the Voice Sense QWERTY and paste the file s to your PC in the directory where you want to store the file s 459 20 Command Summary 20 1 Common Combination Keys Call up the program menu Win key Key help mode Ctrl ESC Run the individual program in the program menu Win key shortcut key varies for each program Call up the Task Name list Fn F10 Switch to previous program Alt Shift tab Switch to next program Alt Tab Call up the menu in the individu
526. ter edit box Here you should type the email address that you have registered for your MSN passport 2 Press tab to move to the Password computer edit box Now Type the password that you have setup for your MSN messenger account 3 Press tab to move to the Remember me check box By default this check box is unchecked You can check the check box by pressing space Next time when you run the messenger program the email address will be displayed automatically for you Press tab to move to the Save password check box By default this will be unchecked You can check this option by pressing space Then next time you run the messenger program the password will be entered automatically and it will be displayed in the password edit box as To use this feature you should also check the Remember me check box Otherwise the password will not be stored even if you have checked the Save password check box 5 Press tab to move to the Auto Sign In check box The default is Uncheck If you want to automatic log in when executing MSN messenger press Space to change to setting Press tab to move to the Confirm button Pressing Enter here will log you in to your Messenger account Once you are logged in a contact list will appear If you want to cancel logging in press tab once more at the Confirm button to move to t
527. ter new information for that field After entering the information press Enter The Voice Sense QWERTY will save the changes that have been made and you will be returned to the first field of the record To save the changes that have been made and exit from modify mode move to Confirm by pressing tab or shift tab and then press Enter In order to exit from modify mode without saving the changes that have been made move to Cancel by pressing tab or shift tab and press Enter You can also exit from the Modify Address by pressing ESC or Alt F4 which are the hot keys 6 6 4 Deleting Addresses To delete the record you are currently reading call up the menu by pressing Alt and select Delete Address Then press Enter or press d which is the short cut in the menu Or you can press Del which is the hot key while the record is displayed You can also delete more than one record at a time as follows 1 Select the records to be deleted and use the Delete command 147 To select the record that you want to delete press Space when the record is displayed Selected records can be deleted by pressing the delete If you press Space again on a selected record before you delete it the selection will be canceled The records you have selected will say selected Yu cancel a selection by pressing Space
528. ter setting the recurring interval the Set recurrence end date check box appears By default it s unchecked which indicates that there is no apparent end date when the recurrence will stop If you check this box by pressing Space and press tab the focus will move to the edit combo box that asks for the end date Enter the date when the recurrence will stop You can directly type the date or you can set the Once you set the date press tab to move to the Confirm button 7 4 9 2 Weekly If you set the Recurrence to weekly press tab to move to the Recurring interval edit box Here you can set after how many weeks the appointment will recur You can type a number between 1 and 999 If you set it to 1 the appointment will recur every week and if you set it to 2 it will recur every other week The restriction on the recurring interval as in Daily is applied to Weekly If the recurring interval is one week the appointment duration should be shorter than one week Otherwise you will get an error message The appointment duration should be shorter than the recurring interval If you press tab after entering the recurring interval the focus will move to a list box where you can select the day of the week on which the appointment recurs You can move between the items in the list box by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key to select or unselect the curre
529. ter you connect the Voice Sense QWERTY to your PC select Set up your device and press the Enter on your PC 4 Then the Set Up Windows Mobile Partnership dialog box will be displayed on your PC Click on the check box that is located next to Contacts Note that the other check boxes should not be checked Press the Next button 5 Then you will be asked for a device name Type in VoiceSense QWERTY or whatever you would like to call the Voice Sense QWERTY Press OK button 6 Then the synchronization between Microsoft Outlook and the Voice Sense QWERTY are complete You can then check the contacts in Microsoft Outlook and the Voice Sense QWERTY 6 9 Hot Keys in the Address Manager 1 Move keys for moving from field to field in add address or in the menu Move to the previous field or menu item Up arrow key Move to the next field or menu item Down arrow key Move to the first field or menu item Fn Left arrow key Move to the last field or menu item Fn Right arrow key 156 Move Keys For Moving From Record To Record in the search result list Move to a previous field in a record Ctrl Left arrow key Move to the next field in a record Ctrl Right arrow key Move to the first field in a record Ctrl Fn Left arrow key Move to the last field in a record Ctrl Fn Right arrow key Move to the previous record Up arrow key Move to the next record Down arrow key Move to the first recor
530. than 300 KB you will also hear the progress meter each time an additional 10 has been completed If the file is less than 300 KB then you will only hear the sound and not the progress meter When the transfer has completed you will hear xxx file sent where xxx is the name of the file If the file does not transfer you will hear xxx file not sent Once all of the files have been transferred completely you will hear Successfully sent and you will be returned to the remote folder list 13 2 3 3 Retrieve File The Retrieve File function will allow you to retrieve a file from the remote folder list and move it to the local folder This function is available while in the remote folder list You can only save files to the flashdisk download folder with this function Perform the following steps to activate the Retrieve File function 1 After you have connected the FTP service you will be connected to the remote folder list You can navigate through the list using 325 the same commands as in the File manager You can reference these commands by referring to chapter 4 of this manual 2 Select the file that you want to retrieve by pressing the Space on it Note that you cannot select folders 3 After you have selected the file press Alt to open the menu and then use Up arrow key or Down arrow key to move to Retrieve File and press Enter You can also activa
531. the Global options while you are anywhere in the Voice Sense QWERTY You can navigate all of the items in the Global options with Up arrow key or Down arrow key You can change the setting values with the Space or Backspace buttons There are many shortcut keys which you can use to quickly move you to wherever you want to go in the Global options The Global options is like a dialog box To change and save the settings in the Global options you must press Enter once you have selected the setting that you want to save If you do not press Enter or select Confirm on the setting that you want the setting will not be saved Once you press Enter to save the setting the Voice Sense QWERTY will say Saved options and you will be returned to where you were before you entered the Global options To cancel the change to the setting press the ESC or Alt F4 The Voice Sense QWERTY will then speak the message Canceled saving options When you are on an option you can also use Tab or Shift Tab to go to the Confirm and Cancel buttons If you want to save your settings press Enter on the Confirm button If you do not want to save the changes you made to the settings press Enter on the Cancel button Before we go in to detail about each option let s first go through a brief overview of what you will f
532. the file manager the disk name will appear The default disk name is flashdisk You can use the up and down arrows to explore additional disks Press Enter on the disk you want to open The Voice Sense QWERTY will show you the list of the files or folders on the disk you have opened When you press tab or shift tab on the file list you will enter into an address window For your convenience the File manager provides you with menus and hot keys The menus will appear when you press Alt It is possible to format the flashdisk which will erase everything on the flashdisk Be extremely cautious when executing this command If you execute this command you will loose all of your data You will NOT be able to get this data back once the command has been executed 4 1 1 Navigating the File List There are two kinds of lists that you will see when using the Voice Sense QWERTY The lists are file list and the menu list When you reach the end of the menu list the Voice Sense QWERTY will automatically bring you back to the top of the list when you press Down arrow key However when you reach the end of a file list the Voice Sense QWERTY will remain at the end of the file list even if you press Down arrow key The following is a list of the navigation keys 73 1 Move to previous item Up arrow key 2 Move to next item Down arrow key 3 Mo
533. the beginning of line item Fn Left arrow key Move to the end of line item Fn Right arrow key Move to the top of a document or to the first item Ctrl Fn Left arrow key 18 Move to the bottom of a document or to the last item Ctrl Fn Right arrow key 19 Move to the previous page or to the first item of the previous 32 item group Fn Up arrow key 20 Move to the next page or to the first item of the next 32 item group Fn Down arrow key 21 Read the current item again Fn r 22 Say current time Fn t 48 23 24 25 26 Display power status Fn b Call up the Global options F10 Online help F1 Checking your version Fn v only in the Voice Sense QWERTY program menu 27 Display Network Status Fn n in the Voice Sense QWERTY program menu 28 Open txt help Win key F1 while executing program 29 Scroll left Up scroll button This function executes when the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to SyncBraille 30 Scroll right Down scroll button This function executes when the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to SyncBraille 31 Move the cursor to each cell or move to an item The corresponding cursor routing key This function executes when the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to SyncBraille x Noe SN N 49 3 Global options The Global options in the Voice Sense QWERTY has information on all of your settings You can change your preferences regarding each option Pressing the F10 you can open
534. the file name and the current playback status such as play pause or stop If there are no files in the play list the Voice Sense QWERTY will display Title There are no items to display If you press Down arrow key the Voice Sense QWERTY will display playback time information First the elapsed or remaining time will be displayed You can set whether the elapsed time or remaining time will be displayed using the playback settings dialog box If you have selected the Remaining time with this option the minus sign will be displayed before the time Next to the elapsed remaining time the Voice Sense QWERTY will display the total playback time of the currently selected file If there are no files in the play list Time There are no items to display will be displayed 9 2 2 Play List Tab The play list tab displays all the files in the play list For each file in the play list it displays the track number file name the current place of the file in the list and the total number of files in the list If there is no file in 234 the play list the Voice Sense QWERTY will display the message no items For example if you had the following track on the Voice Sense QWERTY Track 1 Chopin Fantasie Impromptu 1 10 then Track 1 means this file is the first item in the play list Chopin Fantasie Impromptu is the file name 1 10 means the file is the first of ten fi
535. the next control 3 be pressing Tab Tab or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab The followings are compositions of Twitter Window 353 1 Timeline This represents tweet or retweet of your follows in the newest registration order Timeline appears A writer Id Tweet as follows himsintl Hello This is HIMS International In case of Mention it appears Sender ID receiver Id Tweet as follows Kimjk himsintl Hello In case of Retweet it appears recommender Id RT writer Id Tweet as follows Bill RT robin Happy birthday The followings are movement keys used in Timeline Move to the next tweet Down arrow key Move to the previous tweet Up arrow key Move to the first tweet on the refreshing list Home button Move to the last tweet on the refreshing list End button Move to the previous 32 list Pg Up button Move to the next 32 list Pg Down button 2 Time list This is a list to display date and time of tweets focused Time list is displayed as below Friday January 1 2011 3 00 pm 3 Next list Whenever you launch this function it can load lists by 32 tweets You can launch this function pressing hot key Ctrl n or Enter key on this button 4 Refresh button This refreshes Timeline You can launch Refresh by pressing Ctrl r or Enter key on the button 5 Tweet button Using this button you can write tweet You can launch the functi
536. the same time which is called multi tasking For example you can work with the word processor while you are listening to music and you can put calculations into a document at the same time This is called a Voice Sense QWERTY multi task If you want to work with the word processor while listening to music you can first run the media player and play a music 42 file While playing music you can press the Win key to open the Voice Sense QWERTY menu and run the word processor The Voice Sense QWERTY can run up to seven programs simultaneously You cannot have more than seven multi tasks That is you cannot run more than seven programs at the same time If you try to run a program that you are already running the new instance of the program will not start and you will be taken to the instance of the program that is already running For example while you are working with a document called A you decide to execute the file manager Next you move to a document called B by pressing the move keys in the file list of file manager and you press Enter Then the word processor will not load again for opening the document B but the document B will be opened in the word processor which document A is also running on If you want to switch documents you need to open them in the word processor without running other programs In this case you can switch them with tab or shift tab
537. this function When you execute Read Beginning Of Selected Text the cursor will stay in the same position it was at when you executed Read Beginning Of Selected Text 5 4 3 Read from beginning to cursor Using this function the Voice Sense QWERTY will audibly speak a document from the beginning to the position where the cursor is located To execute this command press Alt and move to the Read menu by pressing Down arrow key Then press Enter Move to Read from Beginning to Cursor by pressing Down arrow key and then press Enter or you can press t on the read menu which is the short cut While editing a document you can press Alt g to activate this function If you want to quit this function before you reach the cursor location you can press Ctrl Your cursor will stay where it was when you started this function That is the cursor will not move to the position to where you stopped the function 5 4 4 Read from Cursor to End This command will read a document from where the cursor is located to the end of the document While the Voice Sense QWERTY is reading the text the cursor will stay in the same location that you were before 123 you started this command The cursor will not be moved until the reading has been completed Once the text has been read the cursor will move to the end of the document To execute this command press Alt and move to the
538. this screen If you select Set up your device on this screen you will be able to have it synchronize with Microsoft Outlook automatically If you want to be able to synchronize the Voice Sense QWERTY with Microsoft Outlook select Set up your device and then press the Enter Then a list of functions will appear on your computer Each function has a check box located next to it Make sure that only the Contacts check box that corresponds with Microsoft Outlook is checked Then press next Then you will be asked to select a name that you want to call the mobile device You can only use the following 457 characters _ A Z or 0 9 You cannot use spaces Once you have entered an appropriate name press OK button Windows Mobile Device Center will then look for changes and synchronize with Microsoft Outlook For more information on how to use ActiveSync or Microsoft Outlook please visit www microsoft com 19 4 Transferring Files to the Voice Sense QWERTY Via ActiveSync In order to transfer files to the Voice Sense QWERTY from your computer you will first need to find the file s on your PC that you want to transfer Once you have found the file s that you want to transfer make sure the files have been selected by using the space After you have selected the file s you need to press Ctrl c on your PC to copy the file s Then go to the desktop on your computer by pressing Windows key
539. tication If the remote device is setup correctly and has not been set up to allow this device to always connect then the remote device will ask for a pin code If the remote Bluetooth device pin code matches the pin code that was typed in the Voice Sense QWERTY then the service will authenticate If this occurs you will hear Connection succeeded Then while the service connects you will hear Please wait Access permission If the remote Bluetooth device does not give access permission then you will hear Connection failed and you will be returned to the Bluetooth Services List If the remote Bluetooth device gives you access permission then the Voice Sense QWERTY will say Connection succeeded If the connection succeeds then you will see Connected after the services that have successfully connected Some of the service may be connected without inputting pin code depending on the Remote Bluetooth device settings After you have connected to a service you can press Ctrl d to disconnect the service and the Voice Sense QWERTY will say Service disconnected You will then be returned to the Bluetooth Service List If you disconnect a service Connected will disappear from the Bluetooth Service List If you connect to the FTP service you will see a list of files and folders that are on the remote Bluetooth device The rest of this chapter will discuss each service in detail 320 13 2
540. tinue displaying contents even if there exists a carriage return p In order to toggle between original and Compressed press Space Whenever you press Ctrl 4 settings will change 5 1 7 5 Auto scroll speed Note This function will appear when the Voice Sense is connected to SyncBraille This option sets the duration of displaying one line while you are scrolling in a document Twenty is the fastest scrolling speed Pressing Space makes the number increase and Backspace makes the number decrease 5 1 7 6 Automatic save interval This option sets the automatic save time interval of the file that is currently being edited The setting options that you can choose from are Don t save automatically and 10 to 60 minutes The setting time can be increased or decreased by 10 minutes if you press Space or Backspace respectively 103 5 1 7 7 Apply settings to all documents This option selects the settings only if they are valid for all documents If Yes is selected the settings will be kept for all future documents and if No is selected the settings will only affect the document that is currently being edited In order to toggle between Yes and No press Space If you want to change the default saving folder you move to Default folder button by press tab and press Enter And then you will see the file list In file list you m
541. tion you can press Enter on Cancel button or press ESC or press Alt F4 If you want to modify the registered word in the list you can move up or down by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key so that you focus the item you want to modify And after moving to Modify Word button 432 by pressing tab press Enter Or on the item you want to modify just press Alt Then you will meet Modify entry focused word At this time if you press tab once you will meet Replacement new pronunciation Here you can type in the pronunciation you want to change and then press Enter Or press tab again to move to Confirm button and then press Enter Then the word will be modified completely and the focus will be returned to Modify Word button In case of modifying the word by pressing Alt the modified word will be displayed If you want to cancel this modification you can press Enter on Cancel button or press ESC or press Alt F4 If you want to delete the registered word in the list you can move up or down by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key so that you focus the item you want to delete And after moving to Delete Word button by pressing tab press Enter Or on the item you want to delete just press Del Then you will meet the prompt Delete Yes If you are sure to de
542. tion of the other account 2 Save account If you did not check the Remember me and Save password check boxes in the Sign In dialog box later you may want to save the account information once you are logged in You can use the Save Account option for this It is exactly the same as checking the two check boxes in the login dialog box To use Save Account you should press Alt to open the menu Press Down arrow key repeatedly to move to tools and press Enter Press Down arrow key to move to Save account and press Enter Then you will hear Save account Yes In here you press Enter and then you will be placed back in the contact list box 3 View chat and last message When you are having a conversation with more than one person simultaneously you can view a list of messages that you have received previously You can use the Last Message option or when using View Chat go back to the instant message dialog box which you have used recently in the current instant message dialog box To use View Chat you should press Alt to open the menu and press Enter on File menu Press Down arrow key to move to View Chat and press Enter Or you press Ctrl r without call up menu 403 To use Last Message you should press Alt to open the menu Press Down arrow key repeatedly to move to Actions
543. tion to send and receive text message with registered contact Chat is possible to converse with only one person or many persons But chat with off line contact is impossible If you want to send a message to contact press Ctrl s or move to the user ID as you desire using Up arrow key or Down arrow key and press Enter Or call up the menu enter sub menu of Action and press Enter on the Start Chat menu And then Chat will appear Chat consists of as follows 1 Input Edit control 2 History Edit control 380 You will get detailed explanation about each control of Chat You can move to the next control pressing Tab or to the previous control pressing Shift Tab 1 Input As a edit box you can type message to send 2 History As a read only edit box you can see messages sent and received in chronological order Messages are displayed as Writer ID message content The followings are move keys used in History control 1 Move to the previous message Up arrow key 2 Move to the next message Dow arrow key 3 Move to the first message Home key Move to the last message End key In order to move Contact list on the Chat press Ctrl t Or call up the menu enter sub menu of Action and press Enter on the Contact List If you select other contact on the Contact list and press Enter new Chat window will appear You can chat with other contact in new Chat window In cas
544. tment in the same day Fn Right arrow key Move from one appointment to another in all the appointments registered Move to the previous schedule Ctrl Left arrow key Move to the next schedule Ctrl Right arrow key Move to the first schedule Ctrl Fn Left arrow key Move to the last schedule Ctrl Fn Right arrow key 20 6 E mail 20 6 1 Hot keys that are used in the inbox Call Accounts manager Ctrl m Check for new mail Alt m Write new message Ctrl n Reply Ctrl r Reply all Alt r Forward Ctrl f Call up set path Ctrl p Call up set option Ctrl o Call up set spam Ctrl e Find Ctrl f Find again F3 Move to unread message Ctrl u Move to mailbox Alt x Copy to mailbox Alt c Add a sender to the address list Ctrl i This is valid only at the from item of the inbox 467 Delete received e mail Del It is valid only at the Subject and date item in the inbox Save the received e mail as text file Alt s Print the received e mail Alt p Cancel ESC Cancel and exit from e mail program Alt F4 20 6 2 Hot keys for Sending E Mail Including Reply Forward and Save in the Mail Outbox Search address list Ctrl l Attach file Ctrl f Send e mail Ctrl s Save in mail Outbox Fn s Cancel ESC Cancel and exit from e mail program Alt F4 20 6 3 Hot Keys for Reading E Mails or Writing an E Mail Message Start selection Ctrl b Select all Ctrl a Copy to
545. to other paragraphs 130 You can navigate between the menu items by pressing Up arrow Key or Down arrow key By pressing tab move to Confirm or Cancel You can skip an item by pressing Down arrow key if you do not want to change the default setting In this setting you can set the following items 1 Indent first line This indents the first line of the paragraph as designated by the number of characters The default value is set to 0 In order to change this setting type in the number of characters to be indented on the indent first line setting item Press the Down arrow key in order to move to the next setting item Indent all lines except the first line This indents all the lines of the paragraph except the first line of the paragraph as designated by the number of columns If you want to indent all of the text except for the first line by typing ina number You can make the indent as big as you want it by changing the number of columns which will indent all lines except for the first line Press tab in order to Confirm and Cancel If you want to change the setting of a previous item move to it by pressing Up arrow key and change it The default is set to O Confirm cancel In order to apply changes you need to press Enter when Confirm is displayed If you want to exit from a setting without changing it you should press Enter w
546. to save the setting tab or shift tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC 3 14 Voice Pitch You can control the voice pitch of the Voice Sense QWERTY The shortcut key is t The available options are 1 through 10 with the default set to 6 At level 10 the voice pitch will be the highest and at 58 level 1 the voice pitch will be the lowest The Space will increase the voice pitch and the Backspace will decrease the voice pitch by one level Just as with the voice volume and voice rate if you are at level 10 and you increase the voice pitch by one level you will go to level 1 And if you are at level 1 and decrease the voice pitch by one level you will go to level 10 When you are not in the option menu you can increase the pitch by pressing F8 or you can decrease it by pressing Shift and F8 If you have changed the setting press the Enter to save the setting You can also tab or shift tab to the Confirm button and press Enter If you do not want to save the setting tab or shift tab to the Cancel button and then press Enter You can also cancel saving the setting by pressing Alt F4 or ESC 3 15 Scroll Voice Note This function will appear when the Voice Sense QWERTY is connected to SyncBraille You can decide
547. to store a file by using navigation key in a File manager program And you select a folder or disk by pressing Space press Enter it turns up that a backup file is stored in selected folder Each one of these options has its own backup file This means that when you backup each of the 5 options it will generate 5 backup files If you need to store a backup file in a root of disk refer to this way When it comes out a name of disk you press Enter after selecting a disk by pressing Space If you press a Restore button it lets you see a list in which you can select a path where to restore a backup file A way how to move or select a folder or disk is the same as Backup If you select a folder that is not back upped you can be seen a message which tells that there is no backup option file 443 If you cold reset your Voice Sense QWERTY or its battery is fully discharged the main option settings and settings for each program will be lost and cleared to the default values If you backup options using this program right before you cold reset you can restore the option settings you set previously 17 13 Menu Manager Using the Menu manager on the Voice Sense QWERTY you can manage the programs that you want to display or not Following programs can be set in the Menu manager 1 Sense Dice Game 2 Sense Brain Game 3 Twitter 4 Google Talk 5 MSN Messenger To execute the Menu manager fo
548. to the list if there is more than one word in the list you can look them up by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key If you want to modify the e mail addresses or host addresses that have been registered execute step 1 above Press Down arrow key to move to Type E mail address string 2 3 and Type Host 3 3 You can modify them with the same method as explained above If you want to cancel registration press Tab to move to the Cancel button and press enter Or you can press ESC or Alt F4 8 5 3 3 Deleting Spam You can delete an item that has been registered in the spam list Let s start our explanation from Subject 1 Press Alt to call up the menu while you are in the inbox 2 Press Down arrow key move to the tools 3 Press Enter 4 It will show Accounts manager 5 Press Down arrow key move to Spam Settings 6 Press Enter 7 It will show Type Subject 1 3 Without calling the menu you can also execute to this stage directly by pressing Ctrl e 8 Press tab to move to the list Then Subject Registered word 1 xx will be displayed 9 Press Down arrow key or Up arrow key to delete the registered word 10 Press Del to delete the selected word Or press tab to move to the Delete button and press enter 11 Th
549. to the file manager network list You can add more than 1 folder route in Remote folder list If you want add more than 1 folder to the folder list you can select list by pressing space and press Enter Within the list searched Space key can cancel or select the focused list In case of adding shared folder you don t need to search the folder again if you want to connect to the same network You can enter network disk in file manager and check and access to the list If remote folder name exceed 11 characters Voice Sense Qwerty can t recognize the folder If file list does not appear cancel the sharing of folder or file And check the item that is displayed as use simple file sharing execute application to all folders If the setting is completed share the corresponded items again 4 4 2 Remove Remote folder registered There are 2 way to remove remote folder registered on File Manager s network list One is remove this remote folder on network function and the other is using Setup Network connection dialog box 91 Remove this remote folder on network First execute file manager and enter disk list Move to the remote folder list which you want to remove and then Press Alt d After that Remote folder registered can be removed easily Also you can execute this function using menu Press Alt or F2 to call up the menu And arrow down to the Remove this remote folder on networ
550. to the first field Fn Left arrow key Move to previous same field different record Left arrow key Move to next same field different record Right arrow key 344 15 Extras 15 1 Games 15 1 1 Sense Dice game You don t need to bring dice anymore Shake Voice Sense QWERTY Anyone can play Dice game anywhere anytime 15 1 1 1 Execute 1 Dice game is in Extras from the main menu Press enter on Extras or press X from the main menu 2 Press X or move to Sense Dice Game by pressing Down arrow key and then press Enter to start game 15 1 1 2 How it works You can hear opening sound when you start game and dice s list will show up You can select the number of dices up to 3 1 Press enter on the number of dices by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key to select that you want to play 2 It will announce the number of dices that you selected with message and sound 3 When you press enter or shake the device you can hear a rolling sound of dices and it displays the result Notice Do not shake hard It may damage the device 4 Press space to play another game after the message Press space key to go on follows 5 Press Alt F4 to exit the game It will go back to Extras menu 15 1 1 3 Changing the number of dices You can change the number of dices while playing game 345 1 Press ESC when the message Press space key to go on announces 2 And select t
551. u Of course you can 419 open the menu by pressing Alt Or in your calculation line you can activate the Logarithm Functions by pressing Ctrl l When running the Logarithm Functions If you press Enter on one of the functions while moving with Up arrow key or Down arrow key or if you press Enter on Confirm on one of the functions while moving with tab you can insert it into your calculation line after selecting one of the logarithm functions Or you can insert Natural logarithm by pressing 13 e in the list You can insert Common logarithm by pressing n 17 1 7 Copy to Clipboard The Copy To Clipboard function is used to copy your formula or result into the clipboard for pasting your formula or result in a document of the word processor You can activate it by pressing Enter on the Copy To Clipboard or by pressing c in the menu You can open the menu by pressing Alt while running the calculator Or in the calculation line you can press Ctrl Insert for the quick copy of your calculation into the clipboard directly After copying you can paste it in your document of the word processor When you activate Copy To Clipboard you will hear Copy completed and the Voice Sense QWERTY will return to your calculation line 17 1 8 Option Settings Option Settings is a dialog box which contains the
552. u can access this item by pressing Alt and then Up arrow key or Down arrow key Then press Enter to activate it You can also activate this item while you are in the Bluetooth Service List menu by pressing d or you can activate it without calling up the menu by pressing Ctrl d In order to disconnect any service you need to press Up arrow key or Down arrow key at the Bluetooth Service List to move to the service that you want to disconnect and execute the Disconnect command You can disconnect the currently focused service only This means that you can disconnect only one service at one time You cannot disconnect plural services at once If there are no services connected to other Bluetooth devices and you activate this function you will hear There is no service connected 319 13 2 1 Connecting Service To authenticate a service and connect to it press Enter on the service Once you have pressed Enter on the service you will hear Connecting service Then you will hear PIN code On the This edit box will only appear when you have pressed enter on a service that not say Connected after the service name You can exit the edit box or cancel any text you have typed in by pressing Alt F4 You will then be returned to the Bluetooth Service List If you have typed in a pin code and have pressed Enter you will hear Please wait for authen
553. u can call up the program menu by pressing Win key and you can use another program 9 3 6 2 Playback Settings Dialog Box If you press Enter on Playback Settings or press p on the Settings menu the Playback Settings dialog box will be displayed In this dialog box pressing Tab or Shift tab will circulate among setting options 255 Confirm and Cancel The setting options are the Display time option the Repeat option the Playlist option the Shuffle The Times to repeat the specified track the Set speed option and Time index option Press Down arrow key or Up arrow key to move from one option to the next or previous option You can also open this dialog box by pressing Ctrl p in the Media player dialog box The Display time option allows you to set which type of time messages will be displayed in the playback information tab You can set it to either Elapsed time or Remaining time You can change its value by pressing Space on time The Repeat option allows you to set whether all files in the play list will be played repeatedly If it this option is set to Yes all files in the play list will be played repeatedly and if it is set to No the Voice Sense QWERTY will stop playing after playing the last file in the play list Again you can change the value
554. u can exit from the Media player by selecting Exit in the File menu or by pressing Alt F4 in the Media player dialog box Then the Voice Sense QWERTY will stop playing if it is playing a file and exit from Media player to the program menu 9 3 2 Play The Play submenu has all of the commands that can be used to control playback To use this menu 1 Press Alt to call up the Media player menu 2 Press the Down arrow key 3 The Voice Sense QWERTY will then display Play p pull down 4 Then press Enter and the Play submenu will be displayed 5 You can move to any menu item in this menu by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key repeatedly To go back to the top level in the Media player menu press ESC Press Alt F4 if you want to close the menu and go back to the Media player dialog box All of the commands that can be used in this menu will be explained in this section 9 3 2 1 Play If you press Enter on Play the Voice Sense QWERTY will start playing the files in the play list Also if you press Enter in the Media player dialog box the Voice Sense QWERTY will start playing 242 9 3 2 2 Previous Track Previous Track is used to play the previous file while a file is being played You can also do this by pressing Alt Left arrow key in the Media player dialog
555. u execute this function when you are playing a file or when a file is paused it will find a bookmark that has already been created To execute this function 1 Press Alt and move to Position by pressing Down arrow key 2 Press Enter on Position 249 3 Move to Jump to Marked Position by pressing Down arrow key and press Enter 4 Or you can press Ctrl j when playing a file or when a file is paused If you execute this function in a file that does not have a bookmark the Voice Sense QWERTY will display There is no bookmark in selected file 9 3 4 4 Go to Time If you execute this function when you are playing a file or when a file is paused it will move to a time that you specify and begin playing the file To execute this function 1 Press Alt and move to Position by pressing Down arrow key 2 Press Enter on Position 3 Move to Go to Time by pressing Down arrow key and press Enter 4 Or you can press Ctrl g when playing a file or when a file is paused 5 The Voice Sense QWERTY will display Go to position 0 minute 6 Type in time that you want to go and press Enter If you want to jump to more than an hour you can use Space or characters to distinguish minute from hour For example if you wish to type 1 hour and 20 minutes type the 1 Space or
556. u press Ctrl a you can select all the text in the current control You can perform these functions using the Edit menu 16 4 3 4 Searching Messages You can search the messages in the history window for text This is very useful especially when you have exchanged a lot of messages The Find dialog box is used for this and it works the same as the one in the Word processor Press Alt to open the menu Press Down arrow key to move to Edit and press Enter Press Down arrow key repeatedly to move to Find and press Enter Or instead of using the menu just press Ctrl f Then the Find dialog box will appear and the Text to find edit box will be focused Type the string to look for and set the searching direction and then press Enter Then the focus will move to the message that contains the text If you want to find it again in the same direction press F3 If the text is not found you will get the message Not found and the cursor will be located where you invoked the Find dialog box 16 5 Hot Keys in Social Networking 16 5 1 Twitter Sign Out Ctrl g Personal Information Ctrl l Save Current Timeline Alt s Home Timeline Ctrl h Friend Timeline Ctrl f User Timeline Ctrl u Current User Timeline Alt u Mention Timeline Ctrl m Retweet By Me Alt b 408 Retweet To Me Alt t Retweet Of Me Alt o Tweet Ctrl t Remove Twee
557. u press the play pause button again while a file is being played the playback will be paused If you want to resume playing press the button again If you press the play pause button while you are in the record dialog box the sound that was recorded most recently will be played back to you 9 1 2 Next button and previous button These buttons have a triangular shape The previous button is the first button from the left on the front panel and it points to the left The next button is the button that is farthest to the right on the front panel and it points to the right If you press the next button the next file in the play list will be played and pressing the previous button will play the previous file If you press one of these buttons while an audio file is being played the Voice Sense QWERTY will stop playing the current file and jump to the previous or next file depending on which button you press in the play list and start playing it If you press the next button while the last file in the list is being played or the previous button while the first file in the list is being played it will have no effect as the Voice Sense QWERTY will not stop playing the current file 9 1 3 Record Button The record button has a circular shape and is used to record sound using the built in or an external microphone The record button is 232 located directly to the right of
558. u type in the character of the mark name that you want to locate the Voice Sense QWERTY will move the cursor to the marked text with dots 7 8 embossed in the first cell when it connects to SyncBraille 5 3 11 Go to Previous Document If you have multiple documents open you can go directly to the document that you had opened before the document that you are 121 currently editing To execute this command press Alt and move to Go To by pressing Down arrow key Then press Enter on Go To Move to Go To Previous Document by pressing Down arrow key and then press Enter Or you can press shift tab while you are editing a document to go to the previous document 5 3 12 Go to Next Document If you have multiple documents open you can go directly to the next document that is open To execute this command press Alt and move to Go To by pressing Down arrow key Then press Enter on Go To Move to Go to Next Document by pressing Down arrow key and then press Enter Or you can press tab while you are editing a document to go to the next document 5 4 Read Menu The Read menu reads the document in voice In order to call up the read menu press Alt and then press r The submenus of the Read menu are Read Selected Text Read Beginning Of Selected Text Read From Beginning To Cursor Rea
559. udio file The mark function is stored when you exit the program or play other contents If you wish to use the mark function after calling the menu by press Alt and move to Mark by press Down arrow key And then press Enter on Mark The Mark menu has following submenus 9 3 5 1 Set Mark If you set to mark while listening to audio file after calling the menu and press Enter on Mark And then move to Set Mark and press Enter Also you can run this function by press Alt m without calling the menu Mark can be inserted up to 1000 The number of the mark will be automatically identified 252 9 3 5 2 Move to Mark You can move to next or previous mark by pressing V or N You can also move to a mark by using menu Call up the menu by press Alt and move to Mark And then press Enter on Mark And move to the Previous Mark or the Next Mark and press Enter You can also move to a mark by the mark number 1 Call up the menu and press Enter on Mark And then move to Move to Mark 2 Press Enter on Move To Mark Or press Alt j without calling the menu 3 Input the mark number in the edit box of Move to mark and press Enter 4 If you input non existing mark number it will show Move to mark edit box after Mark x does not exist message 9 3 5 3 Delete Mar
560. ug the headphone If the external speakers are selected in the Settings dialog box and Down arrow key is pressed the Voice Sense QWERTY will announce Volume You can adjust the FM radio volume FM radio volume can be adjusted without calling dialog box Shift Down arrow key will decrease the volume and Shift Up arrow key will increase the FM radio volume 10 2 Frequency control During listening to the FM radio if you want to tune to the other frequency please press Alt to call up the menu Move to Frequency and press Enter Frequency menu consists of as follows 1 Previous Frequency 2 Next Frequency 3 Auto Scan Backward 4 Auto Scan Forward 5 Go to Frequency x S Noe N To move the list press Up arrow key or Down arrow key To execute press the Enter Without calling the menu if you press Ctrl Left arrow key your Voice Sense QWERTY will search the previous frequency If you press Ctrl Right arrow key your Voice Sense QWERTY will search the next frequency If you press Left arrow key the frequency will increase by 0 1MHZ If you press Right arrow key the frequency will decrease by 0 1MHz 264 You can input the frequency directly by pressing Ctrl f If you press Ctrl f then the dialog box will be opened You can input the frequency in numbers and press Enter to move to that frequency Besides using the k
561. ugh a SD card or USB stick memory The USB stick memory is called USB and SD card is called sd If you decide to add any of these memory devices you will be able to create mailboxs and save files on the additional memory devices 2 11 How to type the character For the Voice Sense QWERTY in word processor the way you type the character in Braille document is different from other documents It is same as Perkins type of Notetaker which means dot 1 F dot 2 D dot 3 S dot 4 J dot 5 K and dot 6 L For example let s say you type sea in the Braille Document Pressing 13 D S J corresponds to s dot 2 3 4 pressing F K corresponds to e 13 dot 1 5 and pressing F corresponds to a dot 1 2 12 How to use the Virtual Cursor You will need to check any list items status information or any message in detail when you are using Voice Sense QWERTY If you use the Virtual Cursor you can move by word or move by letter when you read list items status information or any message There are many display items that as no real cursors For example there is no real cursor in the file list of the File Manager program list in the Program menu or power status information The Virtual Cursor is used to check any items that do not have real cursor by moving the virtual cursor by word or by letter Followings are the Virtual Cursor keys 41 1 2 3 Move to beginning of the message
562. ultiple E mail Messages If you want to delete two or more e mail delete the e mail messages using the following steps 1 Press Up arrow key or Down arrow key to move to the e mail Subject that you want to delete You can select it in Date control too 2 Press Space on the e mail that you want to delete 3 It will show selected Subject subject to the selected e mail xx yy on the LCD 4 Move to the other e mail that you want to delete by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key Then press Space 5 Once you finish selecting all of the e mail you want to delete press Del 6 It will show Delete xx message Yes Xx is the total number of deleting e mail 7 Press Enter If you want to cancel this function press Space to change No on the Delete xx message Yes Press Enter Or you can cancel it by pressing ESC or Alt F4 8 3 1 3 Deleting E Mail by Making a Selection If you want to delete multiple e mail by designating a selection you can delete them as follows 1 Press Ctrl a on the Subject or Date control 2 Then all of the e mail will be selected 205 3 Press Del 4 It will show the Delete xx message Yes Xx is the total number of deleting e mail 5 Press Enter 6 All of the selected e mail will be deleted If you want to delete the succ
563. up for your Twitter account 3 If you want to save ID and password press Space key to set to check on both Remember me check box and Save password check 4 Also if you want to automatically sign in Twitter press Space key to set to check on Auto Sign In check box 5 Press Enter Or after moving to the Sign In button using Tab and then press Enter 6 With a Connecting message Voice Sense QWERTY will try to sign in Twitter If sign in is successful a Refreshing Home Timeline message will be displayed After a little moment Tweet Window appears If the Voice Sense QWERTY is not connected to the Internet Please check your internet connection message will be displayed and back to the ID computer edit box 16 2 2 2 Sign out and Exit Sign Out is a function to close Twitter program launched with current account and return to Sign In dialog box In order to launch Sign Out functions press hot key Ctrl g or press Enter on Sign out menu located on the sub menu of File by calling up the menu If you want to exit Twitter program press Alt F4 or press Exit menu located on the sub menu of File by calling up the menu 16 2 3 Twitter window If you successfully sign in first Twitter window will appear Twitter window consists of 10 controls You can move to
564. used on the E mail computer edit box You can input your Gmail account on this box using the computer Braille 373 2 If you have inputted E mail press Tab key and move to the Password computer edit box You can input the password using the computer Braille 3 In order to log in Google Talk pressing Enter or Tab to move to the Login button and press Enter on the button 4 With a Signing in please wait message Voice Sense QWERTY tries to log in If login is successful Building contact list message will appear and after a little moment contact list will be displayed If the Voice Sense QWERTY isn t connected to Internet Connection failed Check network status Message will appear and you will return to the Sign In button of login dialog box If you log in Google Talk contact list will appear The contact list is displayed as Status ID XX YY with Braille and chat name status XX YY with voice YY means total number of contacts and xx shows the current turn of the total contact In case of online current status is displayed as NLN with Braille and Online with voice While in case of offline status is displayed as FLN with Braille and offline with voice And if you are Idle your status will be displayed as idle with Braille and Idle with voice The move keys on the dialog box are as follows 1 Move to the previous contact Up arrow key 2 Move to the next contact Down
565. using the calculator on the Voice Sense QWERTY General functions 1 Addition Plus For Plus press For example to add the numbers 10 and 20 you would enter 10 20 The result is displayed as 30 2 Subtraction Minus For Minus press For example to add the numbers 10 and 20 and then subtract 5 you would enter 10 20 5 The result is displayed as 25 3 Multiplication For multiplication press For example to multiply 10 by 20 you would enter 10 20 The result is displayed as 200 kI 421 4 Division For Division press For example to divide 20 by 10 you would enter 20 10 The result is displayed as 2 5 Percent For Percent press If you want to calculate what a 10 percent mark up of 20 would be enter the following 20 10 which gives you the result 22 You get this answer because 2 is 10percent of 20 To calculate a 10 percent mark down on 20 press 20 10 which gives the result 18 You get this answer because 2 is 10 percent of 20 To calculate what percentage 20 is of 10 press 20 10 which gives you the result 200 To calculate 10 percent of 20 press 20 10 which gives the result 2 That is 10 percent is 0 1 20 0 1 2 6 Power For Power press For example to calculate 2 to the power of 10 you would press 2 10 The answer will be given as 1024 7 Calculating Square Root To perform the Square root function you can press Ctrl with
566. ve 4 Press Enter 5 It will move to the selected heading and the DAISY file will start playing 12 5 3 Find Heading You can find any heading you want while playing a DAISY file Without using the Find Heading menu you can activate Find Heading by pressing Ctrl f When you have pressed this hot key you will see a dialog box that shows the message Heading to find You will also see a Search direction a Confirm button and a Cancel button You can move between the four items with tab or shift tab 310 At the Heading to find edit box you can input the mark name that you want to find And select the searching direction to Previous or Next at Search direction prompt by pressing Space 12 5 4 Scan Heading and Read Heading While playing a DAISY Player file you can check your current heading or heading list from your current location to the last heading You can scan them by activating the Read Heading or Scan Heading in the Heading menu Without using the menu pressing Alt and then h you can check the current heading in the file that is currently being played by pressing Ctrl w If you activate this function you will see the current heading name and level By pressing Ctrl n you can scan the heading list from the present to the end If you activate the Scan Heading menu you will see the h
567. ve to the beginning of a list Ctrl fn Left arrow key 4 Move to the end of a list Ctrl fn Right arrow key The following keystrokes are valid only when you are on a file list 1 2 Fast move to folder list or move to file list Ctrl Down arrow key Move between file list and address window Tab shift tab 3 Enter into a selected folder or open the selected file Enter 4 Move to the upper level folder Backspace 5 Fast move to the top level disk Shift Backspace 6 Move to the previous 32 item group Fn Up arrow key 7 Move to the next 32 item group Fn Down arrow key 8 Find and move to the file or folder in the file list by pressing the first character of the folder or file names 4 1 2 Item Folder or File Selection Key 1 Select item by item Space Select one or more item s while moving in a list If item is select the Voice Sense will say select If you pressing Space again on the selected file it will cancel the selection Note When Voice Sense QWERTY connected to SyncBraille is displayed in front of the selected item in Braille SyncBraille is sold separately 2 Continuous selection Ctrl b This will select all of the items from the point where this command is executed to the item where navigation key is moved to 3 Select all Ctrl a This selects all the items including files and folders in the current path You can use navigation keys to move around the s
568. ve to the title of the web site that you want to select by pressing Down arrow key or Up arrow key If you want the History list to show the web address instead of the title of the website you can press Fn i If you press Down arrow key the display will show the title again instead of the address After you move to the desired web site you should then press Enter to connect to that web site In order to delete an undesired item from the history list select that item on the history list and press the Del key And if you want to delete the all file in history list press the Ctrl a and press Del The maximum number of items in the history list is 300 If the list exceeds 300 items the oldest item will be deleted automatically from the history list and the new item will be added as the first item on the list 11 4 9 Find This feature is similar to the function of Find in the word processor The Find dialog box will allow you to find text on the current web page In order to execute the Find menu press Alt to call up the menu and go to the Go To menu by pressing Down arrow key Then press Enter Go to Find by pressing Down arrow key and press Enter or you can press Ctrl f while the Web browser is loaded When Find is executed the dialog box that contains the edit window for entering text and the searchi
569. w key you change setting value of the Print type Setting value is Printer and Embosser 9 After selecting the Print type press Enter Or press Tab move to the Confirm and press Enter 10 Then the selected e mail will be printed 2 3 4 5 6 7 eS Oe N ee NN If you want to cancel printing press Tab on the Cancel and press Enter Or you can press ESC or Alt F4 210 8 4 Additional features of E mail 8 4 1 Find The Find command is used to find text in the current mailbox Once you enter text to find the Find function will look for text that matches in Subject Date and or From This function only works in Subject Date or From control The Find dialog box consists of a Find 1 Find Edit box for text to search 2 Search radio button 3 Direction radio button 4 Confirm button 5 Cancel button In the Find dialog box you can move between the five controls by pressing Tab or Shift Tab The shortcut key is f You can move to this function without calling up the menu by pressing Ctrl Shift f To activate the Find function use the following steps 1 2 Press Alt to call up the menu It will show the File Press Down arrow key move to the Edit Press Enter on the
570. wering time is 10 seconds When the game is over it will say your score If your score is between rank 1 and 5 it will say Type your user ID to register the ranking Type your ID and press enter to record You can check your record in View ranking menu Or press ESC or Alt F 4 to skip it Finally it will ask Do you want to play again Press enter on Yes to play game again Or press enter on No to back to game menu 15 1 2 5 Reverse game When the game is started you can hear numbers or alphabets one by one Take stage 1 For instance it will say 3 numbers one by one Memorize these numbers When it says Type the answer write the numbers in reverse order and press enter If the answer is correct you can go next question If the answer is incorrect or time is over you can hear a beep sound and the game will be over Answering time is 10 seconds When the game is over it will say your score If your score is between rank 1 and 5 it will say Type your user ID to register the ranking Type your ID and press enter to record You can check your record in View ranking menu Or press ESC or Alt F 4 to skip it Afterwards it will ask Do you want to play again Press enter on Yes to play game again Or press enter on No to back to game menu 15 1 2 6 Chase a criminal When the game is started you can hear a sound of footsteps A thief hid in a 10 story
571. wing is how to send files 1 Move to the user ID as you desire send file using Up arrow key or Down arrow key and press Enter And then Chat window appears Or press Enter on the Send file menu located on sub menu of Action by calling up the menu Press hot key Ctrl f Or call up the menu enter sub menu of Action and press Enter on the Send File You can see File list to select 2 Using following move key move to the file which you want to send Move to the previous list Up arrow key Move to the next list Down arrow key Move to the top of the list Ctrl Home key Home key Move to the bottom the list Ctrl End key End keyEnter into selected folder or open the selected file Enter Move to the upper level folder Backspace 3 Select file and press Enter using hot key for Start selection When you send one file focus on file which you want and press Enter Select item by item Space 383 Start selection Ctrl b Select all Ctrl a 4 Control to display Sending File Information appears It is a list located on the next control of Received message on the chat window It is displayed like Send Pending acceptance XX File file name XX represents the number of files which request to send 5 If other user accepts sending file sending will starts Once sending starts progress rate and file name is displayed on the Sending receiving file information list 6 If sending file is comple
572. wing services 1 Twitter t 2 Google talk g 3 Msn messenger n Each account should be created through the web before using the service in the Voice Sense QWERTY To navigate between each program you need to press Up arrow key or Down arrow key Executing each service you need to press Enter on the program or shortcut key 16 2 Twitter Twitter is one of the social networking services that allow users to communicate with other users in real time Using Twitter you can post and read other mentions Also you can send and receive mention or message conveniently and search tweets quickly after adding to favorite with Add to Favorite function The following is how to launch Twitter 350 1 Within the main menu press c or move to the Social Networking using Down arrow key and press Enter And then you can enter sub menu of Social Networking 2 Press t or move to the Twitter and then press Enter 16 2 1 Main Terms 1 Tweet It is a message posted in Twitter It is similar to posting on the message board But the difference is there is no space to write title compared to common posting Tweets allow you to post 140 characters regardless of language It can contain URL Mention It allows you to send more than one person tweets Reply belongs to Mention type Reply This is to answer on a mention to specific user Follow This is to follow other users Y
573. writing e mail txt i the flashdisk email storage box If you do not input the subject in the writing e mail it will be displayed as noname on the File name If you want to save the file in another folder and not in flashdisk email storage box you will not find the e mail message when you execute Send Mail From Outbox While you are typing in a message press ESC if you want to cancel writing the e mail 1 The Voice Sense QWERTY will display Current writing mail Save Yes 2 If you want to return to the inbox without saving the email press Space to change Yes to No and then press Enter 200 If you press Alt F4 instead of ESC while you are writing an e mail message the Voice Sense QWERTY will return to the inbox without asking whether it will save the message or not 8 2 3 5 Saving E Mail as New Name in the Outbox If you save e mail in Outbox you can save it under a different file name This Save Draft function will save the email as new name and place it in the Outbox The Menu structure and move of Save Mail In Outbox is like below 1 File name ECB 2 Confirm Button 3 Cancel Button 4 Storage folder List You can move between the menu controls by using Shift or Tab The following describes how to save e mail as new name in the Outbox 1 Press
574. x 1 DAISY play type It will show while playing text audio DAISY 2 Voice control Set speed Set volume Set to control information of contents 3 Confirm 4 Cancel You can move between the four controls with Tab or Shift Tab In Voice control you can move between Set speed Set volume and Set to control information of contents with Up arrow key or Down arrow key If you cancel this function press ESC or Alt F4 12 2 2 1 DAISY play type It will show while playing text audio DAISY You can use this function when you play the text audio DAISY The default setting is Audio It will play with audio in text audio Daisy If you set the Text it will play with text in text audio Daisy 302 To change the setting value press Up arrow key or Down arrow key After changing the setting value press Enter Or press Tab move to Confirm and press Enter Without calling the menu you can directly this function by pressing Ctrl t 12 2 2 2 Volume and Speed You can increase the levels of speed and volume with Space and decrease them with Backspace After setting the levels press Enter to confirm your choice Without using the Voice Settings menu you can increase or decrease the speed and volume 1 2 3 4 Increase the speed Shift Right arrow key Decrease the speed Shift Left arrow
575. y or Down arrow key to get to the Paste function and press Enter If the file is larger than 300 KB you will also hear the progress meter each time an additional 10 has been completed If the file is less than 300 KB then you will only hear the sound and not the progress meter 6 When the file has been pasted successfully you will see the message xxx file sent where xxx is the name of the file If the file is not pasted successfully you will hear xxx file not sent After the file is pasted successfully you will also hear successfully sent and you will be returned to the remote folder list The following steps should be used to copy a file from the remote folder list to the local folder list 1 After the FTP service has connected you can navigate through the remote folder just like in the file manager If you need to reference the navigation keys for the File manager please refer to chapter 4 in this manual 2 Once you have selected the files that you want to copy by pressing the Space you can open the FTP menu by pressing Alt and then use Up arrow key or Down arrow key to 323 navigate to Copy and press Enter You can also activate this function without calling up the menu by pressing Ctrl c Note that you cannot copy folders to send to the local folder 3 Next it will open the Local folder You will see the Disk list just l
576. y pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key 3 Data encryption combo box Here you can select the data encryption method by pressing Up arrow key or Down arrow key If you select Open or Shared in network authentication mode you can choose between Disable and WEP And if you select WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK in network authentication mode either AES or TKIP can be selected in the Data encryption combo box 4 The key is provided automatically check box If the access point does not provide a key for users automatically uncheck this check box by pressing Space The default is that the check box is checked 5 Network key computer edit box This is a computer edit box to type the network key if the key is not provided automatically 6 Key index edit box This is an edit box to type the key number of the wireless access point that matches the network key input 7 Confirm button Pressing this button applies the changes 8 Cancel button You can press this button to cancel the setup 1 If Data encryption has been set as disabled press Tab and it will directly move to the Confirm button 2 Network key and Key index will be displayed only if you uncheck the The key is provided automatically 4 Remove button If you want to delete a profile item in the profile list 66
577. y pressing Down arrow key and then press Enter or press p While editing a document pressing Ctrl Insert will activate this command Add to Clipboard is almost the same as the Copy command However with the Copy command the newly selected text will replace the text that was copied before The Add to Clipboard command however will not erase the previously data from the clipboard when you use this command to copy the selected text It will keep the previously selected text and the new text that you have selected will also be added to the clipboard 5 2 8 Clear Clipboard To clear the clipboard press Alt and press Enter on Edit to select the Edit menu Move to Clear Clipboard by pressing Down arrow key repeatedly and then press Enter Or you can press e in the Edit menu as a short cut Once you have executed the Clear Clipboard command everything on the clipboard will be erased When you are editing a document you can press Ctrl Del to activate this command 5 2 9 Select All 107 The Select All command will select all text within a document To activate this command press Alt and then press Enter on Edit to enter into the Edit menu You can move to Select All by pressing Down arrow key repeatedly and then press Enter on Select All or press a in the Ed
578. yer Hot Keys in the Play List Tab Hot key Function Down arrow key Move to the next file Up arrow key Move to the previous file Fn Right arrow key Move to the last file Fn Left arrow key Move to the first file Space Select resume current file while playing it is used as play pause Ctrl b Start selecting files Enter Start playing the selected files Backspace Stop playing Del Delete the selected files in the play list Alt Right arrow key Play the next file Alt Left arrow key Play the previous file Ctrl Fn Right arrow key Play the last file Ctrl Fn Left arrow key Play the first file Alt Down arrow key Play the fifth file after the 236 current file Alt Up arrow key Play the fifth file before the current file Ctrl Right arrow key Move to next position by time index and play Ctrl Left arrow key Move to previous position by time index and play Ctrl Up arrow key Change time index Shift Left arrow key Speed up Shift Right arrow key Slow down Shift Up arrow key Volume up Shift Down arrow key Volume down Alt Open menu F1 Open help Tab Shift tab Move to playback information tab Alt F4 Exit Media player 9 3 How to Use the Media Player Menu When you want to open the Media player menu you can press Alt This menu contains
579. you can read it again by pressing the up scroll button or Up arrow key until you can get to what you want to read Similarly if you want to skip some lines that you do not wish to read you can skip them by pressing the down scroll button or Down arrow key You can also access this function without opening the menu by pressing both scroll buttons at the same time when in your document 124 5 4 6 Read Current Sentence This function will tell you information about your current sentence To execute this command press Alt and move to the Read menu by pressing Down arrow key Then press Enter Move to Read Current Sentence by pressing Down arrow key and then press Enter or you can press e in the read menu which is the short cut While editing a document you can press fn n to activate this function In order to return to the document that you are editing press any key 5 4 7 Read Current Line This function will tell you information about your current line To execute this command press Alt and move to the Read menu by pressing Down arrow key Then press Enter Move to Read Current Line by pressing Down arrow key and then press Enter or you can press I in the read menu which is the short cut While editing a document you can press Fn c to activate this function In order to return to the document that you are ed

Voice Sense QWERTY User Manual (Ver 6.0)_HIMS

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents